(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Armstrong State College Catalog"

• -•■'•'• 



■ •• • H •-' 

■ • ' v 

■;-•■■ j ■ 



K9© 



IflH 1 



v'%. 



AS 









raW 



' \ I 



"^£ 






*t%y 



WT* 



■' -v :■•■■■ 

* m • • ^ 



Cs 



«***. 



Armstrong 
State 
College 

1978-1979 



L • .*.\VI* 



The statements set forth in this Catalogue are for informational purposes 
only and should not be construed as the basis of a contract between a 
student and this institution. 

While the provisions of this Catalogue will ordinarily be applied as stated, 
Armstrong State College reserves the right to change any provision listed in 
this Catalogue, including but not limited to academic requirements for 
graduation, without actual notice to individual students. Every effort will 
be made to keep students advised of any such changes. Information on 
changes will be available in the Offices of the Registrar, the Dean for 
Student Affairs, and the Vice President. It is especially important that 
each student note that it is his/her responsibility to keep himself/herself 
apprised of current graduation requirements for his/her particular degree 
program. 



/ 

EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTION AND 
DOES NOT DISCRIMINATE ON THE BASIS OF SEX, RACE, 
AGE, CREED, OR NATIONAL ORIGIN IN EMPLOYMENT, 
ADMISSIONS, OR ACTIVITIES. THE COLLEGE DOES NOT 
DISCRIMINATE ON THE BASIS OF PHYSICAL HANDICAP. 






A Four-Year College in the 
University System of Goergia 



ARMSTRONG STATE 
COLLEGE 

SUMMER FALL WINTER SPRING 

1978-79 

Accredited by 
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools 



CONTENTS 



Page 
CALENDAR 7 

I. HISTORY, PURPOSE AND PROGRAMS 11 

History of the College 

Purpose 

Pre-Professional Programs 

Two-Year Degrees 

Four-Year Degrees 

Graduate Programs 

Internship Programs 

Evening Classes 

Senior Citizens 

Community Services/Continuing Education 

Office of Development 

Office of Computer Services 

Academic Skills Laboratory 

Student Exchange Program with 

Savannah State College 
NROTC Program 
Marine Officer Programs 
Library 

II. STUDENT SERVICES, ACTIVITIES 20 

Counseling 

Veterans Services 

Testing Services 

Orientation 

Placement Office 

Conduct 

Student Activities and Organizations 

Student Government 

Student Publications 

Health 

Dental Hygiene Services 

Alumni Office 

Housing 

Athletics 

Intramurals 

Cultural Opportunities 

Armstrong Summer Theatre 



Page 

III. FEES 26 

Application Fee 

Matriculation Fee 
Out of State Tuition 
Student Activity Fee 
Health /Service Fee 
Athletic Fee 
Applied Music Fees 
Late Registration Fee 
Graduation Fee 
Transcript Fee 
Summary of Fees 
Privilege Fees 
Refunds 
Short Courses 

IV. STUDENT FINANCIAL AID 30 

Student Financial Aid 
Application Information 
Categories of Aid 
Federal Assistance 
State Assistance 
Local Assistance 
Government Benefits 
General Information 

V. ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE 39 

General Information 

Requirements for Freshman Applicants 

Categories of Admission 

Advanced Placement and Credit by Examination 

Requirements for Transfer Applications 

Continuing Education Students 

Readmission of Former Students 

Transient Students 

Armstrong State College/High School 
Accelerated Program 

Early Admission and Joint Enrollment Programs 

Foreign Students 

Admission of Veterans 

Applicants Sponsored by Vocational Rehabilitation 

Admission to: 
Associate in Science Degree Program in Nursing 
Bachelor of Science Degree Program in Nursing 
Associate in Science Degree Program in Dental Hygiene 



Page 

Registration 

Residency Requirements of the Board of Regents 

VI. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 60 

Academic Advisement 
Relating to Degree Requirements 
Course and Study Load 
Classification of Students 
Permission for Overload or Courses 

at Another College 
Reports and Grades 
Honors 
Attendance 

Academic Probation and Dismissal 
Repeating Courses 
Dropping Courses 
Withdrawing from College 
Auditing 
Honor Code 

VII. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREE PROGRAMS; 
THE ACADEMIC SKILLS LABORATORY 75 

University System Core Curriculum 

Armstrong Core Curriculum 

Regents Examination 

Exit Examination 

Physical Education Program 

Diagnostic Tests in English and Mathematics 

State Requirements in History and Government 

Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts and 

the Bachelor of Science Degree 
Requirements for Associate Degrees 
Additional Requirements 
Course Offerings 
Academic Skills Laboratory 

VIII. SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 86 

Associate in Arts Degree Programs 

Department of Biology 

Department of Chemistry and Physics 

Department of Fine Arts 

Department of History and Political Science 

Department of Languages and Literature 

Department of Mathematics and Computer Science 

Department of Psychology and Sociology 






IX. SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 

Department of Business Administration 

Department of Criminal Justice 

Department of Dental Hygiene 

Department of Education 

Department of Nursing 

Department of Physical Education and Athletics 

X. GOVERNING BOARD, ADMINISTRATION, 
FACULTY, AND STAFF 

Members of the Board of Regents 

Staff of the Board of Regents 

Officers of Administration 

Heads of Departments 

The Faculty 

Armstrong College Commission 

Administrative Staff 



Page 
. 162 



212 



INDEX 230 




1978 



1979 



S M T W T F S 

JANUARY 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 
8 91011 12 1314 

15 16 17 18 19 2021 

22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
29 30 31 

FEBRUARY 

12 3 4 

5 6 7 8 91011 

12131415161718 

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 

26 27 28 

MARCH 

12 3 4 

5 6 7 8 91011 

12131415161718 

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 

26 27 28 29 30 31 

APRIL 1 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 
91011 12131415 

1617181920 21 22 

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 

MAY 

12 3 4 5 6 

7 8 91011 1213 

14151617181920 

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 

28 29 30 31 

JUNE 

1 2 3 

4 5 6 7 8 910 

11 12 1314151617 

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 

25 26 27 28 29 30 



S M T W T F S 

JULY 1 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 
91011 12131415 

161718192021 22 

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 31 

AUGUST 

12 3 4 5 

6 7 8 91011 12 

13141516171819 

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 

27 28 29 30 31 

SEPTEMBER 

1 2 

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
1011 1213141516 
1718192021 22 23 

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 

OCTOBER 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 

8 91011 121314 

15161718192021 

22 23 24 25 26 27 28 

29 30 31 

NOVEMBER 

12 3 4 

5 6 7 8 91011 

12131415161718 

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 

26 27 28 29 30 

DECEMBER 1 2 

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
1011 1213141516 
1718192021 22 23 
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
31 



5 M T W T F S 

JANUARY 

12 3 4 5 6 

7 8 91011 1213 
14151617181920 

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 

28 29 30 31 

FEBRUARY 

1 2 3 

4 5 6 7 8 910 

11 121314151617 

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 

25 26 27 28 

MARCH 

1 2 3 

4 5 6 7 8 910 

11 121314151617 

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 

25 26 27 28 29 30,31 

APRIL 

12 3 4 5 6 7 

8 91011 121314 
151617181920 21 

22 23 24 25 26 27 28 

29 30 

MAY 

12 3 4 5 

6 7 8 91011 12 
13141516171819 
20 2122 23 24 25 26 
27 28 29 30 31 

JUNE 

1 2 

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 

1011 1213141516 

17181920 2122 23 

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 



S M T W T F S 

JULY 

12 3 4 5 6 7 

8 91011 121314 

151617181920 21 

22 23 24 25 26 27 28 

29 30 31 

AUGUST 

12 3 4 

5 6 7 8 91011 

12131415161718 

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 

26 27 28 29 30 31 

SEPTEMBER 1 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

91011 12131415 

161718192021 22 

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 

OCTOBER 

12 3 4 5 6 

7 8 91011 1213 

14151617181920 

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 

28 29 30 31 

NOVEMBER 

1 2 3 

4 5 6 7 8 910 

11 121314151617 

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 

25 26 27 28 29 30 

DECEMBER 1 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

91011 12131415 

1617181920 21 22 

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 

30 31 



ERRATA 
ACADEMIC CALENDAR 
1978 - 1979 

The following dates replace the scheduled dates 
for the designated activities printed in the 
1978-1979 BULLETIN. 

Fa I I Quarter 

December 5 - Last day of classes (eliminates 
reading day). 



January 2 
January 3 



Winter Quarter 

Regi strat ion. 
Classes begin. 

Spring Quarter 



March 26 - Registration. 

March 27 - Classes begin. 

Apri I 28 - Mid-Term. 

June 4 - Last day of classes 

June 5-7 - Examinations. 

June 7 - Graduation. 



All other scheduled dates for activities with- 
in the 1978-1979 Academic Calendar are accurate 
as listed in the BULLETIN. 



ACADEMIC CALENDAR 



1978-1979 



SUMMER QUARTER, 1978 



MAY 



19 Freshman and transfer students should file all 

papers in the application for admission by this date. 

26 Transient students (for Summer Quarter only) should 
file all papers in the application for admission 

by this date. 

27 Scholastic Aptitude Test (limited to Armstrong 
applicants only). 



JUNE 



10 Graduate Record Examinations. 

12 Registration. 

13 Classes begin. 

15 Last day to enroll in any class; last day to pay fees. 

21 Diagnostic Examinations for placement in beginning 
English and Mathematics classes; Comparative 
Guidance and Placement Examinations. 



JULY 


3-7 




4 




10-14 




12 




13 




15 


JULY- 




AUGUST 


31-4 


AUGUST 


1 



10 

11, 14-15 

15 



Advisement for the Fall Quarter. 

Holiday. 

Pre-registration for the Fall Quarter. 

Regents Examination (application deadline— June 28). 

Mid-term; last day to withdraw from a 

class without penalty. 

National Teacher Examinations. 

Student evaluation of instruction. 

Undergraduate Assessment Program Examinations (Exit 

Examinations)— Selected Departments (application 

deadline— June 27). 

Last day of classes. 

Examinations. 

Graduation. 



FALL QUARTER, 1978 



SEPTEMBER 



14 



18, 
21, 22 



Freshman and transfer students should file all papers 
required in the application for admission by this date. 
Institutional Scholastic Aptitude Test (limited to 
Armstrong applicants). 

Mathematics Diagnostic Test and English Placement 
Test for placement in beginning English and 
Mathematics classes; Basic Skills Examination. 
First Faculty Meeting. 
Registration. 



SEPTEMBER 25 Classes begin. 

27 Last day to enroll in any class; last day to pay fees. 



OCTOBER 



17 
21 



27 



30 



Regents Examination (application deadline - October 4). 

Graduate Record Examinations (refer to appropriate 

test information booklet for application deadline); 

History and Government Examinations of the College 

Level Examination Program (application deadline - 

September 28). 

Mid-term; last day to withdraw from a class 

without penalty. 

Mathematics Diagnostic Test and English Placement 

Test for placement in beginning English and 

Mathematics classes; Basic Skills Examination. 



NOVEMBER 



6-10 
11 

13-17 
14 



23,24 



NOVEMBER- 
DECEMBER 

DECEMBER 



Advisement for the Winter Quarter. 

National Teacher Examinations (refer to appropriate 

test information booklet for application deadline). 

Pre-registration for the Winter Quarter. 

Undergraduate Assessment Program exit examinations 

of selected departments (application deadline - 

October 13). 

Thanksgiving Holidays (begin at 12:30 P.M. on November 

22). 



27-1 Student appraisal of instruction. 

4 Last day of classes. 

5 Reading Day. 
6-8 Examinations. 

8 Christmas Vacation begins. 



DECEMBER 



JANUARY 



FEBRUARY 



12 



15 



3 

4 

8 

20 



WINTER QUARTER, 1979 

Institutional Scholastic Aptitude Test (limited to 
Armstrong applicants). 

Freshman and transfer students should file all papers 
in the application for admission by this date. 

Registration. 

Classes begin. 

Last day to enroll in any class; last day to pay fees. 

History and Government Examinations of the College 

Level Examination Program (application deadline - 

December 13). 

Mathematics Diagnostic Test and English Placement 
Test for placement in beginning English and Mathematics 
classes; Basic Skills Examination. 



FEBRUARY 6 Mid-term; last day to withdraw from a class without 

penalty; Regents Examination (application deadline — 
January 24). 
12-16 Advisement for the Spring Quarter. 

17 National Teacher Examinations (refer to appropriate 
test information booklet for application deadline). 
19-23 Pre-registration for the Spring Quarter. 

27 Undergraduate Assessment Program exit examinations 
of selected departments (application deadline - 
January 26). 



MARCH 5-9 Student appraisal of instruction. 

13 Last day of classes. 

14-16 Examinations. 

19-22 Spring recess. 



MARCH 



SPRING QUARTER, 1979 

10 Institutional Scholastic Aptitude Test (limited to 

Armstrong applicants). 
12 Freshman and transfer students should file all papers 

in the application for admission by this date. 
23 Registration. 
26 Classes begin. 
28 Last day to enroll in any class; last day to pay fees. 



APRIL 



17 
21 



27 



30 



Regents Examination (application deadline - April 4). 

History and Government Examinations of the College 

Level Examination Program (application deadline - 

March 28). 

Mid-term; last day to withdraw from a class without 

penalty. 

Mathematics Diagnostic Test and English Placement 

Test for placement in beginning English and Mathematics 

classes; Basic Skills Examination. 



MAY 7-11 Advisement for the Summer Quarter. 

14-18 Pre-registration for the Summer Quarter. 

15 Undergraduate Assessment Program exit examinations of 
selected departments (application deadline - April 13). 
MAY-JUNE 28-1 Student appraisal of instruction. 



JUNE 



1 Last day of classes. 
4-6 Examinations. 
6 Graduation. 



MAY 



SUMMER QUARTER, 1979 

25 Freshman and transfer students should file all papers in 
the application for admission by this date. 



MAY 



26 Institutional Scholastic Aptitude Test (limited to 
Armstrong applicants). 



JUNE 



12 
13 
15 
23 



25 



Transient students (for Summer Quarter only) should 

file all papers in the applications for admission by this 

date. 

Graduate Record Examinations (refer to appropriate test 

information booklet for application deadline). 

Registration. 

Classes begin. 

Last day to enroll in any class; last day to pay fees. 

History and Government Examinations of the College 

Level Examination Program (application deadline - 

May 30). 

Mathematics Diagnostic Test and English Placement Test 

for placement in beginning English and Mathematics 

classes; Basic Skills Examination. 



JULY 



2-6 

4 

9-13 

10 

12 

13 
20 
21 

23 



24 



27 



Advisement for the Fall Quarter. 

Holiday. 

Pre-registration for the Fall Quarter. 

Regents Examination (application deadline - June 27). 

Mid-term; last day to with draw from a class without 

penalty. 

CHAOS session for Fall Quarter applicants. 

CHAOS session for Fall Quarter applicants. 

National Teacher Examinations (refer to appropriate 

test information booklet for application deadline). 

Mathematics Diagnostic Test and English Placement 

Test for placement in beginning English and Mathematics 

classes; Basic Skills Examination. 

Undergraduate Assessment Program exit examinations 

of selected departments (application deadline - June 22). 

CHAOS session for Fall Quarter applicants. 



AUGUST 3 CHAOS session for Fall Quarter applicants. 

6-10 Student appraisal of instruction. 

10 Last day of classes. 

13-15 Examinations. 

15 Graduation. 



10 



I. HISTORY, PURPOSE AND 
PROGRAMS 

HISTORY OF THE COLLEGE 

Armstrong State College was founded on May 27, 1935, as 
Armstrong Junior College, by the Mayor and Alderrruen of the City 
of Savannah to meet a pressing need for a college in the community. 
The college was housed in the Armstrong Building, a gift to the city 
from the family of George F. Armstrong, and over the years built or 
acquired five additional buildings in the Forsyth Park and Monterey 
Square areas. The college, as Armstrong College of Savannah, became 
a two-year unit in the University System of Georgia on January 1, 
1959, under the control of the Regents of the University System. In 
1962, the Mills B. Lane Foundation purchased a new campus site of 
over 200 acres located on Abercorn Extension. The new campus, 
with eight new buildings, was occupied in December, 1965. 

In 1964, the regents conferred upon Armstrong the status of a 
four-year college, with the right to offer the degrees of Bachelor of 
Arts, Bachelor of Science, and Bachelor of Business Administration. 
President Henry L. Ashmore, who succeeded President Foreman M. 
Hawes on July 1, 1964, was charged with the responsibility of 
developing the institution from junior to senior status. A junior year 
was added to the college curriculum in 1966-67, with the senior year 
added in 1967-68 and the first four-year degrees awarded at the 
spring, 1968 commencement. The college now offers more than 
twenty major programs leading to baccalaureate degrees, and, in 
addition, the two-year associate degree in nursing, dental hygiene and 
in criminal justice. Effective in the 1971-72 academic year, the Board 
of Regents of the University System of Georgia authorized Arm- 
strong State College and Savannah State College to offer joint 
programs leading to the M.B.A. and M.S. in Elementary Education 
degrees. Additional programs in Teacher Education at the secondary 
level were initiated Summer Quarter, 1972. 

The academic community includes approximately 3400 students 
and 140 full-time faculty members. Armstrong State College was 
fully accredited as a senior institution by the Southern Association 
of Colleges and Schools in December, 1968, with accreditation 
retroactive to January 1, 1968, and was re-accredited in December, 
1972. The Joint Graduate Studies Program was fully accredited by 
the Southern Association in December, 1973. 



11 



PURPOSE 

Armstrong State College is a multi-purpose institution offering 
degree programs in the liberal arts, sciences, and a number of 
specialized fields. As a service to the community, it also provides a 
continuing education program for those who have non-degree 
objectives. The College strives to maintain the flexibility and 
adaptability which activated its growth and change of status in less 
than thirty-five years from a small city-supported junior college to a 
senior college in the University System of Georgia. Therefore, the 
College defines its present purpose in the following terms: 

to provide modern facilities and a professional staff in an environ- 
ment that promotes the free exchange of ideas; 

to bring each student to a better realization of his own intellectual, 
emotional, and spiritual potential by providing academic programs in 
the humanities, natural sciences, and social sciences; 

to develop the student's technical and analytical skills through 
programs leading to professional degrees in a number of areas, 
including Allied Health, Business Administration, Criminal Justice, 
and Teacher Education; 

to offer opportunities for continuing education through symposia, 
conferences, institutes, and courses unrelated to degree programs; 

to make available the full resources of the College through 
involvement in research projects, public service activities, and other 
programs sponsored by the community. 

PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS 

Armstrong State College offers courses appropriate for the first 
two years of baccalaureate programs such as engineering, forestry, 
industrial management, pharmacy, physical therapy, physics, etc., 
not offered among its degree programs; the pre-professional study 
appropriate for dentistry, law, medicine, veterinary medicine, and 
other professional fields. 

Armstrong State College-Georgia Institute of Technology 
Dual-Degree Program 

Upon completion of the first three years of academic work at 
Armstrong, the student may enroll for two subsequent years at 
Georgia Institute of Technology. After completing the requirements 
of the two cooperating institutions, the student will be awarded a 



12 



baccalaureate degree from Armstrong State College and a baccalau- 
reate degree in one of a number of academic areas from Georgia 
Institute of Technology. For further information on this dual-degree 
program, the student should contact the Office of the Vice President. 

Bachelor of Science Degree Program in Medicine 

Any student who completes 140 quarter hours in academic 
courses at Armstrong State College with an average of C (2.0) or 
better is eligible, upon successful completion of the prescribed course 
of study for the first year at an accredited school of medicine, for 
the degree of Bachelor of Science (Medicine) from Armstrong State 
College. 

Bachelor of Science Degree Program in Dentistry 

Any student who completes 140 quarter hours in academic 
courses at Armstrong State College with an average of C (2.0) or 
better is eligible, upon successful completion of the prescribed course 
of study for the first year of an accredited school of dentistry, for 
the degree of Bachelor of Science (Dentistry) from Armstrong State 
College. 

TWO-YEAR DEGREES 

The following two-year degrees are offered as preparation for 
higher degrees in the liberal arts and professions and for positions in 
business: 

Associate in Arts. 

Associate in Science in Nursing. 

Associate in Science in Dental Hygiene. 

Associate in Science in Criminal Justice. 

Associate in Arts in Secretarial Studies. 

FOUR-YEAR DEGREES 

Bachelor of Arts in the fields of history, English, music, political 
science, psychology, economics, and social work. 

Bachelor of Science in the fields of biology, chemistry, mathe- 
matical sciences, and criminal justice. 

Bachelor of Business Administration with concentrations in 
accounting, management, management-marketing, economics, fi- 
nance, business education, and information systems. 

Bachelor of Science in Education with a major in Physical 
Education. 

Bachelor of Science in Elementary Education. 

Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology. 

13 



Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Education. 
Bachelor of Science in Nursing. 
Bachelor of Music Education. 

GRADUATE PROGRAMS 

Beginning with the Fall Quarter of 1971, Armstrong State College 
joined with Savannah State College offer a joint program of graduate 
work. Faculty and other resources of both institutions are drawn 
upon equally to operate the program, and degrees are awarded 
jointly by the two schools. The Joint Graduate Studies Program 
offers instruction leading to the Master of Business Administration 
degree and the Master of Education degree in Early Childhood 
Education, Elementary Education, and Special Education (Behavior 
Disorders) as well as in the secondary teaching fields of Biology, 
Chemistry, English, History, and Political Science. The master's 
programs are designed to provide opportunities for further profes- 
sional growth, for expanding professional and cultural backgrounds, 
and for extending knowledge and understanding in an area of 
specialty. 

For complete information about these programs, contact the Dean 
for Graduate Studies at either Armstrong State College or Savannah 
State College, requesting a copy of the Graduate Bulletin. 

INTERNSHIP PROGRAMS 

Students at Armstrong State College may participate in two 
state-wide internship programs: the Georgia Intern Program and the 
State Legislative Intern Program. These programs provide the student 
with opportunities to observe first-hand and to participate in agency 
and legislative processes as he works under the direction of and is 
responsible to an agency or legislative supervisor. In addition to 
state- wide internship programs, students may participate in local 
internship experiences. They may receive academic credit for these 
experiences. They must be enrolled full-time at the College and must 
be in good academic standing. For further details concerning the 
requirements for internship programs at the College, please consult 
the Head of the Department of History and Political Science. 

EVENING CLASSES 

In addition to the full daytime schedule, Armstrong offers a 
schedule of classes in the evening, including most of the required 
courses for some degree programs. Students employed during the day 
should limit their enrollment to one or two courses each quarter. 



14 



SENIOR CITIZENS 

Residents of Georgia, sixty-two years of age or older at the time of 
registration, may enroll in courses for credit or as auditors on a space 
available basis, with waiver of matriculation fees. They will be 
required, however, to pay for supplies, etc., that might be necessary 
for a given course. The individual must present a birth certificate or 
other comparable documentation of age to qualify for the waiver of 
fees and must meet all requirements for admission to the college. 
Further information on this program is available from the Office of 
Admissions. 



COMMUNITY SERVICES-CONTINUING EDUCATION 

Armstrong State College is committed to the concept that an 
academic institution should attempt to reach out and serve the 
community of which it is a part. This service includes the extension 
of the resources of the campus to individuals and groups that are not 
a part of the regular academic community and the use of the 
college's special competence to assist in the solution of community 
problems. 

The Community Services division, under the direction of the Dean 
for College and Community Services, is responsible for the coordin- 
ation of all community services/continuing education activities. Since 
these activities are viewed as a college-wide function, responsibility 
for program development is shared with the various academic 
departments. The major community services/continuing education 
components of the college are: (1) the short course/conference 
program; (2) the off -cam pus credit class program; (3) the Neighbor- 
hood Continuing Education Program. 

SHORT COURSE/CONFERENCE PROGRAM. This unit adminis- 
ters non-degree courses, conferences, and seminars designed to 
provide for the educational needs of area residents who do not wish 
to participate in the regular credit classes offered by the college. 
Many of these activities are related to professional development 
experiences. The Office of the Registrar maintains permanent records 
of the individual's participation in those activities that meet certain 
criteria. The Coordinator of Short Courses/Conferences is pleased to 
arrange an activity of special interest and value to community groups 
and organizations. 

OFF-CAMPUS CREDIT CLASS PROGRAM. In order to provide 
education opportunities for specific groups of area residents, the 
college makes available credit classes at off-campus locations conven- 
ient to the students involved. These classes are conducted in strict 



15 



conformity with college standards and with policies of the Board of 
Regents of the University System of Georgia. The Dean for College 
and Community Services welcomes requests for the organization of 
these classes. 

NEIGHBORHOOD CONTINUING EDUCATION PROGRAM. 
This program is cooperative endeavor of Armstrong State College, 
Savannah State College, Georgia Southern College, and the Univer- 
sity of Georgia. Located in the central city, this program provides 
continuing education activities for low income residents. Its major 
objective is to utilize the combined resources of the cooperating 
institutions to provide educational experiences suited to the needs of 
the citizens within the inner city area. 

USE OF FACILITIES BY COMMUNITY GROUPS. As a tax 
supported unit of the University System of Georgia, the college 
makes available its facilities to certain community groups when such 
usage does not interfere with college sponsored activities and when 
such usage is for an activity of cultural, educational, or civic 
significance. College facilities will not be made available to 
(1) profit-seeking organizations; (2) community groups that are 
sponsoring events for the purpose of making a profit; (3) religious 
groups; (4) groups sponsoring activities that compete or conflict with 
college programs. A schedule of usage fees is available in the Office 
of the Dean for College and Community Services. 

PROCTORING EXAMINATIONS. The Community Services divi- 
sion cooperates with the Georgia Center for Continuing Education 
(University of Georgia) through service as a center at which 
examinations are proctored for students enrolled in independent 
study (correspondence) courses. A booklet describing these courses is 
available upon request. Examinations from other colleges and 
examinations by professional societies can also be proctored. 
Examination proctoring is by prior arrangement only. Students using 
this service are encouraged to check with the division office prior to 
the date for the examination to make certain that the examination 
materials are on hand. 

OFFICE OF DEVELOPMENT 

The purpose of the Office of Development is to promote funding 
for college programs from sources supplemental to state appro- 
priations and student fees. To accomplish this purpose, the college 
participates in federal and other grant supported activities and seeks 
assistance from alumni and friends. From private sources, the College 
accepts memorial and other gifts for the athletic program, instruc- 
tional equipment, library books, matching funds for grants, scholar- 

16 



ships, and other restricted purposes. Unrestricted contributions are 
accepted to be used at the discretion of the President to meet special 
and unforeseen needs. Gifts of any size can be used to add to the 
library collection in the name of an individual or an agency, although 
all gifts are acknowledged and published, where appropriate and 
when requested, by the donor's name. Gifts for scholarships are 
generally received by the College in one or two ways: the donor 
specifies support or choice of specific students, with the College 
serving only as a distribution agent; or the donor specifies support of 
student scholarships generally or scholarships within a broad 
academic field, with the College identifying the gift by name, if 
appropriate, and distributing the funds according to standard policies 
and procedures. Gifts of this latter type are tax deductible. The 
Director of Development is pleased to provide further information to 
any prospective donor. 

OFFICE OF COMPUTER SERVICES 

This office coordinates the campus-wide system of computer 
services. The Director also provides technical assistance to the faculty 
and staff of the college in the development of computer programs 
and systems. Through participation in the University System 
Computer Network, information processing devices located on 
campus are connected via a direct telephone line to the large 
computers located at Georgia State University and the University of 
Georgia. 

ACADEMIC SKILLS LABORATORY 

The purpose of the Academic Skills Laboratory is to provide aid 
for those students experiencing difficulty in the areas of reading, 
mathematics, or English. An individualized program is planned and 
conducted after identification of the student's needs through 
diagnostic procedures. 

A student may be referred to the Libraratory by a faculty member 
or may refer himself. The student may enroll for five to fifteen 
institutional credit hours per quarter. The student's program may be 
completed in less than a full quarter, or may be continued over two 
or more quarters. 

STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM 
WITH SAVANNAH STATE COLLEGE 

A student enrolled at Savannah State College or at Armstrong 
State College as a full-time student has the privilege of taking one 



17 



course with his Dean's approval at the other college without paying 
an additional fee. A student may take courses in his home college 
paying full fees and one course at the other college, which will be 
transferred back to his home college, or a student with at least a "B" 
average in the preceeding quarter may take three courses at his home 
college, paying full fees, and register at the other college for an 
additional course without additional cost. No restrictions are placed 
on the number of courses taken at the other college if the student is 
enrolled in the Joint Graduate Studies Program or in the under- 
graduate cooperative programs in Music Education, Physical Educa- 
tion, or the undergraduate joint program in Social Work. In the 
undergraduate programs, however, the student must enroll in major 
area courses only to receive unrestricted enrollment privileges. 

The colleges operate a shuttle-bus service between the two 
campuses to facilitate movement of students who are taking courses 
on both campuses. 

A student may obtain in the Office of the Registrar the proper 
form for permission to register for courses at Savannah State College. 

NROTC PROGRAM 

Qualified male or female students at Armstrong State College may 
enroll in the Naval Reserve Officers Training program offered on the 
Savannah State College campus. Full tuition paid scholarship 
programs for students desiring to be either Navy or Marine Corps 
officers are available. Most majors are acceptable with entry level at 
either the incoming freshman or prospective junior level. For further 
information, consult the Registrar at Armstrong State College; the 
Commanding Officer. NROTC Unit, Savannah State College; or the 
Savannah State College Bulletin and General Catalog. 

MARINE OFFICER PROGRAMS 

Qualified students may apply for an officer program leading to a 
commission as a Second Lieutenant in the United States Marine 
Corps. Commissions are offered in both ground and aviation 
components. The Platoon Leaders Course (PLC) is offered to 
freshmen, sophomores and juniors who attend precommissioning 
training during the summer. Financial Assistance and Flight Indoc- 
trination Programs are available. Qualified seniors attend twelve 
weeks of training in the Officer Candidate Course (OCC) after 
graduation. No work in this program is offered on campus. For 
details, contact the placement office or the Marine Officer Selection 
Officer when he is on campus. 



18 



LIBRARY 

The Lane Library, centrally located on campus, is a multi-resource 
and multi-service facility. The first floor houses a reference collec- 
tion, all periodicals and micromaterials, government documents, 
maps, vertical files, folios, archives, and a reading room. The 
technical services department, in which all orders are placed, 
cataloged, and processed, is also located on this floor. The depart- 
ment utilizes a CRT terminal and MODEM for all monograph 
cataloging as a member of the Southeastern Library Network. All 
audio-visuals, both software and hardware, the circulating collection, 
individualized study carrels, and typing facilities are located on the 
second floor. A television production studio and graphics laboratory 
are also located on this floor. This sophisticated complex allows 
faculty to augment their classroom lectures with in-house production 
of video programming and broadcasting. 

The library collection combines traditional media such as mono- 
graphs, periodicals and micromaterials with more recent types of 
media such as audio and video tapes, recordings, filmstrips and 
motion pictures. An array of micromaterial readers and printers, 
video beam projectors, and audio hardware is available for constant 
use. Housed in the library are approximately 350,000 total resources, 
including 115,000 books and bound periodicals; 10,000 documents 
and maps; 240,000 microforms; 6,000 records, motion pictures, 
slides, and video tapes, and 1,110 newspaper and periodical 
subscriptions. 

The Lane Library's card catalog, a cooperative project of several 
Savannah area libraries, lists the location of most print and non-print 
materials in the following libraries: Armstrong State College, 
Savannah State College, Savannah Public Library, Georgia Historical 
Society, Memorial Medical Center, St. Joseph's Hospital, Georgia 
Regional Mental Health Clinic, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers- 
Savannah District, and the Chatham County Department of Human 
Resources. 

The Lane Library faculty and staff welcomes suggestions for the 
improvement of its collections and services. 



19 



II. STUDENT SERVICES, ACTIVITIES 



The Office of Student Affairs, administered by the Dean for 
Student Affairs, is responsible for all student services and activities. 
In addition to formal classroom instruction, the College recognizes 
the need for providing programs and services which contribute to a 
well-rounded college experience. Such programs are administered by 
the Office of Student Affairs through the following individuals: 
Counselors, Director of Placement, Director of Student Financial Aid 
and Veterans Affairs, and Campus Nurse. 

COUNSELING 

Counselors are available in the Counseling and Placement Office to 
assist students in making successful and realistic decisions and in 
choosing appropriate routes for attaining selected goals. The coun- 
seling process focuses on increasing the student's self -understanding 
and respect for his own ability to make decisions that will affect his 
life. All discussions are confidential. 

Counselors can assist students in clarifying educational and 
vocational objectives, in developing effective study skills and habits, 
and in dealing with problems of social and emotional significance. 

VETERANS SERVICES 

Armstrong State college maintains an Office of Veterans Affairs 
located in the Administration Building. The veterans' director is 
available to assist veterans with admissions procedures, academic 
advisement, career development, and social emotional adjustments to 
college. The office also employs a number of student /veterans to 
assist in meeting the needs of veteran student body at Armstrong. 

TESTING SERVICES 

A variety of individual tests and inventories are available through, 
and often included in, counseling services. Such tests provide 
information to help students to evaluate personal, educational, or 
vocational needs. Test results are confidential. 

The following testing programs are administered regularly by 
members of the counseling staff: College Level Examination Program 
(CLEP), Dental Admission Test (DAT), Dental Hygiene Aptitude 
Test, Graduate Record Examination (GRE), Medical College Admis- 
sion Test (MCAT), National Teacher Examination (NTE), Regents 
Examination, and the Undergraduate Assessment Program (Exit 

20 



Examinations). Information about the Allied Health Professions 
Admission Test, the Graduate Management Admission Test, the 
Graduate School Foreign Language Test, the Miller Analogies Test, 
the Optometry College Admission Test, the Professional and Admin- 
istrative Career Examination, the State Merit Examination, and the 
Veterinary Aptitude Test may be obtained from the Counseling and 
Placement Office. 

ORIENTATION 

The decision to enter college for further education and knowledge 
is an important point in an individual's process of self-development. 
The Summer Orientation Program (CHAOS) at Armstrong State 
College is planned to aid the student in his transition to college by 
exposing him to the dynamics of successful decision-making. Using 
techniques that encourage the realization of possible outcomes and 
consequences, the student will learn to explore his possibilities with 
more understanding and confidence. 

Freshmen participating in this program will be given information 
concerning student activities programs, visit campus facilities, and 
plan their class schedules with academic advisors. 

An abbreviated orientation program is scheduled for students new 
to the college prior to registration Winter, Spring, and Summer 
Quarters. 

PLACEMENT OFFICE 

The Placement Office, located in the Administration Building, 
offers general assistance in the planning of career directions. The 
office operates a personal resume service for all regularly enrolled 
students of the college, receives listings of full-time career oppor- 
tunities, and arranges on-campus recruiting with business, govern- 
mental and educational agencies. Students who wish to make use of 
the Placement Service are advised to contact the Placement Office, 
three quarters prior to completion of studies. 

The Placement Office also provides a job listing and referral 
system for currently enrolled students who are seeking part-time, 
temporary, or vacation employment. 

CONDUCT 

Every student who enrolls in a course at Armstrong State College 
commits himself, by the act of enrolling, to full compliance with the 
rules and regulations of the Honor System and Code of Conduct. The 

21 



Honor System is outlined under "Academic Regulations" in this 
Bulletin and the Code of Conduct is published in the Armstrong 
Student Handbook, Students Illustrated. 

Compliance with the regulations and policies of the faculty of 
Armstrong State College and the Regents of the University System of 
Georgia is assumed. To enroll is to agree to assume responsibility for 
adhering to policies and using established channels to promote 
change. Not to do so is sufficient basis for the college to terminate a 
student's enrollment. 



STUDENT ACTIVITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS 

In addition to an outstanding academic program, Armstrong State 
College offers a complete program of co-curricular student activities 
assigned to contribute to the development of the student and to 
assist him in becoming an active and productive member of the 
community in which he lives. 

Student organizations at Armstrong State College reflect the 
natural variety of interests found in a diversified student body. 
Individuals who seek a well-rounded education will avail themselves 
of the varied opportunities afforded through the college program of 
student activities. 

A variety of clubs and organizations representing varied interests 
and activities are available to students at Armstrong State College. 
These include the following: 

Religious: 

Baptist Student Union 
Greeks: 

Alpha Gamma Delta Sorority 

Sigma Kappa Sorority 

Phi Mu Sorority 

Phi Kappa Theta Fraternity 

Pi Kappa Phi Fraternity 

Pi Kappa Alpha Fraternity 

Sigma Nu Fraternity 
Professional: 

Student Nurses Association of Georgia 

Future Secretaries Association 

Student Association of Educators 

Junior American Dental Hygienists Association 

American Chemical Society 

Alpha Sigma Chi (Physical Education) 



22 



Armstrong State College Student Data Processing 
Management Association 

Social Work Club 
Interest: 

Glee Club 

Band 

Chess Club 

Cheerleaders 

Masquers 

Buccaneers 

Black American Movement 

Rugby Club 
Honorary: 

Delta Lamba Alpha (Scholastic honorary for freshmen) 

Phi Alpha Theta (History) 

Pi Delta Phi (French) 

Pi Mu Epsilon (Mathematics) 

Kappa Delta Pi (Education) 

STUDENT GOVERNMENT 

The Student Government Association is the official governing 
body of the students at Armstrong State College. It assists in 
formulating a program of student services and activities, and it strives 
to express the will of the majority of students and to provide 
experience in democratic living. 

All students are automatically members of the Student Govern- 
ment Association and are entitled to vote in SGA elections. Qualified 
students may seek positions of leadership in the Student Government 
Association by running for office during the winter quarter. 

STUDENT PUBLICATIONS 

The official student publication on campus is the Inkwell (the 
college newspaper). This publication is produced by students under 
the supervision of approved college advisors. Financed in part by the 
Student Activity Fund, the Inkwell provides opportunities for 
students in creative writing, reporting, and design. 

HEALTH 

Armstrong State College maintains a campus infirmary where a 
registered nurse is on duty from 8:15 a.m. until 5 p.m. Students who 
become ill or who are involved in accidents while on campus should 
not hesitate to avail themselves of this service. 



23 



DENTAL HYGIENE SERVICES 

The Dental Hygiene clinic is available to Armstrong State College 
and Savannah State College students who' wish to receive an oral 
prophylaxis and a fluoride treatment. School identification cards will 
be requested by the Clinic receptionist. 



ALUMNI OFFICE 

The primary purposes of the Alumni Office are to keep former 
students informed about the college and to help them keep in touch 
with each other. Any person who at any time was matriculated as a 
regular student is eligible for membership in the Alumni Association 
and, upon payment of his dues, will receive association periodicals, 
and may vote and hold office in the Association. The Alumni Office 
assists in arranging class reunions, board meetings, and other 
functions. For further information contact the Alumni Secretary. 



HOUSING 

There is no student housing on campus. Private apartments for 
male, female, and married students are located within walking 
distance of Armstrong State College. For further information 
regarding housing, please contact the Office of Student Affairs. 



ATHLETICS 

Armstrong State College is affiliated with the National Collegiate 
Athletic Association, South Atlantic Conference, Association of 
Intercollegiate Athletics for Women and Georgia Association of 
Intercollegiate Athletics for Women. The college teams participate in 
intercollegiate competition in baseball, basketball, cross country 
track events, golf, Softball and tennis. 

INTRAMURALS 

The Student Intramural Council and Intramural Department 
provide a diversified program available to all students and faculty, 
including organized competitive sports, recreational activities, and 
clubs. Any student interested in participating in these activities 
should contact the Director of Intramurals. 



CULTURAL OPPORTUNITIES 

Armstrong State College provides a variety of cultural oppor- 
tunities for its students. Lectures by eminent scholars in the various 
academic fields and musical concerts by outstanding artists are an 
integral part of the program in general education. Student dramatic 

24 



productions under professional direction and the student choral and 
instrumental groups have created distinguished traditions. 

ARMSTRONG SUMMER THEATRE 

The Armstrong Summer Theatre presents annually during the 
Summer Quarter a season of three plays with popular appeal, 
produced by a company of amateur talents (actors and technicians) 
from the college community. Participants may receive college credit 
(see course listing under Department of Languages and Literature). 




25 



FEES 



APPLICATION FEE 

The Application Fee of $10.00 is paid by each student at the time 
of initial application for admission to Armstrong State College. The 
acceptance of the Application Fee does not constitute acceptance of 
the student. This fee is not refundable. 

In addition to the application fee mentioned above, a deposit of 
$50.00 is required of all dental hygiene applicants who are accepted 
for admission. This deposit is applied against registration fees during 
the first quarter of attendance. If the student does not enroll, the 
deposit is not refundable. 

MATRICULATION FEE 

The Matriculation Fee for students registering on campus for the 
normal course load of fifteen hours is $145.00. Students carrying less 
than 12 credit hours on campus in a quarter will pay at the rate of 
$12.00 per quarter hour in Matriculation Fees. Students who register 
for off-campus credit hours will pay at the rate of $15.00 per credit 
hour. Matriculation fees are waived for residents of Georgia upon 
presentation of written documentation that they are 62 years of age 
or older. 



OUT-OF-STATE TUITION 

Non-residents of Georgia must pay a fee of $238.00 per quarter in 
addition to all regular fees. Students carrying less than 12 credit 
hours in a quarter who are not legal residents of the State of Georgia 
will pay at the rate of $20.00 per quarter hour Out-of -State fee in 
addition to all regular fees. Students who register for off -cam pus 
credit courses will pay at the rate of $20.00 per quarter hour 
Out-of -State Fee in addition to all regular fees. Out-of -State tuition 
fees are waived for active duty military personnel and their 
dependents stationed in Georgia and on active duty, except military 
personnel assigned to this institution for educational purposes. 

STUDENT ACTIVITY AND HEALTH/SERVICE FEES 

There will be a Student Activity Fee ($12.50) and a Health/ 
Service Fee ($2.50) for all students enrolled for six or more hours in 
the undergraduate program. Students who are enrolled for five hours 
or less may choose whether or not to pay the Student Activity Fee. 
Students who choose not to do so will be accorded limited student 
activity privileges. 

26 



ATHLETIC FEE 

There will be an Athletic Fee of $8.00 per quarter for all students 
enrolled in the undergraduate program. 

APPLIED MUSIC FEES 

Applied music courses consist of one or two twenty-five minute 
private lessons per week. A special fee of $31.00 for one twenty-five 
minute lesson or $62.00 for two lessons is charged quarterly to 
students not admitted to a music degree program and to music 
majors not enrolled for ten or more quarter hours of credit. This fee 
is refundable only when the student has not met his first lesson. 

LATE REGISTRATION FEE 

A late registration fee of $4.00 will be charged to students 
registering on the date listed in the catalog as the date on which 
classes begin. A fee of $5.00 will be charged for registrations 
completed on the date listed in the catalog as the "last day to register 
for credit." This fee is not refundable. 

GRADUATION FEE 

A Graduation Fee of $20.00 will be collected from each candidate 
for Graduation. If the candidate is receiving a second degree at the 
same graduation ceremonies, an additional fee of $5.00 will be 
collected. The fee will be $20.00 for a second degree awarded at a 
subsequent graduation ceremony. 

TRANSCRIPT FEE 

Each student is entitled to one official transcript of his college 
work. The charge for additional copies is $1.00 each. 

SUMMARY OF FEES 

Matriculation, per quarter $145.00 

Student Activity, per quarter 12.50 

Health /Service, per quarter 2.50 

Athletic, per quarter 8.00 

TOTAL FOR GEORGIA RESIDENTS $168.00 

Out-of-State Tuition, per quarter $238.00 

TOTAL FOR NON-RESIDENTS $406.00 



27 



Matriculation Part-time Students per quarter hour $12.00 

Non-Resident Tuition, Part-Time Students, per quarter 

hour (in addition to Matriculation Fee) , $20.00 

PRIVILEGE FEES 

Application Fee $10.00 

Late Registration -Maximum 5.00 

Graduation Fee 20.00 

Transcript, first one free, each additional 1.00 

Applied Music Fee 31.00/62.00 

Dental Hygiene Deposit 50.00 

REFUNDS 

Refunds of fees will be made only upon written application for 
withdrawal from school. No refunds will be made to students 
dropping a course. Privilege fees are not refundable. Students who 
formally withdraw on the date of scheduled registration or during 
one week following the scheduled registration date are entitled to a 
refund of 80% of the fees paid for that quarter. Students who 
formally withdraw during the period between one and two weeks 
after the scheduled registration date are entitled to a refund of 60% 
of the fees paid for that quarter. Students who formally withdraw 
between two and three weeks after the scheduled registration date 
are entitled to a refund of 40% of the fees paid for that quarter. 
Students who formally withdraw during the period between three 
and four weeks after the scheduled registration date are entitled to a 
refund of 20% of the fees paid for that quarter. Students who 
withdraw after a period of four weeks has elapsed from the 
scheduled registration date will be entitled to no refund of any part 
of the fees paid that quarter. 

Any student delinquent in the payment of any financial obligation 
to the college will have grade reports and transcripts of records 
encumbered. Grade reports and transcripts will not be released, nor 
will the student be allowed to re-register at the college until all 
financial obligations are met. 

Fees for each quarter are to be paid in full at the time of 
registration. 

If a check is not paid on presentation to the bank on which it is 
drawn, the student's registration will be cancelled and the student 
may re-register only on payment of $5.00 service charge. 



28 



SHORT COURSES 

Fees are announced for each quarter when the course is scheduled 
by the College. No refund can be made for withdrawal from a short 
course. 

Fees and Charges are Subject to Change at the End of any Quarter. 




29 



IV. STUDENT FINANCIAL AID 



Armstrong State College subscribes to' the principle that the 
primary purpose of a student financial aid program is to provide 
financial assistance to students who, without such assistance, would 
be unable to attend college. The primary responsibility for financing 
a college education is the inherent obligation of the student and /or 
family. Financial assistance from Armstrong State College should be 
viewed as supplementary to the efforts of the student and/or family. 
An assessment of parental ability to contribute toward the student's 
educational expenses is made by the College Scholarship Service so 
that neither the parent, the student, nor Armstrong State College be 
required to bear an undue share of the financial responsibility. 

APPLICATION INFORMATION 
An applicant for student financial aid at Armstrong must: 

1. be enrolled or accepted for enrollment at the College; 

2. obtain and complete and submit a Financial Aid Form (FAF) to 
the College Scholarship Service prior to June 30 for the coming 
academic year; 

3. submit a Basic Educational Opportunity Grant (BEOG) Eligi- 
bility Report (SER) to the Office of Student Financial Aid by 
June 30 preceding the next academic year. 

It may be necessary to complete additional forms depending on a 
student's year in school, major course of study, and /or eligibility for 
a particular program. Applications for financial assistance must be 
repeated annually. Most student financial aid awards are for the 
entire academic year, with payments made to the student in equal 
quarterly installments. A student may, however, apply and be 
considered for financial assistance during the academic year, if funds 
are available. 

All student financial aid awards are contingent upon the avail- 
ability of funds and the recipient's maintaining satisfactory progress 
toward a degree. Also, each recipient must maintain good academic 
standing as defined in this Bulletin. 

The minimum number of quarter hours for which a student 
financial aid recipient may enroll per quarter varies from program to 
program. Most require at least 12 hours per quarter (full-time status); 
some require only 10 hours per quarter. All programs require that 

30 



the student be enrolled at least half-time taking 6 or more quarter 
hours. 

Students applying for financial aid, whether eligible or not, who 
do not meet or adhere to the above requirements will not be 
considered for financial aid. It is the responsibility of the parents 
and /or student to determine that all pertinent information and data 
have been obtained and are located in the Office of Student 
Financial Aid to assure a complete and accurate awarding of financial 
assistance. 

When the student has received acknowledgement from the College 
Scholarship Service that the Financial Aid Form (FAR) has been sent 
to the College and the student has delivered the Basic Grant 
Eligibility Report (SER) to the Office of Student Financial Aid, the 
student and/or parents should telephone the office for an appoint- 
ment with a financial aid advisor. The advisor will discuss the 
student's eligibility and, if applicable, the tentative award package. 
When the student has been determined eligible for financial aid, an 
award letter will be sent to the student indicating the type of 
award(s) and the amount to be received. 

NO AWARD WILL BE MADE UNLESS THE OFFICE OF 
STUDENT FINANCIAL AID HAS BOTH THE BASIC GRANT 
ELIGIBILITY REPORT AND THE FINANCIAL AID FORM. 

CATEGORIES OF AID 

The College provides necessary financial assistance through 
grants/scholarships, work, and /or loans. Grants and scholarships are 
awards that require neither service nor cash repayments. Oppor- 
tunities for part-time employment are provided for eligible students, 
usually on-campus, who are paid federal minimum wages on an 
hourly basis. Loans require cash repayment, service repayment, or a 
combination of both. These funds are made available through the 
federal government, state government, and local sources. 

FEDERAL ASSISTANCE 

The BASIC EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANT PRO- 
GRAM is designed to provide financial assistance to those who need 
it to attend post-high school educational institutions. The BEOG is a 
grant and, unlike a loan, does not have to be repaid. Award amounts 
vary, depending upon the student's eligibility. 

The SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY 
GRANT PROGRAM is available to eligible students who establish 

31 



exceptional financial need as determined by the College Scholarship 
Service. The minimum award is $200.00 per academic year. The 
maximum may not exceed one-half of the student's established need, 
nor can it be more than on-half of the financial assistance supplied 
through the College. 

Currently, the COLLEGE WORK-STUDY PROGRAM allows an 
eligible student to work each class day during the quarter. Satisfac- 
tory work performance is mandatory. The student must also 
maintain satisfactory academic progress. A student on academic 
suspension, even though readmitted on appeal, will not be allowed to 
participate in the Work-Study Program . 

A NATIONAL DIRECT STUDENT LOAN may be awarded to an 
eligible student who has established a need through the College 
Scholarship Service. Interest will be computed at the rate of three 
percent per annum simple interest on the unpaid principal balance. 
Interest is not charged and repayment is not required until nine 
months after the borrower ceases to be a student. All students using 
NDSL funds are required to complete an exit interview before 
leaving the college. 

A sample repayment schedule of a $1,000 NDSL loan at 3% would 
be: 



Payment 


Principal 




Principal 


Total 


Number 


Balance 


Interest 


Payment 


Payment 


1 


$1,000.00 


$ 2.50 


$ 30.00 


$ 32.50 


2 


970.00 


2.43 


30.00 


32.43 


3 


940.00 


2.35 


30.00 


32.35 


4 


910.00 


2.28 


30.00 


32.28 


5 


880.00 


2.20 


30.00 


32.20 


6 


850.00 


2.13 


30.00 


32.13 


34 


10.00 


.03 


10.00 


10.03 


TOTALS . 




$43.10 


$1,000.00 


$1,043.01 



FEDERAL NURSING STUDENT LOANS AND/OR SCHOLAR- 
SHIPS are available to students who have: (1) established a financial 
need through the College Scholarship Service, (2) been accepted for 
enrollment by Armstrong State College, and (3) been admitted to the 
Nursing Program by the Department of Nursing. 

LAW ENFORCEMENT EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM GRANTS 
are available to in-service personnel. Awards are made on a priority 
basis and require the completion of applications applicable to the 
program. In-service personnel need not complete the Basic Grant or 
FAF if attending college on a part-time basis. 

32 



STATE ASSISTANCE 

GEORGIA HIGHER EDUCATION ASSISTANCE CORPORA- 
TION. Under this program, guaranteed loans are provided by private 
lending institutions to residents of Georgia. The loans accrue interest 
at the rate of 7 percent simple interest. Loans are made by lending 
institutions that have signed a contract with and have the guarantee 
of GHEAC. The process involves application for the loan by the 
student and parents, certification by the educational institution, and 
final approval by GHEAC. Students who are unable to secure funds 
locally may apply for a STATE DIRECT LOAN. In this instance, the 
State of Georgia provides the funds and GHEAC guarantees the loan. 
Students enrolled in certain health career fields may elect to cancel 
all or a portion of their state direct loans by practicing in their fields. 
Applications and additional information may be obtained from the 
Office of Student Financial Aid. Students who receive GHEAC loans 
are usually required to be enrolled as full-time students (12 hours). 
Exceptions are made only to health career loans, in which case the 
student must notify the Office of Student Financial Aid in advance 
for approval of hours to be taken. 

GEORGIA INCENTIVE SCHOLARSHIPS are awarded to resi- 
dents who began post-high school education after 1 April, 1974, and 
whose eligibility has been determined by the College Scholarship 
Service financial analysis. All veterans who were residents of Georgia 
at the time of their entry into military service may apply. Students 
must also request submission of a copy of the FAF to the State 
Scholarship Commission. 

The BOARD OF REGENTS' FUND sponsors a program under 
which Georgia residents may qualify for financial assistance at units 
of the University System. Applicants must be in the upper 25% of 
their class and have established a financial need through the College 
Scholarship Service. Recipients must agree to work in the state, at an 
occupation for which they are qualified educationally, one year for 
each $1,000 received. If unable to meet this obligation, the student is 
expected to repay the full amount with interest at the rate of 3 
percent simple interest. 

Students may be recommended for employment on the INSTI- 
TUTIONAL STUDENT ASSISTANTS PROGRAM. Some depart- 
ments and offices of the college have funds available to hire student 
workers. Initial contacts should be made by the student with the 
appropriate department head. 



33 



LOCAL ASSISTANCE 

INSTITUTIONAL SHORT-TERM LOANS are available to stu- 
dents for a maximum of sixty days. Interest shall accrue at the rate 
of 3% per annum. There are four short-term loans accounts: General, 
Nursing, Exchangette, and Kiwanis. Because of limited availability, 
short-term loans are usually made available to students for payment 
of tuition and fees at the College. Other requirements concerning 
short-term loans are available in the Office of Student Financial Aid. 
Funds for the General Short-Term Loan Fund have been provided 
by: 

John Bravo Memorial Sigma Kappa Sorority 

Rensing Loan Special Loans 

Rho Beta Chapter of Stephen Davis Memorial 

Alpha Phi Omega Union Camp Corporation 

Dental Hygiene students may apply for scholarship and/or loan 
funds from the PADEREWSKI MEMORIAL FUND. Interested 
students should contact either the Head of the Dental Hygiene 
Department or the Office of Student Financial Aid. 

Armstrong State College accepts SCHOLARSHIP applications 
throughout the year. Most awards are made annually during the 
summer. Scholarships are awarded when: 

1. an agency notifies the College of its intention to award a 
scholarship to a specified student, or 

2. an agency informs the College that it will award scholarships to 
a specific number of students selected by the Student Scholar- 
ship Committee. 

Applicants for scholarships awarded by the college must: 

1. complete the initial application process for financial aid; 

2. complete a separate scholarship application which may be 
obtained from the Office of Student Financial Aid; 

3. have, as an entering freshman, a minimum combined verbal and 
mathematical SAT score of 1,000; 

4. have, as a returning or transfer student, a minimum overall 
grade -point average of 3.0. 



34 



Individuals who are applicants for scholarships to be awarded by 
the Student Scholarship Committee will be interviewed by that 
Committee at a designated time. Award notification will be given to 
those students selected at the end of the selection process. 

GOVERNMENT BENEFITS 

SOCIAL SECURITY ADMINISTRATION: Social Security pro- 
vides monthly benefits to children when a parent (a) dies, (b) starts 
receiving Social Security retirement, or (c) starts receiving disability 
benefits. Payments can be made until age 22, provided the child is a 
full-time student in an educational institution. Benefits can continue 
until the end of the quarter of attainment of age 22, if requirements 
for a bachelor's degree are not complete. Once Social Security 
benefits begin, it is the individual's responsibility to notify the Social 
Security office if he transfers to another school, if he withdraws 
from school, or if he reduces his hours below full-time attendance. 
The individual must also notify the Social Security Administration if 
he marries, if he is adopted, or if he earns more than $2,520 a year. 
Students who want to file applications, report changes, or receive 
more information should contact their Social Security Office. 

VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION: The Georgia Vocational 
Rehabilitation Program provides financial assistance for the applicant 
who possesses an impairment which would prove to be a vocational 
handicap. The Office of Vocational Rehabilitation may pay the cost 
of tuition, books, and fees. Students who think that they may 
qualify under this program should contact one of the area Vocational 
Rehabilitation Centers located throughout the state. The Savannah 
Center is located at 420 Mall Boulevard. Applicants sponsored by 
Vocational Rehabilitation or other community agencies must apply 
at least 6 (six) weeks before the beginning of any quarter to insure 
proper processing of applications. 

VETERANS, DISABILITY, AND WAR ORPHANS ASSIS- 
TANCE. Veterans who served on active duty for other than training 
purposes for more than 180 days, any part of which occurred after 
June 1, 1966, are eligible for financial assistance to attend college 
through the G.I. Bill. Generally, sons and daughters of veterans 
whose death or total disablement was a result of service in the armed 
forces are eligible for financial benefits under the veterans program 
for educational assistance. 

HOW TO APPLY. A prospective student must first make 
application to the College and gain approval for admission from the 
Office of the Registrar/Director of Admissions. A veteran cannot 
receive benefits while matriculating under a Continuing Education 

35 



admission status. Once accepted, the veteran should go to the local 
office of the Georgia Department of Veterans Service located at 410 
Mall Boulevard, Savannah, Georgia, and have an application for VA 
educational benefits completed. The veteran must carry a copy of his 
Record of Discharge, DD Form 214, and supporting documentation 
of dependency status (marriage certificate; divorce decree, if pre- 
viously married; and birth certificates of all dependent children). The 
veteran will then be given the forms to present to the Office of 
Veterans Affairs at Armstrong State College. Students transferring 
from other educational institutions, OJT programs, or correspon- 
dence schools must complete a "Request for Change of Place of 
Training/Change of Program" VA Form 1995 with the Armstrong 
Office of Veterans Affairs. At the time of initial matriculation each 
student /veteran must declare a specific program of study (major) and 
must follow the curriculum for this major without exception or 
benefits may be interrupted. Any student receiving government 
benefits from the Veterans Administration must check with the 
Armstrong State College Office of Veterans Affairs at the beginning 
of each quarter and file a form declaring the specific courses and 
number of credit hours which he is attempting. Each student/veteran 
is reminded that he must report any changes in his attendance, i.e., 
dropping, adding or withdrawal from school to the Armstrong Office 
of Veterans Affairs immediately following such action. Veterans 
entering school under the G.I. Bill should have sufficient funds to 
finance themselves until payments from the VA begin (approx- 
imately six weeks after application). 

GENERAL INFORMATION RELATING TO 
STUDENT FINANCIAL AID 

DISTRIBUTION OF FINANCIAL AID. Financial assistance is 
distributed both directly and indirectly to eligible students from the 
federal, state, and local government and from private donors through 
the Office of Student Financial Aid. Assistance is provided directly 
when the name of the recipient and the amount of assistance to be 
given are determined prior to the receipt of the funds by the college. 
Assistance is provided indirectly when funds are given to the college 
for general distribution to students who are determined to be eligible 
for receipt of these funds. In both cases, it is the responsibility of the 
Office of Student Financial Aid to assure that the recipient has met 
all requirements and regulations concerning the receipt of such 
funds. Students who are found to be in violation of requirements and 
regulations concerning the receipt of financial assistance may 
jeopardize their continued eligibility for participation in the financial 
aid program. It is the student's responsibility to be knowledgeable 
about all requirements governing the receipt of funds from each 
program from which the student receives financial assistance. 

36 



STUDENT COST. Student financial aid is awarded to eligible 
students on the basis of need in nearly all cases except those 
scholarships which have been provided by donors for the purpose of 
recognizing academic promise or achievement. The determination of 
need is provided for Armstrong State College students through the 
use of the Financial Aid Form (FAF) and the College Scholarship 
Service which processes this form . The process involves an analysis of 
the data provided by the student's family or, if independent, by the 
student. This analysis is sent to the Office of Student Financial Aid 
where it is compared with the cost of education for the appropriate 
classification of student. If the analysis shows that the family 
contribution or self contribution is less than the cost of education, 
financial need has been established. The Office of Student Financial 
Aid has the legal right to challenge information provided on the 
Financial Aid Form if, in the opinion of the financial aid officer, that 
information appears to be inaccurate, incorrect, or misleading. 
Information relating to a student's eligibility is available to that 
student when he/she has completed all the necessary requirements 
for processing his/her financial aid application at the college. 

STUDENT CLASSIFICATIONS. There are two basic student 
classifications: (1) dependent student who is a commuter (living with 
parents or guardian) or resident (not living with parents or guardian 
but either receiving financial support from them or claimed by them 
as a tax deduction); (2) independent student who is single (and 
totally self supporting) or married (or who is a single parent with one 
or more children). Each classification constitutes a cost of education 
group from which eligibility for financial aid is derived. An example 
of the cost of education for a dependent commuter student for one 
year would be: 

Tuition and fees $505 

Books and supplies 195 

Room and board 660 

Transportation 330 

Personal expenses . . 555 

TOTAL $2,245 

The cost of tuition and all pertinent fees and the refund policy of 
the College are outlined in the "Fees" section of this Bulletin. 

Availability of Funds. In general, students who enter the College 
at the beginning of the fall quarter have a greater opportunity to 
receive financial assistance than those who enter later in the 
academic year. The awards processing time usually runs from June 1 
to August 31. It is during this period that the Office of Student 
Financial Aid distributes its yearly allocation of funds to students 

37 



who have completed the process cycle. In the event that there is a 
shortage of funds, students who are eligible for financial aid but 
whose applications were late will be placed on a waiting list until 
such time as funds become available. 

Rights and Responsibilities. Every eligible student has a right to 
receive financial assistance provided that (1) funds are available at 
the college for award to the student; (2) the student meets the 
requirements pertinent to the program(s) from which assistance is 
sought; (3) the student has been admitted to the college or, in the 
case of an enrolled student, meets the standards of satisfactory 
academic progress as outlined in the "Academic Regulations" section 
of this Bulletin. In addition, it is the student's responsibility to 
adhere to all regulations and requirements heretofore mentioned and 
to notify the Office of Student Financial Aid of any change in status 
which would have any effect on the legitimacy of financial assistance 
being received. 

Student Retention. Information regarding student retention (i.e., 
enrollment patterns at the college) may be obtained upon request 
from the Office of the Registrar. Copies of this information are 
available to the student at a cost of $1.00 per copy. Information 
regarding specific degree programs is available in this Bulletin and 
from the Head of the Department in which a specific academic 
program is offered. 




3ft 



V. ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE 



GENERAL INFORMATION 

Application forms for admission to Armstrong State College are 
attached to this Bulletin and provided by the Admissions Office 
upon request. An application cannot be considered until all required 
forms are properly executed and returned to the Admissions Office. 
Applications should be on file in the Admissions Office at least 
twenty days before the opening of the quarter in which the applicant 
wishes to enter. 

The applicant must be at least sixteen years old on or before 
registration date and must give evidence of good moral character, 
promise of growth and development, seriousness of purpose, and a 
sense of social responsibility. Armstrong State College reserves the 
right to examine and appraise the character, the personality, and the 
physical fitness of the applicant by the use of achievement and 
aptitude tests and to require additional biographical data and an 
interview before the applicant is accepted or rejected. If an interview 
is required, the applicant will be notified. 

Armstrong State College reserves the right to refuse to accept any 
or all of the credits from any high school or other institution, 
notwithstanding its accredited status, when the College determines 
through investigation or otherwise that the quality of instruction at 
such high school or other institution is for any reason deficient or 
unsatisfactory. The judgment of the College on this question shall be 
final. 

On the basis of achievement as reflected by high school or college 
grades and academic potential as shown by scores on the Scholastic 
Aptitude Test, an evaluation of each applicant's readiness to 
undertake college work will be made. The Admissions Officer may 
refer any application to the Admissions Committee of the College for 
study and advice. 

The decision as to whether an applicant shall be accepted or 
rejected shall be made by the Admissions Officer in accordance with 
admission policies and subject to the applicant's right of appeal as 
provided in the policies of the Board of Regents of the University 
System. The Admissions Officer shall, as promptly as practicable, 
inform the applicant of the action taken upon his application. 

The College reserves the right to terminate acceptance of 
applications when enrollment capacity is reached. The College 



39 



further reserves the right to reject an applicant who is not a resident 
of the State of Georgia. 

All students enrolled at Armstrong State College are required to 
affirm that they will abide by the provisions of the Honor Code. For 
a detailed explanation of the Honor Systems see the REGULA- 
TIONS section of this bulletin. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR FRESHMAN APPLICANTS 
All freshman applicants must meet the following requirements: 

1. a. Certificate of graduation from an accredited high school. A 
transcript of the applicant's high school record must be sub- 
mitted by the high school directly to the College and must show 
credit for a minimum of sixteen units, including the following 
subjects: English (4 units); Mathematics (2 units of which one 
unit must be in algebra, although two units are desirable; for 
students entering engineering or scientific fields, two units of 
algebra and one unit of geometry are needed); Science (2 units); 
Social Studies (2 units), and other units sufficient for grad- 
uation. 

OR 

b. Successful completion of the General Education Develop- 
ment TEST (GED). Specific scores required are listed under the 
categories of admission below. A score report form must be 
submitted directly to the college from the GED testing center 
where the student took the test or by DANTES, 2318 South 
Park Street, Madison, Wisconsin 53713 (if the student took the 
test through the United States Armed Forces Institute while in 
military service). 

2. Satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the 
College Entrance Examination Board. Specific scores required 
are listed under the categories of admission below. Official 
results of the SAT must be filed with the Admissions Office by 
the final date for the submission of an application for the 
quarter in which a student wishes to enroll. The Scholastic 
Aptitude Test is given in all states and many foreign countries at 
least six times annually. Students wishing to make application 
to take the test may secure application forms from their 
secondary school principal or counselor or from the College 
Entrance Examination Board, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey 
08540, or Box 1025, Berkeley, California 94701. 



40 



3. A non-refundable application fee of $10 must accompany the 
application form. This fee does not bind the College to admit 
the applicant, nor does it indicate acceptance of the applicant's 
qualifications. If a student wishes to enter the College at the 
beginning of a quarter later than that for which he was initially 
accepted, he must request reactivation of his application for 
admission. If the student has not enrolled within one year from 
the date of his initial acceptance, he must reapply and resubmit 
the application fee by the date specified. 

4. If the medical history of an entering student is such that his 
participation in required physical education instruction is not 
recommended or should be limited or if the student is under the 
care of a physician due to a special medical problem, he must 
have a physical examination prior to his admission. A physical 
examination prior to admission is required for all students in 
the Nursing Program. Entering students who are in good health 
and who are not under the care of a physician must submit a 
signed statement to this effect along with their completed 
applications for admission. 



CATEGORIES OF ADMISSION 

Freshman applicants may be admitted to Armstrong State College 
in one of two admission categories, Regular or Conditional 
admission. Specific requirements for these categories of admission 
follow: 



Regular Admission 
Applicants for the regular Admission category must: 

1. Have a total score on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the 
College Entrance Examination Board of at least 750 on the 
combined verbal and mathematics sections, with a score of not 
less than 300 on the verbal section; and 

2. Have (if applicable) no scores less than 45 on the GED. 

Conditional Admission 

Applicants who are not admitted in the Regular Admission 
category may be granted conditional admission if they: 



41 



1. Have a total score on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the 
College Entrance Examination Board of not less than 550 on 
the combined verbal and mathematics sections, with a score of 
not less than 300 on the verbal section; and 

2. Have (if applicable) no scores below 45 on the GED. 

An applicant who is conditionally admitted to the College must take, 
before registering for classes, a Basic Skills Examination. The student 
will remain conditionally admitted until such time as the result of 
this examination is available. A student who satisfactorily completes 
the examination will be granted regular admission. If any part of the 
examination results is unsatisfactory, the student's conditional 
admission status will be continued, and he will be required to take 
courses in the Academic Skills Laboratory in his area(s) of weakness. 
While the student is on conditional admission status, he must have 
the classes in which he is enrolled approved by the Head of the 
Academic Skills Laboratory. A student may demonstrate proficiency 
by achieving a- grade of "Satisfactory" in each of the Academic Skills 
Laboratory courses required. Any student who remains conditionally 
admitted for six consecutive quarters from the date of his admission 
or who attempts any one Academic Skills Laboratory Course three 
times without attaining a grade of "Satisfactory" will not be 
permitted to continue at the College. Test dates for the Basic Skills 
Examination are listed in the Academic Calendar published in this 
Bulletin. 

APPLICANTS WHO DO NOT MEET THE GENERAL REQUIRE- 
MENTS FOR ADMISSION AND THE REQUIREMENTS FOR 
REGULAR OR CONDITIONAL ADMISSION WILL NOT BE 
ELIGIBLE FOR ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE. 



ADVANCED PLACEMENT 
AND CREDIT BY EXAMINATION 

Armstrong State College gives advanced placement, or in some 
cases college credit, for college level high school courses, on the 
basis of the student's grade on the College Board Advanced 
Placement Examination or the Admissions Testing Program achieve- 
ment tests and approval by the appropriate department head at 
Armstrong State College. 

College credit may be granted for satisfactory scores on selected 
tests of the College-Level Examination Program (CLEP), for satis- 



42 



factory completion of appropriate courses and tests offered through 
the United States Armed Forces Institute (USAFI), and for military 
service schools and experience as recommended by the Commission 
on Accreditation of Service Experiences of the American Council on 
Education. Such credits may not exceed more than one-fourth of the 
work counted toward a degree. 

Specifically, the student with a strong academic background may, 
through certain examinations, demonstrate competence in: Art 200 
Biology 101, 102; English 111; Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 
History 114, 115, 251, 252; Mathematics 101, 103, 104, 201, 220 
Music 200; Natural Science without Laboratory; Nursing 101 
Political Science 113; Sociology 201. For information concerning the 
examinations which apply to the specific areas, please make inquiry 
to the Office of Admissions, the Office of the Registrar, the Office of 
Counseling and Placement, or the Head of the appropriate Academic 
Department. 

It is possible for a student, through a combination of the advanced 
placement and credit by examination programs, to begin his formal 
instructional program at Armstrong State College as a sophomore. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR TRANSFER APPLICANTS 

1. Transfer applicants will follow the same procedures as freshman 
applicants, except that transfer applicants who will have 
achieved sophomore standing at the time of their entrance will 
not be required to submit their high school records. Such 
records may be required by the Admissions Office, but 
normally the transcripts of previous college records will suffice 
in place of the high school record. A transfer applicant must ask 
the Registrar of each college he has previously attended to mail 
an official transcript of his record to the Admissions Office at 
Armstrong State College, regardless of the transferability of the 
credits. 

2. Transfer applicants who will enter with less than 36 quarter 
hours completed must meet entrance requirements of both 
freshman and transfer applicants and will be required to submit 
their high school records as well as transcripts of college 
records. 

3. A transfer applicant will not be eligible for admission to 
Armstrong State College unless he is eligible to return to the last 
college attended on the date he expects to enter Armstrong. A 
student who is on suspension from another college because of 
poor scholarship or for disciplinary reasons will not be eligible 
for admission. 

43 



4. A transfer applicant will be considered for admission to 
Armstrong State College, if, on all work attempted at other 
institutions, his academic performance as shown by his grade- 
point average is equivalent to the minimum standard required 
by Armstrong State College students of comparable standing. 
(See chart under Academic Probation and Dismissal Policy in 
the "Academic Regulations" section of this Bulletin.) 

5. Credit will be given for transfer work in which the student 
received a grade of "D" or above, with the percentage of "D" 
grades not to exceed twenty (20) percent of the total hours 
being transferred. College credit will not be allowed for such 
courses as remedial English or remedial mathematics or courses 
basically of secondary school level. 

6. Credits earned at an institution which is not a member of the 
appropriate regional accrediting agency can be accepted on a 
provisional basis only. A student transferring from an insti- 
tution which is not a member of a regional accrediting agency 
must achieve a "C" average on his first fifteen quarter hours of 
work at Armstrong in order to be eligible to continue. In certain 
areas he may be required to validate credits by examination. In 
computing cumulative grade averages, only the work attempted 
at Armstrong will be considered. 

7. The amount of credit that Armstrong will allow for work done 
in another institution within a given period of time may not 
exceed the normal amount of credit that could have been 
earned at Armstrong during that time. A maximum of 100 
quarter hours may be transferred from a junior college. (This 
restriction is waived for students matriculating in the Bachelor 
of Science degree programs in Nursing and Dental Hygiene 
Education.) At least half of the courses in the major field must 
be taken at Armstrong. 

8. Not more than one-fourth of the work counted toward a degree 
may be taken through correspondence or extension courses. No 
correspondence courses may be used to meet requirements in 
the major field or the related field for the bachelor's degree. No 
correspondence course may be taken while a student is enrolled 
at Armstrong State College without prior approval of the Vice 
President and the head of the department in which the student 
is majoring. Correspondence credit will not be accepted for 
courses in English composition or foreign language. 



44 



CONTINUING EDUCATION STUDENTS 

All military personnel and adults, age 25 years or older, who wish 
to take regularly scheduled courses for personal enrichment and 
other non-degree objectives may be enrolled for credit or as auditors. 
If these students enroll for credit, they must meet all prerequisites 
for the course involved; if they enroll as auditors, they must have the 
permission of the instructor involved. Admission of Continuing 
Education students requires: (1) evidence of high school graduation 
or possession of GED certificate or (2) transcript from last college 
attended. Students on probation or suspension will not be permitted 
to enroll in this program without approval by the Admissions 
Committee. 

A maximum of 45 quarter hours credit may be earned by students 
enrolled in this classification. Should a degree become the objective 
of a Continuing Education student, he must apply for admission as a 
degree candidate, meeting regular admission requirements. 

All college fees apply to students in this classification with the 
exception of the application fee which is not required until the 
student requests admission as a degree candidate. Active military 
personnel and their dependents (husbands/wives and children) 
qualify for resident fees. 

READMISSION OF FORMER STUDENTS 

A student who has not been enrolled at Armstrong for one or 
more quarters must apply for readmission on a form provided by the 
Admissions Office. This requirement does not apply to students who 
do not register for courses during the summer quarter. A former 
student who has not attended another college since leaving Arm- 
strong may be readmitted provided he is not on suspension at the 
time he wishes to reenter. A former student who has attended 
another college since leaving Armstrong must meet requirements as 
listed in the bulletin in effect at the time of his return. 

TRANSIENT STUDENTS 

Transient student status means that a student is admitted to 
Armstrong State College only for a specified period of time, 
normally for one quarter. An applicant for transient status must file 
a regular application form and submit a statement from his Dean or 
registrar that he is in good standing and has permission to take 
specific courses at Armstrong to be transferred to his own institution 
when satisfactorily completed. Since transient students are not 
admitted as regular Armstrong students, transcripts of college work 



45 



completed elsewhere are not usually required of such applicants. A 
transient student who wishes to remain at Armstrong longer than one 
quarter must submit an additional statement from his Dean or 
Registrar, or he must meet all requirements for regular admission as a 
transfer student. 

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE ACCELERATED 
PROGRAM FOR HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS 

High school students who have completed the eleventh grade, who 
have met the criteria for admission to the program and who maintain 
its standards will be permitted to enroll for college credit in at least 
one course but not more than two courses each quarter at Armstrong 
State College while they complete the senior year of high school. 
Upon graduation from high school, these students will be admitted as 
regular students of the College. 

Through this program, a student may complete over two-thirds of 
the freshman year of college before he begins his regular college 
career. Students accepted in the program may choose any freshman 
course for which they meet all prerequisites, with permission of their 
high school principal or counselor and college advisor. 

A student forfeits the privilege of this program if in any quarter 
his grade in the course is below C or his high school average in 
academic courses is below B. 

The College will consider a student for this program only upon 
written recommendation of his high school principal or counselor. In 
the view of the College, it is only these individuals who can judge the 
circumstances that may make the program valuable and practicable 
for any student. 

To be admitted to the program a student must satisfy all of these 
criteria: 

1. written recommendation by the Principal or counselor of the 
high school; 

2. completion of the eleventh grade in an accredited high school; 

3. a combined verbal and mathematics SAT score of 1,000. 



46 



EARLY ADMISSION AND JOINT 
ENROLLMENT PROGRAMS 

Armstrong State College offers an early admission program for 
those students who have completed the eleventh grade in high school 
and who have demonstrated outstanding academic potential. The 
criteria for admission to this program are the same as those listed for 
the Accelerated Program. 

Additionally, the college cooperates with the Chatham County 
School System in the offering of a joint enrollment program which is 
an early admission program allowing the student to enroll full-time at 
the college while remaining on the rolls of his local high school. After 
successfully meeting all established criteria for the early admission 
program, the student will be awarded a high school diploma at the 
end of his freshman year in college. The college Admissions 
Committee must approve all applicants accepted for admission to the 
joint enrollment program. For further information on this program 
to the prospective applicant should consult his high school counselor 
and/or request information from the Admissions Office at Armstrong 
State College. 

FOREIGN STUDENTS 

It is recommended that, whenever possible, foreign students begin 
their attendance at the college in the fall quarter. The college also 
recommends that a foreign student attend an ELS language center 
prior to enrollment. (Applications for ELS are available from the 
Admissions Coordinator, ELS Language Center, 3331 Ocean Park 
Blvd. Suite 201, Santa Monica, California 90405.) 

A student from a country other than the United States who is 
interested in attending Armstrong must meet the following require- 
ments before application is made: 

1. He must have met the requirements of freshman applicants. 

2. He must have an official transcript of his academic record 
mailed to the Admissions Office at Armstrong with an official 
translation. 

3. He must take the SAT of the College Entrance Examination 
Board in the testing center nearest his home and ask that the 
results be sent to Armstrong. 

4. He must take the Test of English as a Foreign Language and ask 
that the results be sent to Armstrong. (Applications for the test 



47 



are available from the Educational Testing Service, Box 899, 
Princeton, N.J. 08540.) 

5. He must submit a statement of financial resources prior to 
attendance. 

If the applicant meets the academic requirements for admission, 
he will be sent an application form. After it has been returned and 
approved, the applicant will be sent an 1-20 Form (I-20A and I-20B), 
which he can take to the American consul to ask for a student visa. 
When he arrives on campus, he will be tested in English composition 
for class placement. 

No scholarships are available for students who are not legal 
residents of Georgia. All foreign students must pay non-resident fees. 

ADMISSION OF VETERANS 

After having been accepted at Armstrong State College and upon 
receipt of Certification of Eligibility and Entitlement from the 
Veterans Administration, veterans may attend under Public Law 358 
(Veterans Readjustment Benefit Act of 1966), Public Law 815 
(disabled), Public Law 894 (disabled), Public Law 634 (war orphans), 
or Public Law 361 (children of permanently disabled veterans). 
Students under Public Laws 358, 361, or 634 should be prepared to 
pay tuition and fees at the time of registration. 

APPLICANTS SPONSORED BY VOCATIONAL 
REHABILITATION 

Those applicants sponsored by Vocational Rehabilitation or other 
community agencies must apply at least six (6) weeks before the 
beginning of any quarter to insure proper processing of applications. 

ADMISSION TO THE ASSOCIATE IN 
SCIENCE DEGREE PROGRAM IN NURSING 

Nursing requires a variety of skills and aptitudes and offers 
opportunities for service at differing levels of expertise. The associate 
degree nurse utilizes theories and principles from bio-psycho-social 
sciences and nursing as a basis for the nursing process. He/she uses 
the nursing process to support, promote or alter the client's adaptive 
state in response to identified, commonly occurring, health stressors. 

The associate degree nurse is prepared to work co-operatively with 
colleagues on the nursing team in those health agencies where the 
setting is structured and supervision is available. 

48 



The candidate for the associate degree nursing program should 
have good physical and mental health as well as those personal 
qualifications appropriate for nursing. 

General Information 

Admission to Armstrong State College does not in any way 
guarantee formal admission to the Associate Degree Program in 
Nursing. It is important that the applicant for admission to this 
program file all papers required for admission consideration as early 
as possible in the academic year preceding the Fall Quarter in which 
the applicant wishes to enroll. It is recommended that interested 
people who have been away from school for a considerable period of 
time enroll in at least one academic course in an accredited college of 
their choice during the year prior to application to the Associate 
Degree Nursing Program. 

The Admissions Committtee in the Department of Nursing will act 
only on completed applications. Admission decisions will normally 
be made in March each year. Prospective students are encouraged to 
apply for admission as early as possible in the academic year. When 
the class has been filled, admissions will be suspended. Students who 
qualify for admissions but who are not admitted because of lack of 
space may re-apply for the following year's class, repeating all 
application procedures. Students admitted for a given academic year 
must enter the Nursing Program during that academic year or 
re-apply for admission for any subsequent year. Determination of 
admission to the Nursing Program is a function of the Nursing 
Faculty. 

The major part of the applicant's high school work should be in 
the college preparatory area. Because of the heavy emphasis on 
science in the nursing curriculum, it is important that the applicant 
have a strong foundation in biology, chemistry, and mathematics. 
The quality of the applicant's high school work in English and Social 
Studies is important in the total evaluation of the qualifications for 
admission to the program. 

In addition to the usual college tuition and fees, the student in the 
Associate degree Nursing Program must purchase uniforms and some 
supplies and equipment. Each student is required to wear the official 
insignia of the Nursing Program on an approved uniform. Approx- 
imately two weeks before the opening of school, each student 
admitted to the program will receive information, along with 
approximate charges, concerning supplies, equipment, and uniforms 
needed for the Fall Quarter. Students in the program are responsible 
for providing their own transportation to and from the community 

49 



hospitals and other health agencies which furnish their facilities for 
use in clinical instruction within the program . 

Before registering for the first nursing courses, each student must 
have (1) proof of nursing liability insurance; (2) a satisfactory health 
record; (3) successfully completed all English and Mathematics 
diagnostic requirements, if applicable. 

How to Apply 

1. Complete all papers required in the application for admission to 
Armstrong State College. The procedures for admission to the 
College are outlined in this section of the Bulletin. Mark the 
application For Nursing Only. 

2. An applicant for admission to the Associate Degree program in 
Nursing will not be considered until the student has received 
regular admission to the College. 

3. The applicant must send SAT scores and the appropriate 
transcripts to the Department of Nursing (in addition to those 
submitted as part of the procedures required for admission to 
the College). 

4. When the applicant has been admitted to the College as a 
regular student and when the Department of Nursing has 
received the applicant's transcripts and SAT scores, he/she will 
be given an application form for admission to the Associate 
Degree program in Nursing. 

Criteria for Admission 

Applicants who meet the following minimum criteria will be 
considered for admission to the program at the time of application. 
The actual determination of admission of applicants to the Nursing 
program is a function of the Nursing faculty. 

1. a combined score of 750 on the verbal and mathematics 
sections of the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance 
Examination Board, with a score of not less than 350 on the 
verbal section and a score of not less than 350 on the 
mathematics section; 

2. a minimum grade-point average of 2.5 (based on a 4.0 scale) in a 
high school curriculum which includes natural and social 
sciences; 



50 



3. a minimum overall adjusted college grade-point average of 2.0 
(based on a 4.0 scale), if applicable. Within this overall 2.0 
grade-point average, a 2.0 grade-point average for any courses 
taken from within the General Requirements listed in the 
Associate degree curriculum in this Bulletin, with no more than 
one repeat grade among these courses. 

Applicants who do not meet the criteria for admission outlined 
above may apply for admission after having met the following 
criteria. 

1. completion of the following specific General Requirements as 
listed in the Associate degree curriculum in this Bulletin: 

two courses selected from Chemistry 201, Zoology 208, Zool- 
ogy 209 with grades of "C" or better; 

three courses selected from English 111, 112; History 251 or 
252; Political Science 113; Psychology 101 with a 2.0 average 
or better. 

These five courses must be completed no later than the end of 
the Winter Quarter prior to the Fall Quarter for which 
admission is sought. 

2. maintenance of an overall adjusted college grade-point average 
of 2.0 (based on a 4.0 scale), with a grade-point average of 2.0 
for any courses taken within the General Requirements of the 
Associate degree curriculum in addition to those listed above. 

3. No more than one repeat grade in any of the General 
Requirements of the Associate Degree curriculum. 



Time Limit for Program Completion 

Students must complete the Associate degree program within 
three (3) consecutive academic years from the date of their initial 
admission to the program. Students who do not complete the 
program within this time limit must reapply for admission, meet 
current criteria for admission, and have their previous credits 
evaluated at the time of their subsequent admission. Students who 
are readmitted must meet course requirements in effect at the time 
of their readmission. 



51 



Readmission to the Program 

Students who have been admitted to and have enrolled in the 
Associate degree program in Nursing but who have either withdrawn 
or have been dropped from the program may apply for readmission 
only if they have maintained an overall adjusted college grade-point 
average of 2.0 (based on a 4.0 scale) and have earned a 2.0 average in 
all courses taken from within the General Requirements of the 
Associate degree curriculum, with not more than one repeat from 
among these courses. Students must reenter no later than one year 
from the time of withdrawal. If they do not reenter within one year, 
they will be required to apply as a new student, meeting the 
admission criteria and progression criteria in effect at that time. 

ADMISSION TO THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 
DEGREE PROGRAM IN NURSING 

The Department of Nursing at Armstrong State College offers an 
upper-level curriculum allowing Registered Nurses from Associate 
degree or Diploma programs to earn the degree of Bachelor of 
Science in Nursing. 

How to Apply 

1. Complete all papers required in the application for admission to 
Armstrong State College. The procedures for admission to the 
College are outlined in this section of the Bulletin. Mark the 
application "For Nursing Only." 

2. An applicant for admission to the Bachelor of Science degree 
program in Nursing will not be considered until he/she has been 
granted regular admission to the College. 

3. An applicant must sent appropriate transcripts to the Depart- 
ment of Nursing (in addition to those submitted as part of the 
procedure for admission to the College). 

4. The applicant must present a letter of recommendation and a 
letter of employment verification from either his/her most 
recent employer in the area of Nursing or from the Director of 
the School of Nursing in the school attended (whichever is the 
most recent contact). 

5. When the applicant has been admitted to the College as a 
regular student and when the application for admission to the 
Bachelor of Science degree program in Nursing has been 
completed, the departmental Admissions Committee will act 
upon the application. 

52 



Cri teria for Admission 

Applicants will be admitted to the Bachelor of Science degree 
program in Nursing on a space available basis and under the 
procedures outlined above if they meet the following criteria: 

1. Graduation from a Diploma or Associate Degree program in 
Nursing with an over-all grade-point average of 2.5 (C+) in 
Nursing courses in a Diploma program and /or college courses in 
an Associate Degree program; or completion of fifteen quarter 
credit hours (or equivalent) or general academic course work 
beyond the courses required in a Diploma or Associate Degree 
program with a grade-point average of 2.5 (C+). 

*2. Licensure as a Registered Nurse. 

3. Active participation in the field of Nursing within the last three 
years (at least six months full-time or equivalent) or enrollment 
in a Nursing program within the last three years. 

**4. Eligibility to enter English 111 as determined by the Diagnostic 
Examination for placement in beginning English courses or 
completion of English 111 or its equivalent. 

**5. Eligibility to enter Mathematics 101 as determined by the 
Diagnostic Examination for placement in beginning Mathe- 
matics courses of completion or Mathematics 101 or its 
equivalent. 

*The applicant who has not taken or who has not passed State 
Boards may be conditionally admitted until such time as he/she 
has taken and passed the Boards. While conditionally admitted, 
the student may take no more than 16 quarter hours of 
upper-level Nursing courses. Upon successful writing of the State 
Boards, the student must apply for regular admission to the 
Bachelor of Science degree program in Nursing. 

**The applicant who does not meet either or both of these criteria 
for admission may be conditionally admitted. Both the Diagnostic 
Examination in English and the Diagnostic Examination in 
Mathematics are administered on a regularly scheduled basis (see 
"Academic Calendar" published in this Bulletin). Failure to 
complete successfully either or both of these examinations will 
require the completion of the appropriate developmental 
course(s). Upon successful completion of either the diagnostic 
examination(s) or the developmental course(s), the student must 
apply for regular admission to the Bachelor of Science degree 
program in Nursing. While conditionally admitted, the student 

53 



may take no more than 16 quarter hours of upper-level Nursing 
courses. 

Progression and Readmission 

1. After two (2) consecutive quarters of non-attendance at 
Armstrong State College, excluding the Summer Quarter, 
students will be considered inactive and must notify the 
department in writing at least one quarter before reentering. 

2. Inactive students may not reenter automatically if unable to 
complete the program within three years of their initial 
admission. These students must re-apply to the nursing pro- 
gram , meeting the then current criteria and have their previous 
credits evaluated at the time of their readmission. Students who 
are readmitted must meet course requirements in effect at the 
time of their readmission. 

Time Limit for Completion of Program 

Students have a maximum of three (3) consecutive academic 
years, from the date of their initial admission to the BSN program, to 
complete the program requirements. 

Students who do not complete the program within three (3) years 
must reapply for admission, meeting the then current criteria, and 
have their previous credits evaluated relative to the then current 
criteria at the time of this subsequent admission. Students who are 
readmitted must meet the course requirements in effect at the time 
of their readmission. 



ADMISSION TO THE ASSOCIATE IN 

SCIENCE DEGREE PROGRAM IN 

DENTAL HYGIENE 

The profession of Dental Hygiene is an ideal career for individuals 
interested in science and health services. The growing and constant 
demand for graduate dental hygienists assures regular hours and good 
compensation. 

A dental hygienist works under the general supervision of a dentist 
and performs a number of dental functions. The hygienist's duties 
usually include performing oral prophylaxis (cleaning of teeth), 
instructing patients in dental health, taking, developing and mount- 
ing dental x-rays, applying fluorides and sometimes assisting the 
dentist in chairside and laboratory duties. 



54 



There are certain personal qualifications which are essential for a 
successful dental hygienist. These are good health, neat appearance, 
high moral character, a desire to be of service to others, and the 
ability to get along well with people. 

The Armstrong State College program consists of seven quarters of 
full time study (two academic years and the intervening summer). 
Applicants are matriculated once each year, in September. 

There are no definite age requirements or restrictions for the basic 
Dental Hygiene program. However, all applicants must be graduates 
of an accredited high school or its equivalent. Students may be either 
married or single and must be citizens of the United States, either 
natural born or naturalized. 



General Information 

Admission to Armstrong State College does not in any way 
guarantee admission to the Associate Degree Program in Dental 
Hygiene. Applicants must first be accepted for admission to the 
college with Regular Admission status; they then must meet the 
requirements for admission to the Associate Degree program in 
Dental Hygiene before being accepted as students in that program. 

The purpose of the program is to meet the need for individuals 
educated in this rapidly growing and important health profession. 
Dental Hygienists are in demand to provide dental health services in 
private dental offices, civil service positions, school programs, and 
various public health fields. They practice under the supervision of a 
dentist and must pass a written national board examination and a 
state board examination for licensure. 

Admission to the program is limited to thirty students in each 
class. Students enroll in the Fall Quarter of each year. Applications 
for admission should be completed by April 15 for the Fall Quarter. 
These applications must include a transcript of academic work to 
that date. A complete transcript must be submitted as soon as 
possible thereafter. 

The major part of the applicant's high school work should be in 
the college preparatory area. Because of the heavy emphasis on 
science in the dental hygiene curriculum, it is important that the 
applicant have a strong foundation in biology, chemistry, and 
mathematics. The quality of the applicant's high school work in 
English and Social Studies is important in the total evaluation of the 
qualifications for admission to the program. 



55 



Applicants who are on academic probation or suspension from 
another college will not be considered for admission to the program. 
Unless specifically approved by the Head of .the Department, credit 
will not be accepted for courses taken in another school of Dental 
Hygiene. 

In addition to the normal college tuition and fees, the student in 
the Dental Hygiene program must purchase some supplies and 
equipment. Only new, complete, and approved instrument kits are 
acceptable. Each student is required to wear the official uniform of 
the program. These uniforms are ordered during the Fall Quarter. 
Approximately two weeks before the opening of school, each 
student admitted to the program will receive information, with 
approximate costs, concerning supplies and equipment needed for 
the Fall Quarter. 

Armstrong State College does not provide student housing. For 
information regarding housing available in the area, contact the 
Office of Student Affairs. Students are responsible for providing 
their own transportation to and from community agencies when they 
are assigned to these agencies for field experiences. 

Desired Admission Criteria 

Factors influencing the decisions of the Dental Hygiene Admis- 
sions Committee are: 

1. A 2.5 or better high school grade-point average. 

2. An SAT score (composite verbal and mathematics) of 850 or 
above. 

3. An average score on the Dental Hygiene Aptitude test of 4.0. 
This test is recommended, but is not required. 

4. Dental office experience. 

5. A 2.0 grade-point average on all previous college work, if 
applicable. Students transferring from another program within 
the college or from another college must have this average to be 
considered for admission. The 2.0 average must be maintained 
to date of actual matriculation in the program. 

The Dental Hygiene Admissions Committee will give special 
consideration to applicants who have completed one year of college 
work and who have completed Chemistry 201 or Zoology 208 (or 
their equivalents) with a grade of "C" or better. 

56 



After all credentials have been received, the applicant may request 
a personal interview with the Admissions Committee to discuss 
matters relative to their applications. 

Readmission to the Program 

Students who have been admitted to and have enrolled in the 
Dental Hygiene program but who have either withdrawn or have 
been dropped from the program may apply for readmission to the 
program only if they have a cumulative college grade-point average of 
2.0 (C) at the time they wish to reenter. 



How to Apply 

1. Complete all papers required in the application for admission to 
Armstrong State College. The procedures for admission to the 
College are outlined in this section of the Bulletin. Mark the 
application For Dental Hygiene Only. These forms are to be 
returned to the Admissions office. 

2. Complete and return to the Department of Dental Hygiene the 
personal data form, the dental form, and a recent photograph. 

3. It is recommended, but not required, that all applicants take 
the Dental Hygiene Aptitude Test. In order for the test scores 
to reach the Department of Dental Hygiene before April 15, the 
test should be taken during the Fall or Winter testing period. 

Applicants may address the Director of Admissions or the Head of 
the Department of Dental Hygiene at Armstrong State College if 
they require additional information concerning admission to the 
Associate in Science degree program in Dental Hygiene. 

REGISTRATION 

Complete instructions concerning registration are made available 
to all students at the beginning of the registration period. Regis- 
tration includes academic advisement, selection of courses, enroll- 
ment in classes, and payment of fees. Students who are employed 
may request priority in registration at pre-registration in the 
Registrar's Office. Full details regarding registration are provided to 
all incoming students after they have been approved for admission to 
the College. 



57 



RESIDENCY REQUIREMENTS OF THE BOARD 
OF REGENTS 

To be considered a legal resident of Georgia, the applicant must 
establish the following facts to the satisfaction of the Registrar. 

1. (a) If a person is 18 years of age or older, he or she may 
register as a resident student only upon a showing that he or 
she has been a legal resident of Georgia for a period of at least 
twelve months immediately preceding the date of registration. 

(b) No emancipated minor or person 18 years of age or older 
shall be deemed to have gained or acquired in-state residence 
status for fee purposes while attending any educational 
institution in this State, in the absence of a clear demon- 
stration that he or she has in fact established legal residence in 
this State. 

2. If a person is under 18 years of age, he or she may register as a 
resident student only upon a showing that his or her 
supporting parent or guardian has been a legal resident of 
Georgia for a period of at least twelve months immediately 
preceding the date of registration. 

3. A person who is on full-time, active military duty with the 
armed forces and his or her spouse and dependent children 
may register upon payment of resident fees even though they 
have not been legal residents of Georgia for the preceding 
twelve months. 

4. A full-time faculty member of the University System and his 
or her spouse and dependent children may register on the 
payment of resident fees even though he or she has not been a 
legal resident of Georgia for the twelve months. 

5. Non-resident graduate students who hold teaching or research 
assistantships requiring at least one-third time service may 
register as students in the institution in which they are 
employed on payment of resident fees. 

6. Full-time teachers in the public schools of Georgia and their 
dependent children may enroll as students in the University 
System institutions on the payment of resident fees, when 
such teachers have been legal residents of Georgia for the 
immediately preceding nine months, were engaged in teaching 
during such nine month period, and have been employed to 
teach full-time in the public schools of Georgia during the 
ensuing school year. 

58 



All aliens shall be classified as non-resident students; provided, 
however, that an alien who is living in this country under a 
visa permitting permanent residence shall have the same 
privilege of qualifying for resident status for fee purposes as a 
citizen of the United States. 



9. 



Foreign students who attend institutions of the University 
System under financial sponsorship of civic or religious groups 
located in this State, may be enrolled upon the payment of 
resident fees, provided the number of such foreign students in 
any one institution does not exceed the quota approved by 
the Board of Regents for that institution. 

If the parents or legal guardian of a minor change his or her 
legal residence to another state following a period of legal 
residence in Georgia, the minor may continue to take courses 
for a period of twelve months on the payment of resident 
fees. After the expiration of the twelve month period the 
student may continue his registration only upon the payment 
of fees at the non-resident rate. 



10. In the event that a legal resident of Georgia is appointed as 
guardian of a non-resident minor, such minor will not be 
permitted to register as a resident student until the expiration 
of one year from the date of court appointment, and then 
only upon proper showing that such appointment was not 
made to avoid payment of the non-resident fees. 




59 



VI. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 



ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT 

Academic advisement is made available to each student at 
Armstrong State College. The Vice President gives overall direction 
to the advisement program, with the appropriate Department Head 
coordinating advisement activities within the various departments. 
The student is expected to seek advisement from the department in 
which he is taking a major. The advisor maintains a record of his 
advisees' academic progress from quarter to quarter. The student 
who does not take advantage of the academic advisement program at 
the College should be reminded that he is responsible for fulfilling 
the requirements of his degree program and must be extremely 
careful to observe all regulations for admission to courses, such as the 
requirement of prerequisite courses, sometimes with a specified 
grade. Credit for a course is invalid unless all prerequisite require- 
ments are observed. 

During summer orientation, or on registration day, all new 
students, both freshman and transfer students, will meet in groups 
with advisors. At this time, students make a selection of appropriate 
classes for their quarter of entry. The proper time for meeting with 
faculty advisors from that point on is during the advisement periods 
each quarter listed in the college calendar. All faculty advisors, 
however, will be happy to give academic counseling at any time 
during a given quarter, if students need to talk with them. 

During the six quarters of his junior and senior years, the student 
must have his course selection approved in writing each quarter 
before registration by an advisor from the department in which he is 
majoring. During these last two years, the advisor will keep a record 
of the courses the student takes and the grades he makes, and, at 
least two quarters prior to graduation, when the student obtains the 
Application for Graduation, the advisor will signify to the registrar 
that the student has completed all requirements for graduation in his 
major program up to that time, and is, therefore, recommended for 
graduation upon his completion of the remaining requirements in his 
degree program. 



RELATING TO DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 

1. Each student is responsible for fulfilling the requirements of 
the degree program which he has chosen, in accordance with 
the regulations of the college catalogue. 



60 



2. Exceptions to course requirements for a degree are permitted 
only with the written approval of the Vice President, upon 
the recommendation of the department head. 

3. A student will normally graduate under the catalogue in effect 
at the time of his admission to the College. Armstrong State 
College, however, reserves the right to change any provision 
listed in this catalogue, including but not limited to academic 
requirements for graduation, without actual notice to indi- 
vidual students. If a student has been absent from the College 
for two or more consecutive years, he should expect to meet 
all requirements in effect at the time of his return. 

4. Not more that one-fourth of the work counted toward a 
degree may consist of courses taken by correspondence, 
extension, or examination. No correspondence courses may 
be used to meet the requirements in the major field or related 
fields for the Bachelor's degree or in English composition or 
foreign language. No correspondence courses may be taken 
while a student is enrolled, without prior approval of the Vice 
President and the head of the department in which the 
student is majoring. 

5. By State law, one of the requirements for a diploma or 
certificate from schools supported by the state of Georgia is a 
demonstration of proficiency in United States history and 
government and in Georgia history and government. A 
student at Armstrong State College may demonstrate such 
proficiency by: 

a. Examinations — Students may take either the relevant 
CLEP, College Board Admissions Testing Program Achieve- 
ment Test, or Advanced Placement test (making their own 
arrangements). 

b. Credit in the following — for U.S. and Georgia 
Constitution: Political Science 113; for U.S. and Georgia 
History 251 or 252 or any upper division course in U.S. 
History. 

6. To qualify for the baccalaureate degree, a student must earn 
at Armstrong at least 45 quarter hours of credit applicable 
toward the degree. Additionally, the student must complete 
successfully at Armstrong a majority of the upper division 
credits required in his major field of study. For the Associate 
Degree, the student must complete at least 45 quarter hours 
of course work at Armstrong State College. 

61 



7. For graduation the student must earn an over-all average of 
2.0 or better considering work taken at all colleges, computed 
in such manner that a course will be counted only once, 
regardless of the number of times that it has been repeated. 
The grade earned in the last attempt will determine the 
number of honor points assigned for graduation. Additionally, 
the student must earn a grade-point average of 2.0 or better 
on each of the following : 

a. all work at Armstrong 

b. all courses in the major field. 

8. To qualify for a second baccalaureate degree, a candidate 
must earn at Armstrong at least 45 additional hours of credit 
and, of course, meet all qualitative requirements for the 
degree. 

9. Before a degree will be conferred upon a student by 
Armstrong State College he must pay all fees and must submit 
to the Registrar his completed Application for Graduation 
two quarters before graduation. A candidate for a degree, 
unless excused in writing by the President, Vice President, or 
Dean of Student Affairs, must attend the graduation exercises 
at which a degree is to be conferred upon him . 

10. Each student must successfully complete the Regents Examin- 
ation and must take an Exit Examination in his major field as 
requirements for graduation. 

COURSE AND STUDY LOAD 

The normal course load for a full-time student is 15-18 quarter 
hours (and a course in physical education during the freshman and 
sophomore years). An average student should devote at least thirty 
hours each week, in addition, to course preparation. 

A full-time student is defined as one who is registered for 12 or 
more quarter hours. A part-time student is one registered for less 
than 12 quarter hours. A student should plan about ten hours 
preparation per week for each 5 quarter hour course. 

CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS 

A student who has earned 45 quarter hours of credit will be 
classified as a sophomore; 90 quarter hours of credit, as a junior; 135 
quarter hours of credit, as a senior. 

62 



PERMISSION FOR OVERLOAD OR COURSES 
AT ANOTHER COLLEGE 

Permission to enroll for more than 18 quarter hours will be 
granted by the Registrar to a student: 

1. with an average grade of "B" for full-time enrollment in the 
preceding quarter, or 

2. with an overall grade-point average of 3.0, or 

3. requiring an extra course in one of the two quarters prior to 
graduation. 

No student will be allowed to register for more than 21 quarter 
hours in any one quarter. 

A student who is on academic probation will not be permitted to 
register for more than 18 quarter hours in any one quarter. 

Exceptions to these limitations may be made only by the Vice 
President. 

A student enrolled at Armstrong who at the same time takes 
course for credit at another college may not transfer such credit to 
Armstrong, unless he has obtained in advance the written permission 
of the Vice President of Armstrong State College to register for those 
courses. 



REPORTS AND GRADES 

The faculty feels that students in college should be held 
accountable for their scholarship. Accordingly, grade reports, warn- 
ings of deficient scholarship and all such notices are not sent to 
parents or guardians by the Registrar. Instead, the students them- 
selves receive these reports and are expected to contact their advisors 
whenever their work is unsatisfactory. Grade reports are issued at the 
end of each quarter. Each student has access to an advisor; in 
addition, the Registrar and all instructors are available to help any 
student seeking assistance. 

Armstrong State College awards the following grades which are 
used in the determination of a student's grade-point average: 



63 





Grade 


Honor Points 


A 


(excellent) 


4.0 


B 


(good) 


. 3.0 


C 


(satisfactory) 


2.0 


D 


(passing) 


1.0 


F 


(failing) 


0.0 


WF 


(withdrew, failing) 


0.0 



The student's cumulative grade-point average recorded on his 
permanent record card is determined by dividing the total honor 
points earned by the total hours attempted. The student's adjusted 
grade-point average is determined by dividing the total honor points 
earned by the total hours attempted, with hours and honor points 
for repeated courses not duplicated in the calculation. 

Armstrong State College also uses the following symbols for grade 
reports. These symbols carry no honor points and are not included in 
the determination of either the cumulative grade-point average or the 
adjusted grade-point average. 

Symbol Explanation 

W withdrew, no penalty 

I incomplete 

S satisfactory 

U unsatisfactory 

V audit 

K credit by examination 

P passing, academic skills 

A student who receives a report of "I" for a course should consult 
his instructor at once and arrange to complete the requirements of 
the course. An "I" which has not been removed by the middle of the 
succeeding quarter is automatically changed to an "F" unless the 
instructor recommends an extension in writing addressed to the Vice 
President. The "S" and "U" symbols may be utilized for completion 
of degree requirements other than academic course work (such as 
student teaching, clinical practicu, etc.). Withdrawal without penalty 
(W) is not permitted after the quarterly dates listed in the "Academic 
Calendar" in this Bulletin as the dates for mid-term. Exceptions to 
this policy must be approved by the Vice President and will be 
approved only on the basis of hardship. 

HONORS 

Dean's List: Students enrolled for at least ten quarter hours of 
course work who earn an honor point average of at least 3.5 will be 

64 



placed on the Dean's List, published quarterly. Only course work 
taken at Armstrong will be used in the computation of Dean's List 
honors. 

Cum Laude: Those students graduating with an honor point 
average of 3.2 through 3.499 will be graduated cum laude. 

Magna Cum Laude: Those students graduating with an honor 
point average of 3.5 through 3.799 will be graduated magna cum 
laude. 

Summa Cum Laude: Those students graduating with an honor 
point average of 3.8 through 4.0 will be graduated summa cum laude. 

All work attempted at Armstrong and other accredited institutions 
will be considered in computing honors for graduation. 

ATTENDANCE 

The control of student attendance at class meetings and the effect 
of a student's attendance on his grades in a course are left entirely to 
the discretion of the instructor. 

A student is responsible for knowing everything that is announced, 
discussed, or lectured upon in class as well as for mastering all 
assigned reading; he is also responsible for turning in on time all 
assignments and tests, including recitation and unannounced quizzes. 
The best way to meet these responsibilities is to attend classes 
regularly. An instructor may drop a student from any class with a 
grade of "F" if he things that the excessive absence prevents that 
student from satisfactorily fulfilling his responsibilities. If such 
excessive absence is the result of prolonged illness, death in the 
family, college business, or religious holidays, the withdrawal grade 
will be either "W" or "F" depending on the student's status at the 
time he was dropped. The instructor will be responsible for 
informing each of his classes at its first meeting what constitutes 
excessive absence in that particular class. Each student is responsible 
for knowing the attendance regulation in his class and for complying 
with it. 

ACADEMIC PROBATION AND DISMISSAL 

A student who maintains or exceeds the grade-point average 
indicated below for quarter hours attempted will be considered in 
good standing. 



65 



When a student first falls below the GPA required for the 
appropriate accumulation of hours, he will be placed on academic 
warning. If he does not raise his GPA to a satisfactory level the next 
quarter, he will be placed on academic probation. 

Quarter Hours Attempted at Required Adjusted 

Armstrong and Elsewhere GPA 

0-15 1.3 

16-30 1.4 

31-45 1.5 

46-60 1.6 

61-75 1.7 

76-90 1.8 

91-120 1.9 

121-135 and over 2.0 

A student on academic probation who raises his adjusted 
grade-point average during the probationary quarter to equal or to 
exceed the appropriate figure in the foregoing table will be removed 
from academic probation. One who fails to achieve the required 
adjusted average, but who does earn an average of at least 2.0 during 
the probationary quarter, will be continued on probation for the 
next quarter of attendance. The College places no restrictions on the 
extracurricular activities of students who are placed on academic 
probation. Any student on academic probation should plan both his 
curricular and extracurricular activities with care, consulting with his 
advisor in so doing. 

The student on academic probation who does not achieve the 
required adjusted average or who does not earn an average of at least 
2.0 for the quarter in which he is on probation will be suspended 
from the college for one quarter. A student who is on academic 
suspension for the first time, however, has the option of attending 
summer school without having to appeal the suspension. A third 
academic suspension is final. 

A student reentering the college after academic suspension is 
placed on probation and must meet the requirements listed above. 

A student suspended for academic reasons may appeal by letter to 
the Committee on Academic Standing to be delivered to the Office 
of Student Affairs. Such a letter of appeal should state the nature of 
any extenuating circumstances relating to the academic deficiency; 
the letter should be received no later than 9 a.m. on registration day. 
No action will be taken on appeals received later than 12:00 noon on 
the day following registration day. The action of the Committee on 
Academic Standing is final. 

66 



REPEATING COURSES 

Any course for which a grade of "D" or "F" has been recorded 
may be repeated with the last grade to be counted in the adjusted 
grade-point average. A student who repeats any such courses should 
complete a "Notice of Course Repetition" form available in the 
Office of the Registrar. 



DROPPING COURSES 

A student desiring to drop a course after the quarter has begun 
must obtain a Drop-Add Notice in the Office of the Registrar. The 
notice must be signed by the instructor of the course being dropped 
and returned by the student to the Registrar's Office. 

A student who drops a course not more than seven class days after 
the course begins will receive no grade for the course. A student who 
drops a course after the first seven class days and on or before the 
quarterly dates listed in the "Academic Calendar" in this Bulletin for 
mid-term will receive a "W" or a "WF" depending on his status in the 
course. A student may not drop a course without penalty following 
the quarterly dates listed in the "Academic Calendar" for mid-term. 

WITHDRAWING FROM COLLEGE 

Any student who finds it necessary to withdraw from college must 
begin the process in the Office of Student Affairs. A formal 
withdrawal is required to insure that the student is eligible to return 
to Armstrong State College at a future date. Any refund to which a 
student is entitled will be considered on the basis of the date which 
appears on the withdrawal form. 

AUDITING 

A regular student wishing to "audit" a course without receiving 
credit must obtain the written permission of the instructor before he 
registers for the course. During the registration process the student 
should request a special "audit" course card. (Policy for some 
courses forbids "auditing.") A student may not change from audit to 
credit status or from credit to audit status after he has completed the 
process of registration for a course. A student who audits a course 
will have a "V" recorded for that course on his transcript. The 
regular schedule of fees applies to auditors. 

HONOR CODE 

The Honor Code at Armstrong State College is dedicated to the 
proposition that the protecton of the grading system is in the interest 

67 



of the student community. The Student Court is an institutional 
means to assure that the student community shall have primary 
disposition of infractions of the Honor Code and that students 
accused of such infractions shall enjoy these procedural guarantees 
traditionally considered essential to fair and impartial hearing, the 
foremost of which is the presumption of innocence until guilt be 
established beyond a reasonable doubt. 

I. Responsibilities of Students: 

All students must agree to abide by the rules of the Honor 
Code. A student shall not be accepted at Armstrong State 
College unless he signs the following statement at the time of 
his first registration: "I have read the Honor Code of Armstrong 
State College. I understand the Code and agree that, as a stu- 
dent at Armstrong, I must comply with these requirements." 
This statement shall be printed on the application for admission 
to the college and must be signed by the student, The Honor 
Code shall be printed in the official bulletin and the Student 
Handbook. 

It will be the responsibility of the Student Court or its 
designated representative to conduct an orientation program at 
the beginning of each quarter for all newly entering students to 
explain fully the Honor Code and to allow full discussion of its 
requirements. 

Any student desiring assistance with any matter related to the 
Honor Code is invited to seek assistance in the Office of 
Student Affairs. 

II. Violations of the Honor Code: 

Violations of the Honor Code may be of two kinds: (a) general 
and (b) those related to the peculiarities of specific course- 
related problems and to the understanding of individual 
instructors. Any instructor whose conception of cheating 
would tend to enlarge or contract the general regulations 
defining cheating must explicitly notify the affected students 
of the qualifications to the .general regulations which he wishes 
to stipulate. The following will be considered general violations 
of the Honor Code. 

1. Giving or receiving any unauthorized help on any assign- 
ment, test or paper. The meaning of "unauthorized help" 
shall be made clear by the instructor of each class. 



68 



2. Stealing when related to cheating. 

3. Plagiarizing. 

4. Giving perjured testimony before the Student Court. 

5. Suborning, attempting to suborn, or intimidating witnesses. 

6. Failing to report a suspected violation of the Honor Code. 

III. Reporting Violations of the Honor Code: 

Anyone wishing to report a violation may come to the Office 
of Student Affairs for assistance in contacting members of the 
Student Court. 

A. Self -reporting: A student who has broken the Honor Code 
should report himself to a member of the Student Court. 

B. Anyone (faculty member or student) who is aware of a 
violation of the Honor Code must report the matter. This 
may be done in one of two ways: 

1. He may tell the person thought to be guilty to report 
himself to a member of the Student Court no later than 
the end of the next school day. After this designated 
time, the person who is aware of the violation must 
inform a member of the Student Court so that the 
Student Court may contact the accused person if he has 
not already reported himself. 

2. He may report the suspected violation directly to a 
member of the Student Court without informing the 
accused. 

IV. The procedural rights of the students accused of violations of 
the Honor Code: 

The essence of the procedural rights of an accused is the right 
to a fair and impartial hearing and the right to be presumed 
innocent until proven guilty. Specific rights are as follows: 

1. The accused will be notified in writing by the Student 
Court or its designated representative of the nature and 
details of the offense with which he is charged along with 
the names of his accusers and the principal witnesses to be 
brought against him. This notification shall occur no less 
than three days prior to the date of the hearing. 

69 



2. The accused has the right to counsel of his own choosing. 
Such counsel will not participate directly in the proceedings 
except to advise his client. It is expected that such counsel 
will be drawn from the college community. 

3. The accused and the person bringing the charges shall be 
afforded an opportunity to present witnesses and docu- 
mentary or other evidence. The accused and any individual 
bringing the charges shall have the right to cross examine all 
witnesses and may, where the witnesses cannot appear 
because of illness or other cause acceptable to the Court, 
present the sworn statement of the witnesses. The Court 
shall not be bound by formal rules governing the presen- 
tation of evidence, and it may consider any evidence 
presented which is of probative value in the case. 

4. The accused may not be made to bear witness against 
himself. The Court may not take the refusal of the accused 
to testify as evidence of guilt, but this proviso does not give 
the accused immunity from a hearing or from recommen- 
dations reached in a hearing simply because the accused 
does not testify. 

5. The accused shall have access to a complete audiotape of 
the hearing and to the record prepared by the secretary. 

6. The substantive facts of a case may be re-opened for 
consideration upon initiation of the accused acting through 
normal appeal channels. The accused shall not be put in 
double jeopardy. 

7. All witnesses will be sequestered from the hearing room 
during the course of a hearing. Witnesses may not discuss a 
pending case. 

8. By prior agreement, the accused will be allowed such 
observers of the hearing as may be commensurate with the 
space available. Otherwise, in the interests of the right of 
privacy of the accused, hearings will be private, except that 
the College may also have observers additional to the 
advisors to the Student Court. 

V.The Honor Code Commission, The Student Court Selection 
Committee, The Student Court, and Advisers to the Court 



70 



A. Honor Code Commission 

It shall be the purpose of the Honor Code Commission to 
administer the student academic honor code. The Com- 
mission will have the responsibility for revising and 
updating the student academic honor code as needs arise. 
The Honor Code Commission shall consist of the President, 
Vice-President, and Secretary of the Student Government 
Association and the current President and Secretary of 
Student Court together with three faculty members ap- 
pointed by the President of the College. 

B. Student Court Selection Committee 

The Student Court Selection committee will select mem- 
bers for the Student Court. The Student Court Selection 
Committee will consist of two faculty members from the 
Honor Code Commission, one of whom is the chairperson 
of that commission, two students from the Honor Code 
Commission, one of whom is a member of the Student 
Court, two faculty members from the Conduct Committee, 
one of whom is the chairperson of that committee, two 
students from the Conduct Committee, one of whom is a 
member of the Student Court, and the Dean of Students. 

C. Student Court 

1. The Student Court will be selected by the Student 
Court Selection Committee and will be composed of 
twelve students. Due consideration will be given to 
equitable apportionment of court members on the basis 
of academic class, race, and sex. Students on academic 
probation may not serve. All appointments will be 
issued and accepted in writing. Appointments will be 
made during Spring Quarter in time for newly elected 
members of the Court to assume their duties by May 1. 
Appointments will be made as needed to keep the 
Student Court staffed to do business on a reasonably 
prompt basis. These appointments may constitute per- 
manent or temporary replacements as the Student 
Court Selection Committee deems necessary. 

2. The Student Court will elect a President, Vice-President, 
and a Secretary from its membership. The President will 
preside at all meetings. The Vice-President will assume 
the duties of the President if the President is absent. 
The Secretary will maintain written notes of all pro- 
ceedings and audiotape records of all testimony, and 
will maintain exhibits of evidence which by their nature 
may reasonably be maintained in the Court files. A 

71 



quorum of the Court shall consist of eight members. A 
two-thirds majority secret ballot vote is required to 
reach a finding of guilty. All other questions may be 
decided by a simple majority vote. 

3. Constituency of the Student Court during the Summer 
Quarter shall include all appointed members in atten- 
dance, and other as shall be appointed to membership 
by the Student Court Selection Committee. 

4. Student Court Members shall examine their consciences 
carefully to determine whether they can in good 
conscience serve on a panel hearing a particular case, 
and in the event that there is any doubt, whatsoever, 
such members shall excuse themselves from duty on the 
specific panel in question. 

B. Advisers to the Court 

1. An adviser and an associate adviser to the Student Court 
shall be appointed by the President of the College. 

2. Ordinarily the adviser will serve in that office for one 
year only and usually will be succeeded in that position 
by the associate adviser. Therefore, after the initial 
appointments, only an associate adviser will ordinarily 
be appointed each year. The succession of an associate 
to the adviser position is deemed to occur on the last 
day of Spring Quarter. If, for any reason, the adviser is 
unable to complete his term, the associate adviser shall 
succeed to the office of adviser and another associate 
adviser shall be appointed by the above procedures. If, 
during the Summer Quarter, neither adviser is on 
campus, a temporary adviser will be appointed. 

3. Duties of the adviser and the associate adviser: It shall 
be the duty of the adviser to consult with the Court and 
to offer advice to the President and members of the 
Court on substantive and procedural questions. The 
adviser, or the associate adviser in the event the adviser 
is unable to attend, shall be present at all meetings and 
hearings of the Court. The Adviser may not vote nor 
may he participate directly in the conduct of hearings 
before the Court except through the chairman, or acting 
chairman, of the Court. The adviser should be governed 
at all times by the principle that a hearing before the 
student court is primarily a matter of student respon- 
sibility. 



72 



VI. Procedures and Penalties adopted by the Student Court: 

The Student Court shall formulate its own bylaws governing 
internal organization and procedure. Such bylaws must be 
consistent with the Honor Code. 

A. Hearings shall be called by the Court President to be held 
on a date not less than three (3) nor more than ten (10) 
class days after notice to the accused as provided in Section 
IV-2. Exceptions to these time requirements may be 
granted. 

B. Upon reaching a finding of guilty, the Court shall make a 
recommendation to the Vice President of the College as to 
the administrative action it deems appropriate within the 
following limitations: 

1. A minimum penalty shall be loss of assignment or test 
credit for the assignment or test for violations involving 
cheating as specified in Section II, subsections 1,2, and 
3. Additional penalties such as reprimands, suspension, 
or others may be recommended for any aspects of 
Section II. 

2. Maximum penalty for a first offense of any type shall 
be suspension for a full calendar year. 

3. Maximum penalty for a second offense may be sus- 
pension for three years. 

C. Immediately following a hearing, the accused will be 
informed of the Court's finding, and its recommendation 
to the Vice President of the college. If the finding is guilty, 
the accused will be informed that the Court may re-open 
the case with the consent of the accused for good cause, 
within a three week period. 

D. The Vice President of the College will inform all involved 
persons in writing of the action he has taken in view of 
Court recommendations. The Court Secretary will post 
public notice of the Vice President's action by case number 
without identifying the accused. 

VII. Appeals of Findings and Penalties: 

Should a student have cause to question the findings of the 
Court or the action of the Vice President of the College or 

73 



both, he has the right to appeal. The channels of appeal are as 
follows: 

A. Court findings and /or the administrative action of the Vice 
President of the College may be appealed within five days 
by writing the President of the College. Further appeal 
procedures will conform to the appeal procedures of the 
College and of the Policies of the Board of Regents, 
University System of Georgia (a copy of these policies is 
available in the Library; see chapter on Students, section 
on appeals, page 165, 1969 edition). 

VIII. Supervision of the Student Court: 

As an institutional means of responding to reported infractions 
of the Honor Code, the Student Court is ultimately responsible 
to the President of the College. 

Supervision of the Student Court will be accomplished 
ordinarily through the Dean of Student Affairs and the 
Advisors. 

A. Dean of Student Affairs 

In accordance with Article VI, Section F, of the College 
Statutes, the Dean of Student Affairs will provide general 
supervision of the Student Court and will provide other 
guidance or services as directed by the President of the 
College. 

XI. Revision of the Honor code Will require confirmation by 
majority vote of those faculty and student body members 
voting. 



74 



VII. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR 

DEGREE PROGRAMS; 
THE ACADEMIC SKILLS LABORATORY 

UNIVERSITY SYSTEM CORE CURRICULUM 

Each unit in the University System of Georgia requires as a Core 
Curriculum for all baccalaureate degree programs the following 
minimum number of quarter hours in the major areas of study: 

Minimum Quarter 
Areas of Study Hours Required 

I. Humanities, including, but not limited to grammar 

and composition and literature 20 

II. Mathematics and the natural sciences, including, but 
not limited to, mathematics and a 10-hour sequence 
of laboratory courses in the biological or 
physical sciences 20 

III. Social Sciences, including, but not limited to, 

history and American government 20 

IV. Courses appropriate to the major field of the 

individual student 30 

TOTAL ... 90 

In addition to the University System Core Curriculum requirements 
as outlined above, Armstrong State College requires six quarter hours 
in physical education as part of all baccalaureate degree programs. 

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 
CORE CURRICULUM 

The student in any baccalaureate degree program at Armstrong 
State College must complete the following specific Core Curriculum 
requirements. Consult the relevant departmental section for a 
complete statement of degree requirements for a specific program. 
Certain courses in the Core Curriculum may be exempted with credit 
awarded. See "Admission" section of this Bulletin. 



75 



Quarter Hours 

Area I. Humanities 20 

English 111, 112, 211 

One of the following courses: 

Art 200, Art 271, Art 272, Art 273, Music 200, 
Philosophy 201, English 222 

Area II. Mathematics and the Natural Sciences 20 

One of the following course sequences: 

Mathematics 101, 103 

Mathematics 101, 195 

Mathematics 101, 220 

Mathematics 101, 290 
One of the following course sequences: 

Biology 101, 102 

Chemistry 128, 129 

Physics 211, 212 

Physics 217, 218 

Physical Science 121, 122 

Area III. Social Sciences 20 

History 114, 115 
Political Science 113 
One course selected from : 

Psychology 101, Sociology 201 

Anthropology 201, Economics 201 

Area IV. Courses Appropriate to the Major Field 30 

Biology: 
*Science and/or Mathematics electives (100-200 level) or 

Foreign Language 101, 102 10 

Chemistry 128, 129 10 

Botany 203 5 

Zoology 204 5 

Business Administration: 

B.A. 211, 212 10 

Economics 201 5 

B.A. 205 or B.A. 207 

(or C.S. 110 for Information Systems major) 5 

B.A. 215 5 

Mathematics 220 5 



♦Students seeking secondary certification will substitute Education 203 and Special 
Education 205. 

76 



Business Education: 

Psychology 101 5 

Education 203 5 

Economics 201 5 

B.A. 205 or B.A. 207 5 

B. A. 211,212 10 

^Chemistry: 

Physics 213 5 

Chemistry 128, 129, 281 15 

Mathematics 104, 201 10 

Criminal Justice: 

History 251 or 252 5 

C.J. 100, 103, 201, 210 20 

Psychology 101 or Sociology 201 5 

Dental Hygiene Education: 

Associate degree required for admission to upper two-year 

curriculum. 

Economics: 

Foreign Language 101, 102, 103, or 

Mathematics 104, 201, 202 15 

Mathematics 220 5 

Mathematics 201 5 

B.A. 205 or B.A. 207 5 

Elementary Education: 

Psychology 101 5 

Education 203 5 

Fifteen quarter hours to be selected from: 

Geography 111; Chemistry, Physics, or 

Physical Science (100-200 level) 15 

Drama/Speech 228 5 

English: 

Foreign Language 101, 102, 103, 201 20 

Electives from Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 

Music 200; Philosophy 201; English 222 20 



In addition, a foreign language sequence is recommended. 

77 



History: 

Foreign Language 101, 102 10 

History 251, 252 * 10 

Electives to be chosen from: 

Anthropology 201; Economics 201, 

Geography 111, Mathematics 220, 

Psychology 101, Sociology 201, 

Social Work 250 10 

Mathematical Sciences: 

Mathematics 104, 201, 202, 203 20 

Computer Science 110 5 

History 251 or 252 5 

Medical Technology: 

Physics 211, 212, 213 15 

Chemistry 128, 129, 281 15 

*Music: 

Music Theory 111, 112, 113, 221, 212, 213 18 

Applied Music 140, 240 8 

Music 250 or Music 254 4 

Music Education: 

Psychology 101 5 

Education 203 5 

Elective from: Art 200, 271, 272; Music 200 .5 

Fifteen quarter hours to be selected from : 

Music Theory 111, 112, 113, 211, 212, 213; 

Applied Music 140, 240 15 

Nursing: 

Zoology 208 5 

Biology 210 5 

Chemistry 201 5 

Nursing 100, 101, 102 15 

Physical Education: 

Drama/Speech 228 5 

Education 203 5 

P.E. 218 5 

P.E. 328, 329 10 

Psychology 101 5 



*In addition, a foreign language sequence is recommended. 

78 



Political Science: 

Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 or 

Computer Science 110, 231, 241 15 

History 251 or 252 5 

Electives to be chosen from: 

Anthropology 201, Criminal Justice 100, 

Economics 201, Geography 111, 

History 251 or 252, Psychology 101, 

Sociology 201, Social Work 250 10 

^Psychology: 

Mathematics 220 5 

Biology 101-102 10 

Anthropology 201 or 

Sociology 201 5 

Psychology 102 5 

History 251 or 252 5 

Social Work: 

Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 or 

Philosophy 201, Anthropology 201 and 

Social Science elective (100-200 level) 15 

Sociology 201 5 

History 252 5 

Social Work 250 5 

Speech Correction: 

Physical Science 121 5 

Education 203 5 

Mental Health Work 102 5 

Special Education 205, 225, 230 15 

Area V. Physical Education Requirements (All Programs) 6 

P.E. 103 or 108andP.E. 117 
Three of the following courses: 

P.E. 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 109, 

200, 201, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 

TOTAL ... 96 

The student should complete all Core Curriculum requirements 
during his/her freshman and sophomore years. 



♦In addition, a foreign language sequence is recommended. 

79 



REGENTS EXAMINATION 

University System policy requires that all students successfully 
complete tests of writing skills and reading comprehension as a 
requirement for graduation. A student will be notified by grade 
report to take the tests in the quarter immediately following that in 
which he completes his 55th hour as computed in cumulative hours 
earned. In order to insure adequate preparation for the tests, 
freshmen are expected to begin the sequence of required English 
composition courses no later than in their second quarter of 
attendance. Transfer students who have completed more than 55 
quarter hours and who have not successfully completed the tests are 
responsible for meeting this requirement at the earliest possible time. 

Students are required to schedule their taking of the Regents 
Examination in the Counseling and Placement Office no later than 
the deadlines for application printed, along with the dates for the 
Examination, in the "Academic Calendar" section of this Bulletin. 

Students who successfully complete the Regents Examination will 
be so notified on their grade reports for the quarter in which the 
examination was taken. Students who do not successfully complete 
the examination will be notified in writing concerning any reme- 
diation required before they will be allowed to repeat the exam- 
ination. 

Any student who neglects to take the Regents Examination when 
first notified to do so will be prohibited from pre-registering at the 
College for a subsequent quarter. If the student neglects to take the 
Examination after a second notification to do so, he will be placed 
on academic suspension until such time as he has taken the 
Examination. 



EXIT EXAMINATIONS 

Each student who receives a degree from Armstrong State College 
at the Associate or Baccalaureate degree level is required to take an 
Exit Examination in his/her major area. Each Exit Examination is 
designed to assess the mastery of concepts, principles, and knowledge 
expected of the student at the conclusion of major study. Please see 
the appropriate department head for further information concerning 
these examinations. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAM 

All students who are enrolled in baccalaureate degree programs 
for ten quarter hours or more on the day schedule are required to 
complete six hours of physical education which must include P.E. 

80 



117 (Basic Health) and P.E. 103 (Elementary Swimming) or P.E. 108 
(Intermediate Swimming). Three additional courses are to be elected 
from any physical education activity courses with the last two 
numbers being 01 ot 09. Any student who holds a valid senior life 
saving certificate and /or a valid water safety instructor certificate 
and /or passes the Armstrong swimming test may be exempted from 
P.E. 103 or P.E. 108. Physical education is not required of anyone 
who is beyond the age of 25 at the time of initial matriculation or of 
anyone enrolled primarily in evening classes. A student who has 
completed at least six months of military service is required to take 
only four hours of physical education, which may be chosen from all 
scheduled offerings. 

A student graduating with an Associate degree must complete 
three credit hours of Physical Education. 

The Department requires all students to make up excused 
absences; unexcused absences lower the final grade. 

DIAGNOSTIC TESTS IN ENGLISH AND 
MATHEMATICS 

The College reserves the right to place entering students in 
appropriate English and Mathematics courses. Diagnostic tests are 
administered for this purpose. Each student who has not otherwise 
met the prerequisite requirement for Mathematics 101 (see depart- 
mental course listing) must take the Mathematics Diagnostic Test 
before he may register for Mathematics 101. Each student must take 
the English Placement Test before he may register for Mathematics 
101. Each student must take the English Placement Test before he 
may register for English 111, 110, or 191. Scheduled dates for the 
administration of these tests are listed in the "Academic Calendar" 
section of this Bulletin. 



STATE REQUIREMENTS IN HISTORY AND 
GOVERNMENT 

By state law, each student who receives a diploma or certificate 
from a school supported by the State of Georgia must demonstrate 
proficiency in United States History and Government and in Georgia 
History and Government. A student at Armstrong State College may 
demonstrate such proficiency by successfully completing examin- 
ations for which credit will be awarded. See "Academic Regulations" 
section in the Bulletin, or request further information from the Head 
of the Department of History and Political Science. 



81 



REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS 
AND THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREES 

Requirements for each major program leading to the degree of 
Bachelor of Arts with a major in English, History, Music, Political 
Science, Psychology, Social Work, or Economics, or to the degree of 
Bachelor of Science with a major in Biology, Chemistry, Criminal 
Justice, or Mathematical Sciences are described in the appropriate 
departmental listing. For the B.A. and B.S. degrees, a minimum of 
185 quarter hours, exclusive of the required physical education 
courses, is required for graduation. 

Each student in one of these major programs must complete the 
96-hour core curriculum requirement as listed above. 

The student will not be allowed to take senior division courses in 
his major field unless he has a minimum grade of "C" in all 
prerequisite courses in that field. No major program in a department 
will require more than 60 quarter hours at all levels in the major 
field; however, the department may recommend up to 70 quarter 
hours. 

For its major program, a department will require from 15 to 30 
quarter hours of specific courses or approved elective courses in 
related fields and may require language courses reaching the degree 
of proficiency specified by the department. Total requirements in 
the major and related fields, may not exceed 85 quarter hours. 

Each B.A. or B.S. degree program will include a minimum of 15 
quarter hours of free electives. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR ASSOCIATE DEGREES 

Each associate degree program at Armstrong State College will 
include as part of its curriculum the following requirements: 
(1) English 111, 112; (2) History 251 or 252; (3) Political Science 
113; (4) one course to be chosen from Areas I, II, or III of the 
Baccalaureate Core; (5) three credit hours of Physical Education. The 
student in an associate degree program is required to complete 
successfully the Regents Examination and to take an Exit Examin- 
ation in his/her area of concentration. 

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREE PROGRAMS 

For specific course requirements and for curriculum outlines of 
specific degree programs, see departmental listings of course offerings 
and degree programs. 



82 



COURSE OFFERINGS 

Armstrong State College reserves the right to (1) withdraw any 
course for which there is insufficient enrollment; (2) limit the 
enrollment in any course or class section; (3) fix the time of meeting 
of all classes and sections; and (4) offer such additional courses as 
demand and faculty warrant. 

No credit will be given in beginning courses in languages where the 
same or similar courses have been presented for admission from high 
school. 

In the course listings, there appear three numbers in parenthesis 
after each course title. The first number listed indicates the number 
of hours of lecture; the second number listed indicates the number of 
hours of laboratory; the third number listed indicates the number of 
quarter hours of credit carried by the course. 

Courses numbered 0-99 carry institutional credit only and may 
not be applied to a degree program. Courses numbered 100-199 are 
generally planned for the freshman year; courses numbered 200-299 
for the sophomore year; courses numbered 300-399 for the junior 
year; and courses numbered 400-499 for the senior year. 

ACADEMIC SKILLS LABORATORY 

Armstrong State College recognizes the need for a program of 
compensatory education for students whose academic deficiencies in 
English, Mathematics, and Reading might prevent their completing 
college work successfully. The Academic Skills Laboratory has been 
developed to provide that program. Institutional credit only is 
awarded for courses offered by the Laboratory. This credit does not 
apply to the requirements for a degree program or for graduation 
from Armstrong State College. 

Academic Skills courses receive students from the following four 
sources: 

1. A conditionally admitted student must enroll in those Aca- 
demic Skills Laboratory courses appropriate to the removal of 
his specific areas of weakness as indicated by the results of the 
testing programs through which the student received con- 
ditional admittance status. To insure realistic class scheduling, 
the conditionally admitted student can enroll only in courses 
approved by the head of the Academic Skills Laboratory until 
such time as the student achieves regular admission status. 



83 



2. The Department of Languages and Literature and the Depart- 
ment of Mathematics and Computer Science may place any 
student, on the basis of the student's performance on the 
English Placement Test or the Mathematics Diagnostic Test, in 
appropriate Academic Skills Laboratory courses. 

3. Any student may be placed in any Academic Skills Laboratory 
courses on the basis of an unsatisfactory performance on the 
Regents Examination. 

4. Any student may voluntarily enroll in any Academic Skills 
Laboratory course. 

NOTICE: Veterans and others entitled to Veterans Administration 
Educational Benefits may be certified only for a total of 45 credit 
hours in Academic Skills courses. Only 15 hours may be attempted 
in each of the basic skills of English, Mathematics, and Reading. 

Faculty of the Academic Skills Laboratory 

Associate Professor John R. Hansen, Head; Associate Professor 
Brown; Assistant Professors Cottrell, Dandy, Harris, Padgett, and 
Summerville. 



Course Offerings 

ENGLISH 99— Fundamentals of Composition.. (5-0-5). Offered 
each quarter. 

This is the study and practice of techniques of paragraph 
structure. Students learn to write clearly, logically, coherently, and 
correctly. 

MATHEMATICS 98-Review of Arithmetic. (5-0-5). Offered each 
quarter. 

Emphasis is placed upon computation involving fractions, deci- 
mals, and percentage. 

MATHEMATICS 99-Basic Mathematics. (5-0-5). Offered each 
quarter. 

Topics include real number arithmetic, polynomial expressions, 
and, linear and quadratic equations. 

READING 98— Reading Skills. (5-0-5). Offered each quarter. Not 
open to students having credit for Reading 99. 

This course is appropriate for conditionally admitted students and 
other students experiencing serious difficulty in reading. Word attack 
skills, comprehensive skills, and vocabulary building are stressed. 



84 



READING 99— Developing Reading Maturity. (5-0-5). Offered on 
demand. 

This course is appropriate for students preparing for the Regents' 
Examination and for students experiencing moderate difficulty in 
reading. Comprehension skills, and vocabulary enrichment, test- 
taking strategies, and reading fluency are stressed. 

STUDY TECHNIQUES 99-Effective Study Techniques. (1-2-2). 

This course is designed to develop systematic and efficient study 
habits for academic success. Special emphasis will be placed on time 
management, listening skills, memory techniques, reading flexibility, 
note-taking systems, textbook mastery, and test-taking strategies. 




85 



VIII. SCHOOL OF ARTS AND 
SCIENCES 

The School of Arts and Sciences includes the Departments of 
Biology, Chemistry and Physics, Fine Arts, History and Political 
Science, Languages and Literature, Mathematics and Computer 
Science, and Psychology and Sociology. The following degree 
programs are offered by those departments: 

Bachelor of Arts with a Major in English (choice of concentration 
in English or in Drama/Speech) 

Bachelor of Arts with a Major in History 

Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Music 

Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Psychology 

Bachelor of Science with a Major in Biology 

Bachelor of Science with a Major in Chemistry 

Bachelor of Science with a Major in the Mathematical Sciences 
(choice of concentrations in Mathematics, Applied Mathe- 
matics, Computer Science, Mathematics Education) 

Associate in Arts (General) 

Associate in Arts (choice of concentration in Art or in Drama/ 
Speech) 

The departments within the School of Arts and Sciences also offer 
the following professionally oriented programs either in combination 
with the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree programs 
listed above or through curricula leading to a specialized degree: 

Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Psychology (Mental Health Work 
specialization) 

Bachelor of Music Education 

Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology 

Teacher Certification programs in English, History, Music, Political 
Science, Psychology (Behavioral Science), Biology, Chemistry, 
Mathematics. NOTE: ADDITIONAL PROGRAM 
REQUIREMENTS SUPPLEMENTARY TO THOSE LISTED IN 
THIS SECTION ARE OUTLINED IN THE "DEPARTMENT 
OF EDUCATION" LISTING IN SECTION IX. 

Bachelor of Arts in Social Work 



86 



Program for the Degree 

Associate in Arts* 

(General) 

For the two-year degree of Associate in Arts, a student must complete at least 
45 quarter hours of course-work in this program at Armstrong State College. The 
program is designed to provide a substantial liberal education as a base for 
upper-division specialization. 

Quarter Hours 

1. English 111, 112, 211, and one course selected from: 20 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 
Philosophy 201; English 222 

2. History 114 or 115 and History 251 or 252 10 

3. One of the following two-course sequences: 10 

Biology 101, 102 
Chemistry 128, 129 
Physics 211, 212 
Physics 217, 218 
Physical Science 121, 122 

4. Mathematics 101 and 103 or 195 or 220 or 290 10 

5. Political Science 113 and one of the following courses: 10 

Anthropology 201, Economics 201, 
Psychology 101, Sociology 201 

6. Physical Education 3 

P.E. 103 or 108 and two activity courses 

7. Concentration and/or Electives 30 

The concentration may be specified by a department 
from appropriate courses. If not, the student may 
select courses which are open to him.** 

8. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 93 



DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY 

Professor Leslie B. Davenport, Jr., Head; Professor Thome; 
Associate Professor Pingel; Assistant Professors Beumer, Brower, and 
Guillou; Instructor Restivo; Teaching Associate Dixon. 



The Major in Biology 

The major in biology consists of Biology 101, 102, Botany 203, 
Zoology 204, and at least 40 quarter hours credit in biology courses 
(botany, zoology, etc.) numbered 300 or above. The majority of the 
courses in the major numbered 300 or above must be taken in the 
Biology Department at Armstrong State College. 



♦Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission" 
section of this Bulletin. 
**If a student plans to continue work at a later date in a baccalaureate degree curriculum, 
he should select courses that will meet the listed requirements for that degree program. 



87 



In addition, biology majors must complete elementary statistics 
and the course sequence in organic chemistry (15 quarter hours). The 
course in general college physics (15 quarter hours) is strongly 
recommended and should be considered essential for those who 
expect to continue the study of biology beyond the B.S. degree. 

Each student acquiring a major in biology must include in his 
program the following courses: Biology 370; Biology 480; and 
Botany 410 or Zoology 410. If credit for any of these three courses 
is transferred to Armstrong from another college, the department 
may require that it be validated by examination. 

To be admitted to courses in biology above the freshman level 
(those numbered 200 or above), the student must have completed 
the prerequisites for each with at least a grade of "C" for each 
prerequisite. To be eligible for a B.S. degree in biology, the student 
must have an average of at least "C" for all upper division courses 
(those numbered 300 or above) in biology. 

Beginning students who have successfully completed strong 
courses in biology in high school are advised to take examinations for 
advanced placement or for credit for Biology 101 and /or Biology 
102. Arrangements to take these examinations may be made with the 
head of the department. 

In order to receive Core Curriculum credits for the biology 
laboratory science sequence by taking biology in the Savannah 
State- Arm strong exchange program, a student must take the EN- 
TIRE sequence of ten quarter hours either at Armstrong State 
College or at Savannah State College. 

Students majoring in biology may concurrently complete all 
pre-medical and/or pre-dental requirements and all requirements for 
secondary teaching certification in science (biology). The Biology 
Department co-ordinates the program in Medical Technology. 

Students majoring in biology and/or pursuing a pre-professional 
program should work closely with an assigned departmental advisor 
in planning their undergraduate programs. 



88 



Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Science with a Major in Biology 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 75 

1. English 111, 112, 211 and one courses selected from: 20 

English 222; Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 
Music 200; Philosophy 201 

2. History 114, 115 10 

3. History 251 or 252 5 

4. Political Science 113 5 

5. One of the following: 5 

Economics 201; Psychology 101; 
Sociology 201 

6. Mathematics 101 (or 103 or 104 if placement examination 
allows) and 220 10 

7. Biology 101, 102; Botany 203**, Zoology 204** 20 

B. Courses in Major Field 40 

Biology 370, 480 10 

Botany 410 or Zoology 410 5 

Additional Courses (junior-senior level) 25 

C. Related Fields 25 

Chemistry 128, 129 10 

Chemistry 341, 342, 343 15 

D. Electives 45 

(Physics 211, 212, 213 and a foreign language 
sequence strongly recommended) 

E. Physical Education 6 

Physical Education 117 and 103 or 108 3 

Physical Education Activities Courses 3 

F. Regents and Exit Examinations 



TOTAL 191 

The student completing the major in Biology may concurrently 
complete secondary teaching certification requirements by com- 
pleting the following program of studies. 

Program for Secondary School Teachers of Science 
with a Major in Biology 

Quarter Hours 
A. General Requirements* 75 

1. English 111, 112, 211 and one course selected from: 20 

Art 200, 290, 291; Music 200; 
Philosophy 201; English 222 

2. History 114, 115 10 

3. History 251 or 252 5 

4. Psychology 101 and one of the following courses: 10 

Economics 101 
Political Science 113 
Sociology 201 



♦Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admissions" 

section of this Bulletin. 
'♦Should be completed before beginning upper division courses. 

89 



Quarter Hours 

5. Mathematics 101 (or 103 or 104, if placement examination 
allows); 220 *. 10 

6. The following courses: 20 

Biology 101, 102 

Botany 203 and Zoology 204 

B. Course in Major Field 40 

Students must complete the requirements for a major 
including Biology 370, 480; Botany 410 or Zoology 410 

C. Courses in Other Sciences 40 

Chemistry 128, 129, 341, 342, 343 25 

Physics 211 (Mathematics 103 is prerequisite); 212, 213 15 

D. Physical Education 6 

Physical Education 103, 117 3 

Three courses selected from : 3 

P.E. 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 200, 

201, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 

E. Professional Sequence 40 

Education 203, 330, 444, 446, 447, 448 .30 

Psychology 301; Special Education 205 10 

F. Regents and Exit Examinations 



TOTAL 201 



The Department also supervises the degree program in Medical 
Technology, requirements of which follow. 



Program for Degree 
Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology 



Quarter Hours 

1. English 111, 112, 211, and one course selected from: 20 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 
Philosophy 201; English 222 

2. History 251 or 252 5 

3. Political Science 113 5 

4. History 114, 115 10 

5. Mathematics 101 (or 103 or 104, if placement examination allows); 220 10 

6. Psychology 101 or Sociology 201 5 

7. Physics 211 (Mathematics 103 is prerequisite): 212; 213 15 

8. Chemistry 128-129, 281, 341, 342, 343, and 380 35 

9. Biology 101-102, Zoology 204, 356, 

Biology 351, 370, and Zoology 372 35 

10. Physical Education 6 

11. Internship in Clinical Medical Technology 45 

12. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



♦Certain courses may be exempted with credit awarded. See "Admission" section of this 
Bulletin. 

90 



Course Offerings 

BIOLOGY 101-Principles of Biology. (4-3-5). Offered each 
quarter. Prerequisite: none. 

Structure and function of cells; biological chemistry; structure, 
function, and development of flowering plants. 

BIOLOGY 102-Principles of Biology. (4-3-5). Offered each 
quarter. Prerequisite: Biology 101. 

Structure, function, and development of vertebrate animals; 
genetics; ecology; evolution. 

BIOLOGY 210-Micro-organisms and Disease. (3-4-5). Winter. 
Prerequisites: Chemistry 201 and Zoology 209. 

An introduction to the study of micro-organisms with primary 
emphasis on bacteria. The morphology, life history, and importance 
to public health of representative bacteria, fungi, viruses, and 
protozoa are considered. Credit for this course may not be applied 
toward a major in biology. 

BIOLOGY 310— Man and the Environment. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: 
Completion of 75 quarter hours credit in college courses. 

Consideration of the interactions between humans and the 
support systems of the earth which are essential to their existence. 
Credit for this course may not be applied toward a major in biology. 

BIOLOGY 351-Bacteriology. (3-4-5). Fall. Prerequisites: 10 
hours of biological science, Chemistry 128-129. 

A survey of micro-organisms with special emphasis on bacteria 
and their relationships to man. 

BIOLOGY 352— Medical Microbiology. (3-4-5). Prerequisite: 
Biology 351 and permission of the instructor. 

A comprehensive study of the disease-causing microbes in terms 
of their diagnosis, pathology, and epidemiology. 

BIOLOGY 354— Morphologic Haematology. (3-4-5). Prerequisites: 
Biology 102 and Chemistry 129. 

Cytology of normal and pathologic human blood and bone 
marrow with emphasis upon antigenic determination in blood 
banking. 

BIOLOGY 358-Histological Technique. (0-10-5). Winter. Pre- 
requisites: Biology 101, 102. 

Principles and methods of killing, fixing, embedding, sectioning, 
staining, and mounting plant and animal materials for study. 

BIOLOGY 370— Genetics. (3-4-5). Winter. Prerequisites: Biology 
101, 102; Chemistry 128, 129; Biology 351 and junior status 
recommended. 

An introduction to the principles of biological inheritance. 



91 



BIOLOGY 410-Cellular Physiology. (3-4-5). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisites: At least third quarter junior status; two courses in 
biology numbered 300 or above; and organic chemistry. 

A consideration of the functional relationships between micro- 
scopic anatomy and cell chemistry, emphasizing permeability, 
metabolism, and growth. 

BIOLOGY 440-Cytology. (2-6-5). Summer. Prerequisite: Two 
courses in biology numbered 300 or above. 

The study of cells, their cytoplasm and nuclei, growth, differ- 
entiation, and reproduction. 

BIOLOGY 450— Evolution. (5-0-5). Winter. Prerequisite: Major in 
biology (at least 15 qtr. hrs. credit in biology courses numbered 300 
or above). 

Modern concepts in organic evolution. 

BIOLOGY 480— General Ecology. (3-4-5). Spring. Prerequisites: 
Two courses in biology numbered 300 or above. 

A survey of the principles of ecology and their application to the 
welfare of humans, co-ordinated with a study of populations and 
communities in the field. 

BIOLOGY 490— Problems in Biology. (1-5 hours credit). Offered 
on demand. Prerequisites: At least 20 hours credit in biology courses 
numbered 300 or above; a B average in biology courses and in overall 
work; consent of department head; agreement of staff members to 
supervise work. 

Problems to be assigned and work directed by a member of the 
department. Supervised research including literature search, field 
and /or laboratory investigation, and presentation of an acceptable, 
written report of results. Credit will depend upon the work to be 
done. Both credit and proposed work must be approved in advance, 
in writing, by the faculty member to supervise the work and by the 
department head. 

BOTANY 203— Survey of the Plant Kingdom. (3-4-5). Spring, 
Fall. Prerequisites: Biology 101 and 102. 

Morphology and phylogeny of the divisions of the plant kingdom, 
with emphasis upon the evolution of the land flora. 

BOTANY 305-Identification of Flowering Plants. (0-10-5). 
Spring. Prerequisite or corequisite: Botany 203. 

Studies in the identification of plants with emphasis on local 
flora. 

BOTANY 323-Plant Anatomy. (0-15-5). Fall. Prerequisite: 
Botany 203. 

The origin and development of the organs and tissue systems of 
vascular plants, and a comparative study of the structure of roots, 
stems, leaves, flowers, and fruits. 



92 



BOTANY 410-Plant Physiology. (3-4-5). Spring. Prerequisites: 
Botany 203 and Organic Chemistry. 

A survey of physiologic processes occurring in plants and the 
conditions which affect these processes. 

BOTANY 425-Plant Morphology. (3-4-5). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisite: Botany 323. 

Comparative studies of vascular plants with emphasis on form, 
structure, reproduction, and evolutionary relationships. 

ENTOMOLOGY 301-Introductory Entomology. (3-4-5). Spring. 
Prerequisite: Zoology 204. 

An introduction to the study of insects — their structure, 
identification, and biology. 

ZOOLOGY 204— Survey of the Animal Kingdom. (3-4-5). Winter, 
Summer. Prerequisites: Biology 101 and 102. 

An evolutionary survey of the major animal phyla. 

ZOOLOGY 208-Human Anatomy and Physiology I. (3-4-5). Fall. 

A basic course considering the gross anatomy, histology, and 
physiology of the human organ systems. Intended primarily for 
majors in nursing and dental hygiene; credit for this course may not 
be applied toward a major in biology. 

ZOOLOGY 209— Human Anatomy and Physiology II. (3-4-5). 
Spring. Prerequisites: Zoology 208 and Chemistry 201. 

A continuation of the basic course considering the anatomy and 
physiology of the human. Credit may not be applied toward a major 
in biology. 

ZOOLOGY 325-Advanced Invertebrate Zoology. (3-4-5). Spring. 
Prerequisite: Zoology 204. 

A study of the structure, body functions, interrelations, and 
natural history of the major invertebrate groups. 

ZOOLOGY 355-Embryology. (3-4-5). Fall. Prerequisites: 
Zoology 204 or equivalent in another biological science. 

An elementary course in embryology in which the chick is used to 
illustrate the basic principles of developmental anatomy. 

ZOOLOGY 356-Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates. 
(3-6-6). Winter. Prerequisite: Zoology 204. 

A study of the anatomy and evolution of the organ systems of the 
vertebrates. 

ZOOLOGY 357-Animal Histology. (3-4-5). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisite: Zoology 204. 

A study of the tissues and their organization into organs and organ 
systems in animals. 

ZOOLOGY 372-Parasitology. (3-4-5). Fall. Prerequisite: Zoology 
204. 



93 



A comparative study of the internal and external parasites of man 
and other animals. 

ZOOLOGY 410-General Vertebrate Physiology. (3-4-5). Fall. 
Prerequisites: Zoology 204 and Organic Chemistry. 

An introduction to the general physiologic processes of the 
vertebrates. 

ZOOLOGY 425— Marine Invertebrate Zoology. (2-6-5). Summer. 
Prerequisite: Zoology 325, or permission of instructor and depart- 
ment. 

Studies in the identification and ecologic distribution of marine 
invertebrates as exemplified by collection from the southeastern 
coastal region. 

ZOOLOGY 429— Endocrinology. (4-4-5). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisites: Zoology 410 and one other course in biology 
numbered 300 or above. 

Physiology of the endocrine glands, their control of metabolism 
and reproductive cycles. 

ZOOLOGY 435— Comparative Physiology. (3-4-5). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisites: Zoology 204 and Organic Chemistry. 

Studies in various groups of animals of the functions of organ 
systems involved in the maintenance of homeostasis under varying 
conditions within normal habitats and of in vitro reactions of tissues 
and systems under laboratory conditions. 

Marine Science Center 

The following courses are offered at the Marine Science Center on 
Skidaway Island. Five quarter hours of credit from these courses may 
be applied within the major in biology. All credits from these courses 
may be applied as elective toward the B.S. degree in biology. These 
courses at the Marine Science Center are co-operatively sponsored by 
Armstrong State College, Georgia Institute of Technology, Georgia 
State University, Georgia Southern College, and the University of 
Georgia. 

BIOLOGY 430-Estuarine Ecology. (6-6-5). Summer (five weeks). 
Prerequisites: Chemistry 128, 129; Zoology 204; two courses in 
biology numbered 300 or above; or permission of instructor. Math 
104 recommended. 

The evolution and development of estuaries, substraees, physical 
processes, communities, ecosystem functions, ecosystem dynamics 
and analysis. The study area will include the estuarine complex of 
the Carolinian province as exemplified along the coast of Georgia. 



94 



ZOOLOGY 405— Ichthyology. (6-6-5). Summer (five weeks). 
Prerequisites: Zoology 204 and one course in zoology numbered 300 
or above, or permission of instructor. 

The taxonomy, distribution, ecology, and evolution of fishes with 
special reference to the fishes of eastern North America. 

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS 

Professor Henry E. Harris, Head; Professors Brewer, Robbins, and 
Stratton; Associate Professor Whiten; Instructors Jaynes, Pestel; 
Temporary Instructor Goette. 

The department offers one degree program, the Bachelor of 
Science with a major in chemistry, designed to give depth in the 
fields of chemistry, yet flexible enough to accommodate a range of 
career goals. The department also participates in the Dual Degree 
Program of Armstrong State College and the Georgia Institute of 
Technology under which students may earn simultaneously the B.S. 
degree in chemistry from Armstrong and the bachelor's degree from 
Georgia Tech in a related field, such as chemical engineering. 
Students interested in learning more about the chemistry degree 
program or any course offered by the department should contact the 
department head. Any student who plans to pursue a degree in 
chemistry should contact the department head as early as possible 
for advisement and academic planning. 

Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Science with a Major in Chemistry 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Education Course Requirements* 61 

1. English 111, 112, 211 15 

2. One of the following: 5 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273, English 222, 
Music 200, Philosophy 201 

3. Mathematics 101, 103 10 

4. History 114, 115 10 

5. History 251 or 252 5 

6. Political Science 113 5 

7. One of the following courses: 5 

Psychology 101, Anthropology 201, 
Sociology 201, Economics 201 

8. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117, and 

three activities courses 6 

B. Chemistry Course Requirements 60 

1. Chemistry 128, 129, 281, 341, 342, 343, 380, 491, 492, 493 .. . 47 

2. Approved electives from: 13 

Chemistry 421, 441, 448, 461, 462, 480, 498, 499 



"Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission' 
section of this Bulletin. 

95 



Quarter Hours 

C. Related Field Requirements 30 

1. Physics 211, 212, 213, or 

Physics 217, 218, 219 , 15 

2. Mathematics 104 5 

3. Approved electives 10 

D. Approved General Electives 40 

Electives chosen to meet specific educational goals 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



Program for Secondary School Teachers 
of Science with a Major in Chemistry 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 60 

1. English 111, 112, 211, and one of the following: 20 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273, Music 200, 
Philosophy 201, English 222 

2. History 114, 115 10 

3. History 251 or 252 5 

4. Psychology 101 5 

5. Political Science 113 . 5 

6. Mathematics 101, 103, 104 15 

B. Courses in Major Field 60 

1. Chemistry 128, 129, 281, 380, 341, 342, 

343, 491, 492, 493 47 

2. Approved 300-400 level chemistry electives 13 

C. Related Field Requirements 30 

1. Biology 101, 102 10 

2. Physics 211, 212, 213, or 

Physics 217, 218, 219 15 

3. Approved electives 5 

D. Physical Education 6 

Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 3 

Physical Education activities courses 3 

E. Professional Sequence 40 

1. Education 203, 303, 444, 446, 447, 448 30 

2. Psychology 301; Special Education 205 10 

F. Regents and Exit Examinations 



TOTAL 196 



Course Offerings 

CHEMISTRY 128-129-General Chemistry (4-3-5 for each 
course). Prerequisite: College Algebra or concurrently. Offered each 
quarter. 



*Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission' 
section of this Bulletin. 

96 



These courses are the first two of the series 128, 129, 281 required 
to complete an academic year of General Chemistry. A study of the 
fundamental principles and laws of chemistry with a quantitative 
approach to the subject. These courses are designed for the science, 
pre-medical and engineering student. The laboratory work includes 
an understanding of fundamental techniques. 

CHEMISTRY 201-Essentials of General Chemistry. (5-0-5). Of- 
fered each quarter. 

An introduction to inorganic, organic, and biochemistry with 
emphasis on applications in human physiology and clinical chem- 
istry. Experimental principles will be illustrated with classroom 
demonstrations. 

CHEMISTRY 281 -Qualitative Analysis. (3-6-5). Prerequisite: 
Chemistry 129. Fall and Spring. 

This course is the third of the series 128, 129, 281 required to 
complete an academic year of General Chemistry. Study of ionic 
equilibria and separation methods. Homogeneous solutions involving 
dissociation, hydrolysis and buffer action, and heterogeneous sys- 
tems showing the influence of pH and complexation on solubility are 
illustrated. Various chemical and chromatographic techniques are 
used as a basis for qualitative analysis. 

CHEMISTRY 301-The Chemistry of Life. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: 
Ten quarter hours of a laboratory science completed. Offered on 
demand. 

An introductory course covering selected areas of applied bio- 
chemistry. This course is not recommended for chemistry, biology, 
or pre-medical students. 

CHEMISTRY 341-342-Organic Chemistry. (4-3-5 for each 
course). Prerequisite: Chemistry 129. Fall, Winter. 

These courses include the study of alphatics, aromatic hydro- 
carbons and their derivatives, polyfunctional compounds, and poly- 
nuclear hydrocarbons. Organic reactions are emphasized in terms of 
modern theory. 

CHEMISTRY 343-Organic Chemistry. (4-3-5). Prerequisite: 
Chemistry 342. Spring. 

A continuation of the organic chemistry sequence 341, 342. This 
course completes the fundamental study of organic chemistry with a 
consideration of carbohydrates, amino acids, and heterocyclics with 
their related compounds. 

CHEMISTRY 350-Chemical Literature. (2-0-2). Prerequisite: 
Chemistry 342. Offered on demand. 

A study of the use of the chemical library and the important 
journals, references, and information sources. 



97 



CHEMISTRY 380-Quantitative Instrumental Analysis. (2-9-5). 
Prerequisite: Chemistry 281. Winter, Summer. 

A study of the principles of gravimetric, volumetric, spectrophoto- 
metric, and electrometric methods of analysis. The laboratory will 
provide practice in techniques and application of these principles. 

CHEMISTRY 397-Scientific Glass-blowing. (0-4-2). Prerequisite: 
Permission of the Instructor. Offered on demand. 

Properties of glass for scientific apparatus; introduction of glass 
working equipment; planning of sequential joining operations; 
demonstration of major techniques for joining and working glass; 
supervision of individual students in preparing test-pieces. 

CHEMISTRY 421— Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. (3-3-4). Pre- 
quisite: Chemistry 380. Offered on demand. 

Selected topics in inorganic chemistry tending to increase stu- 
dents' understanding of mechanisms of chemical reactions. Em- 
phasizes the periodicity of elements. 

CHEMISTRY 431-432-Seminar. (3-0-3 for each course). Pre- 
requisite: Chemistry 343. Offered on demand. 
Selected topics for group discussion. 

CHEMISTRY 441— Advanced Organic Chemistry. (3-0-3). Pre- 
requisite: Chemistry 343. Fall. 

A further study of important organic reactions emphasizing 
theories of reaction mechanisms of organic chemistry. 

CHEMISTRY 448-Organic Qualitative Analysis. (2-9-5). Pre- 
requisite: 343. Offered on demand. 

Systematic approach to the identification of organic compounds. 

CHEMISTRY 451-History of Chemistry. (5-0-5). Spring, odd 
years. Prerequisites: Junior standing and Chemistry 129. 

The development of science surveyed from antiquity to the 
present. Emphasis is placed on the development of ideas, men who 
made significant contributions, evolution of chemical theories, and 
the modern social implications of science. 

CHEMISTRY 461— Biochemistry. (4-3-5). Prerequisite: Chemistry 
343. Offered on demand. 

A study of the chemical nature of cellular constituents and cellular 
metabolism. Subject topics include carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, 
enzymes, vitamins and coenzymes, anaerobic carbohydrate metab- 
olism, lipid metabolism, the tricarboxylic acid cycle, oxidative 
posphorylation, and photosynthesis. 

CHEMISTRY 462— Biochemistry. (4-3-5). Prerequisite: Chemistry 
461. Offered on demand. 

A study of the metabolism of ammonia and nitrogen-containing 
compounds, the biosynthesis of nucleic acids and proteins, metabolic 
regulation, and selected topics. 

98 



CHEMISTRY 463-Clinical Chemistry. (4-3-5). Prerequisite: 
Chemistry 343. Offered on demand. 

A study of the principles of chemistry applied in the clinical 
laboratory. Topic subjects to include instrumentation and micro- 
techniques. 

CHEMISTRY 480-Advanced Instrumental Analysis. (2-9-5). Pre- 
requisites: Chemistry 380, 342. Offered on demand. 

Includes study of principles involved in the operation and the 
laboratory use of special instruments for analysis. 

CHEMISTRY 491-492-493-Physical Chemistry. (3-3-4 for each 
course). Prerequisites: Chemistry 380, Physics 213, Mathematics 
104. Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Fundamental principles of physical chemistry including the study 
of solids, liquids, gases, thermochemistry, thermodynamics and 
solutions. These courses will also cover a study of chemical 
equilibria, chemical kinetics, electrochemistry, colloids, quantum 
mechanics and nuclear chemistry. 

CHEMISTRY 497-498-499-Independent Study. (1-5 hours credit 
each course). Prerequisite: Consent of the Head of the Department. 
Offered each quarter. 

Designed to permit qualified students to pursue supervised 
individual research or study. Emphasis will be placed on the 
literature search, laboratory experimentation, and presentation of an 
acceptable written report. Both the credit and proposed work must 
be approved in writing by the faculty member who will supervise the 
work and by the department head. Open to transient students only 
with the permission of the Dean of the Faculty at Armstrong and of 
the college from which the student comes. 

Course Offerings 

PHYSICAL SCIENCE 

PHYSICAL SCIENCE 121-Physical Environment. (4-3-5). Pre- 
requisite: Admission requirements. Offered each quarter. 

An elementary study of the fundamental laws and concepts of 
physics and astronomy. This course is designed for non-science 
majors interested in a descriptive survey. The laboratory study is 
designed to supplement the study of theory. 

PHYSICAL SCIENCE 122-Physical Environment. (4-3-5). Pre- 
requisite: Admission requirements. Offered each quarter. 

An elementary study of the fundamentals and theories of 
chemistry and geology. This is a descriptive course which includes 
the classification of elements, basic chemical reactions, and atomic 
structure designed for the non-science major. The laboratory study 
includes experiences which augment class discussion. 

99 



ASTRONOMY 301— Introduction to Astronomy. (5-0-5). Pre- 
requisite: Ten quarter hours of laboratory science completed. 
Offered on demand. 

A study of the planetary system, stars,' stellar structure, and 
cosmology. 

GEOLOGY 301-Principles of Geology. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: Ten 
quarter hours of a laboratory science completed. Offered on demand. 

An introduction to physical and historical geology. A study of the 
origin, evolution, and structure of the earth's crust, and geologic 
history. 

METEOROLOGY 301-Principles of Meteorology. (5-0-5). Pre- 
requisite: Ten quarter hours of a laboratory science completed. 
Offered on demand. 

An introduction to the description of the state of the atmosphere 
and to the physical laws that describe atmospheric phenomena. 

OCEANOGRAPHY 301— Principles of Oceanography. (5-0-5). 
Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of a laboratory science completed. 
Offered on demand. 

A study of the basic principles of oceanography. Topic subjects to 
include the distribution of water over the earth, nature and relief of 
the ocean floors, tides and currents, chemical properties of sea water 
and constituents, and applications of oceanographic research. 

Course Offerings 

PHYSICS 

PHYSICS 211-Mechanics. (4-2-5). Prerequisite: Mathematics 103. 
Fall. 

The first part of the sequence Physics 211-212-213 in general 
physics. Basic classical physics, including mechanics, sound, and heat. 
Designed for students with aptitude in mathematics below the level 
of calculus. Selected experiments to demonstrate applications. 

PHYSICS 212— Electricity, Magnetism, Basic Light. (4-2-5). Pre- 
requisites: Mathematics 103 and Physics 211. Winter. 

The second part of the sequence Physics 211-212-213. Basic 
electricity, magnetism, and geometrical optics. 

PHYSICS 213— Light Phenomena, Modern Physics. (4-2-5). Pre- 
requisites: Mathematics 103 and Physics 212. Spring. 

The last part of the sequence Physics 211-212-213. Continues the 
study of light from the viewpoint of physical optics, and concludes 
with the study of atomic and nuclear physics. Laboratory work 
includes two selected experiments of advanced scope. 

PHYSICS 217-Mechanics. (5-3-6). Prerequisite: Mathematics 104, 
or concurrently. Fall. 

100 



The first part of the sequence Physics 217-218-219 in general 
physics. Basic classical physics, including mechanics, sound and heat. 
Designed especially for engineering students and recommended for 
science majors. Selected experiments to demonstrate applications. 

PHYSICS 218-Electricity, Magnetism, Basic Light. (5-3-6). Pre- 
requisites: Mathematics 104 and Physics 217. Winter. 

The second part of the sequence Physics 217-218-219. Basic 
electricity, magnetism, and geometrical optics. 

PHYSICS 219-Light Phenomena, Modern Physics. (5-3-6). Pre- 
requisites: Mathematics 104 and Physics 218. Spring. 

The last part of the sequence Physics 217-218-219. Continues the 
study of light from the viewpoint of physical optics, and concludes 
with the study of atomic and nuclear physics. Laboratory work 
includes two selected experiments of advanced scope. 

PHYSICS 380-Introductory Quantum Mechanics. (5-0-5). Pre- 
requisites: Physics 213 or Physics 219 and Mathematics 210. Offered 
on demand. 

An introduction to quantum mechanical principles with appli- 
cation in atomic and molecular structure. 

PHYSICS 417— Mechanics. (5-0-5). Prerequisites: Physics 217 or 
211 and Mathematics 201. Physics 218 or 212 and Mathematics 341 
are recommended. Offered on demand. 

Statics, kinematics, and dynamics of particles and of systems of 
particles are developed using Newtonian principles. 

Marine Science Center 

The following course is offered at the Marine Science Center on 
Skidaway Island. The course is cooperatively sponsored by Arm- 
strong State College, Georgia Institute of Technology, Georgia State 
University, Georgia Southern College and the University of Georgia. 

OCEANOGRAPHY 430-Applied Oceanography. (6-4-5). Pre- 
requisites: Chemistry 128, 129; Biology 101, 102. Offered Summer 
Quarter. 

The aspects of physical, chemical, and biological sciences which 
are marine oriented as applied to specific problems in the ocean and 
its environs. Collection and interpretation of field data stressed, 
utilizing vessels and equipment of the Skidaway Institute of 
Oceanography. 

DEPARTMENT OF FINE ARTS 

Professor Harry Persse, Head; Associate Professor Brandon; Assis- 
tant Professors Ambrose, Cone, McKinnell, and Radebaugh. 



101 



Degree Programs in Music 

The Department of Fine Arts offers the Bachelor of Arts degree 
with a major in music, the Bachelor of Music Education degree, and 
the Associate in Arts degree with a concentration in Art. The 
Bachelor of Music Education Degree is given in cooperation with 
Savannah State College. 



Admission Requirements 

Since the college-level study of music presupposes a considerable 
background in music, as well as an aptitude for it, an audition is 
required for admission to the music degree program. The audition 
will be used to determine the student's level of proficiency in his 
instrument and his potential for success in the program. 

Programs for the Degrees 

Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Music 

Bachelor of Music Education 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 71 

1. English 111, 112, 211 . . 15 

2. Music 200 or 210 5 

3. History 114, 115, and 251 or 252 15 

4. Mathematics 101, 290 10 

5. Political Science 113 5 

6. One of the following courses: 5 

Psychology 101 (required in the B.M.Ed, program), 
Economics 201, Sociology 201, Anthropology 201 

7. Laboratory science sequence 10 

8. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and 

three activity courses 6 

B. Courses in the Major Field 54 

Music 111, 112, 113, 140, (6 credits); 211, 212, 213, 240, 
(6 credits); 251 or 254, (6 credits); 312, 340, (6 credits); 
371, 372,373 

C. Additional Requirements for the 

Bachelor of Arts Degree only 66 

1. Music 281, 412, 440 12 

2. Approved Music electives 9 

3. Two courses selected from: 10 

Art 271, 272, 273 

4. Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 15 

5. Electives 20 

6. Recital 

D. Additional Requirements for the 

Bachelor of Music Education Degree only 69-70 

1. Music 230, 232, 233, 235, 281, 350, 351, 361, 400 19 



*Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission" 
section of this Bulletin. 

102 



2. One of the following options: 10-11 

a. (Choral emphasis) Music 228, 353, 480, and one course 
from 414, 415, or 416 

b. (Instrumental emphasis) Music 227, 231, 234, 352, 481, 
and one course from 417, 418, or 419 

c. (Keyboard emphasis) Music 227, 352, or 353, 420, 421, 
480 or 481 

3. Education 203, 330, 446, 447, 448 25 

4. Psychology 301 and Special Education 205 10 

5. Drama/Speech 228 5 

Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL, BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE 191 

TOTAL, BACHELOR OF MUSIC EDUCATION DEGREE 194-195 



Programs for the Degree 

Associate in Arts 

(with a concentration in Art) 

The Department of Fine Arts offers an organized concentration in Art within 
the Associate in Arts degree structure. 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 63 

1. English 111, 112, 211 and Art 271 20 

2. History 114, 115, Political Science 113, and 

History 251 or 252 20 

3. Mathematics 101 and 103, or 195, or 220, or 290 10 

4. Laboratory science sequence 10 

5. Physical Education 3 

B. Concentration 30 

1. Art 111, 112, 272, 273 20 

2. Ten hours chosen from: 10 

Art 201, 202, 213, 330, and 331 

C. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 93 



Additional Requirements for Music Majors 

1. Meet a recital attendance requirement as directed by the faculty. 

2. Enroll for applied music each quarter until the applied music 
requirement has been met (except when student teaching). 

3. Participate in a large ensemble of the college each quarter of 
attendance (except when student teaching). Voice principals are 
required to enroll for chorus and band instrument principals for 
concert band. Students with a choice of ensemble must remain in 
the chosen ensemble for the duration of the academic year. Upon 



♦Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission" 
section of this Bulletin. 

103 



recommendation of the applied music instructor in the principal 
instrument, a keyboard student may substitute accompanying for 
participation in a large ensemble. However, a minimum of six 
quarters of large ensemble is required. 

4. Participate in student recitals as directed by the applied music 
instructor. A student must perform in a quarterly student recital 
at least once a year. 

5. Attain minimum keyboard proficiency (the ability to play simple 
hymns, standard cadences and simple piano pieces). A piano 
proficiency examination will be given annually during the Spring 
Quarter to all students whose principal instrument is not key- 
board. 

6. Present a recital as required in the specific degree program. For the 
B.A. degree with a concentration in performance, a half recital in 
the junior year and a full recital in the senior year are required. 
With a concentration in theory-composition the presentation of a 
program of original compositions or a comparable practical 
exercise is required. For the B.M.E. degree, a half recital in the 
senior year is required. In the B.M.E. program, upon recom- 
mendation of the applied music instructor, a jury examination 
may be substituted for the recital. 

The applied music level for entering or transfer students will be 
determined by audition. In the Bachelor of Arts degree program a 
minimum of eighteen hours of applied music will be in the principal 
instrument, with at least six credits at the 440 level. In the Bachelor 
of Music Education degree program, a minimum of twelve hours of 
applied music will be in the principal instrument with at least six 
credits at the 340 level. The quarterly applied music grade will be 
determined in part by a jury examination before a committee of the 
music faculty. 

APPLIED MUSIC FEES 

Applied music courses consist of one twenty-five minute private 
lesson per week (Music 130) or a combination of private and class 
lessons (Music 140, 240, 340, 440). A special fee of $31.00 for Music 
130 or $62.00 for the Music 140 series is charged quarterly to 
students not admitted to a music degree program, to music majors 
enrolled for less than ten hours, and to music majors enrolled for 
more than one applied course. The applied music fee is refundable 
only if the student does not meet his first scheduled lesson. 



104 



Course Offerings 

APPLIED MUSIC 

MUSIC 130— Applied Music, (one credit). Prerequisite: Sufficient 
music background, determined by audition or Music 100. 

One twenty-five minute lesson per week in brass, organ, per- 
cussion, piano, strings, voice, or woodwinds. Applicable to a music 
degree only for secondary applied credit. May be repeated for credit. 

MUSIC 140— Applied Music, (two credits). Prerequisite: Open to 
music majors and a limited number of non-majors by audition only. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, percussion, piano, 
strings, voice or woodwinds. May be repeated for credit. 

MUSIC 240— Applied Music, (two credits). Prerequisite: Com- 
petency at the Music 140 level as determined by jury examination. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, percussion, piano, 
strings, voice or woodwinds. May be repeated for credit. 

MUSIC 340— Applied Music, (two credits). Prerequisite: Com- 
petency at the Music 240 level as determined by jury examination. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, percussion, piano, 
strings, voice or woodwinds. May be repeated for credit. 

MUSIC 440— Applied Music, (two credits). Prerequisite: Com- 
petency at the Music 340 level as determined by jury examination. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, percussion, piano, 
strings, voice or woodwinds. May be repeated for credit. 

Course Offerings 

MUSIC 

MUSIC 100— Rudiments of Music. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

An introduction to the principles of music reading with appli- 
cations to the keyboard, guitar and simple wind instruments. May 
not be used for credit toward a degree in music. 

MUSIC Ill-Elementary Theory. (3-2-3). Fall. 
An introduction to the basic theoretical principles of music 
including sightsinging, eartraining and keyboard harmony. 

MUSIC 112-Elementary Theory. (3-2-3). Winter. 
A continuation of Music 111 with emphasis on part-writing and 
diatonic material. 

MUSIC 113-Elementary Theory. (3-2-3). Spring. 
A continuation of Music 112 introducing seventh chords and 
diatonic modulation. 



105 



MUSIC 200— Introduction to Music Literature. (5-0-5). Fall, 
Spring. 

A course designed to help the student understand music by means 
of analysis of style, forms, and media of musical expression. 

MUSIC 210— Honors Introduction to Music Literature. (5-0-5). 
Winter and Summer. Prerequisite: Music major status or permission 
of the instructor. 

A course designed for the student with a practical musical 
background or previous listening experience. Emphasis will be on the 
development of perception of style and form through listening. May 
be used as a substitute for Music 200 in the Core Curriculum. 

MUSIC 211— Intermediate Theory. (3-2-3). Fall. Prerequisite: 
Music 113. 

A continuation of Music 113 with emphasis on chromatic 
harmony. 

MUSIC 212-Intermediate Theory. (3-2-3). Winter. 
A continuation of Music 211. 

MUSIC 213-Intermediate Theory. (3-2-3). Spring. 
A continuation of Music 212 with emphasis on twentieth century 
techniques. 

MUSIC 226-Class Piano I, II, III. (0-2-1). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisite: Music major status or permission of instructor. 

A study of keyboard techniques with emphasis on the skills 
needed to fulfill the piano proficiency requirement. 

MUSIC 227— Class Voice. (0-2-1). Offered on demand. Pre- 
requisite: Music major status or permission of instructor. 

A study of voice production techniques with practical application 
to standard song literature. Not open to students whose principal 
instrument is voice. 

MUSIC 228-Diction in Singing. (2-0-2). Winter. 
A study of phonetics and pronunciation of Italian, German, 
French, and Latin as applied to singing. 

MUSIC 230— Brass Methods. (0-2-1). Prerequisite: Music 113. 
An introduction to the principles of brass instrument performance 
and pedagogy. 

MUS 231-Brass Methods. (0-2-1). Prerequisite: Music 230. 
Continuation of Music 230. 

MUSIC 232-Percussion Methods. (0-2-1). Prerequisite: Music 113. 
An introduction to the principles of percussion instrument 
performance and pedagogy. 

MUSIC 233-Woodwind Methods. (0-2-1). Prerequisite: Music 113. 
An introduction to the principles of woodwind instrument per- 
formance and pedagogy. 



106 



MUSIC 234-Woodwind Methods. (0-2-1). Prerequisite: Music 
233. 

Continuation of Music 233. 

MUSIC 235— String Methods. (0-2-1). Prerequisite: Music 113. 
An introduction to the principles of string instrument perfor- 
mance and pedagogy. 

MUSIC 251-Symphonic Wind Ensemble. (0-5-2). 
Open to qualified students. 

MUSIC 252-Jazz Ensemble. (0-2-1). 
Open to qualified students. 

MUSIC 254-Chorus. (0-3-1). 
Open to qualified students. 

MUSIC 255-Chamber Ensemble. (0-2-1). On demand. 
Open to all qualified students in the performing media of brass, 
woodwind, string, keyboard, voice, and percussion instruments. 

MUSIC 256— Keyboard Accompanying. (1-0-1). On demand. 

MUSIC 257-Opera Workshop. (1-0-1). 

*MUSIC 281-Conducting. (3-0-3). Alternate years. Prerequisite: 
Music 113. 

An introduction to the techniques of conducting and inter- 
pretation. 

*MUSIC 312-Form and Analysis. (3-0-3). Prerequisite: Music 213. 
The study of the principles of form in music and techniques of 
harmonic analysis. 

MUSIC 320-Music for the Elementary Teacher. (5-0-5). Winter, 
Summer. 

An introduction to music skills and materials for the elementary 
classroom teacher. Not open to music majors. 

MUSIC 350-Music in the Lower School. (3-0-3). Fall 
A course for music majors emphasizing analysis and evaluation of 
techniques and materials for teaching music in the lower school. 

*MUSIC 351-Music in the Middle and Upper School. (3-0-3). 
Spring. 

A course for music majors emphasizing analysis and evaluation of 
techniques and materials for teaching music in the junior and senior 
high schools. 

MUSIC 352-Band Methods. (2-0-2). Offered on demand. 
A course dealing with the organization, maintenance and develop- 
ment of school instrumental ensembles. 

MUSIC 353— Choral Methods. (3-0-3). Offered on demand. Pre- 
requisite: Music 227. 



*May be taken at Savannah State College. 

107 



A course dealing with the organization and development of school 
choral organizations, problems of choral singing, and fundamentals 
of choral conducting. 

*MUSIC 361-Orchestration and Arranging. (3-0-3). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisite: Music 213. 

An introduction to the techniques of arranging and scoring for 
vocal and instrumental ensembles. 

*MUSIC 371— Music History. (3-0-3). Prerequisite: One year of 
music theory or permission of the instructor. 

The history of music in Western Civilization from its origins 
through the Renaissance. 

*MUSIC 372— Music History. (3-0-3). Prerequisite: One year of 
music theory or permission of the instructor. 

The history of music in Western Civilization in the Baroque and 
Classic periods. 

*MUSIC 373— Music History. (3-0-3). Prerequisite: Music 213 or 
permission of the instructor. 

The history of music in Western Civilization in the Romantic 
Period and in the 20th century. 

MUSIC 400— Seminar in Music Education. (3-0-3). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisites: Music 350, 351. 

A survey course for music education majors of current trends in 
instruction and research techniques. 

MUSIC 411— Composition. (1 to 5 hours). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisites: Music 213, 312. 

MUSIC 412— Counterpoint. (3-0-3). Offered on demand. Pre- 
requisite: Music 213. 

A study of contrapuntal practices of the Renaissance. Baroque and 
20th century music. 

MUSIC 414-Song Literature I. (2-0-2). Fall. 
A survey of German song literature. 

MUS 415-Song Literature II. (2-0-2). Winter. 
A survey of French song literature. 

MUSIC 416-Song Literature III. (2-0-2). Spring. 
A survey of the song literature of English, Italian and Russian 
music and others. 

MUSIC 417— Repertoire and Pedagogical Techniques of Brass 
Instruments. (2-0-2). Prerequisite: Junior status or permission of the 
instructor. 

A survey of the literature and teaching techniques of the brass 
instruments. 



♦May be taken at Savannah State College. 

108 



MUSIC 418— Repertoire and Pedagogical Techniques of Woodwind 
Instruments. (2-0-2). Prerequisite: Junior status or permission of the 
instructor. 

A survey of the literature and teaching techniques of the 
woodwind instruments. 

MUSIC 419— Repertoire and Pedagogical Techniques of Percussion 
Instruments. (2-0-2). Prerequisite: Junior status or permission of the 
instructor. 

A survey of the literature and teaching techniques of the 
percussion instruments. 

MUSIC 420-421-Piano Literature. (2-0-2 each course). 
A survey of literature for the piano. 

MUSIC 422— Opera Literature. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisites: Music 371, 372, 373 or permission of the instructor. 

A study of operatic masterpieces from the origins of the form to 
the present. 

MUSIC 480-Advanced Choral Conducting. (3-0-3). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisites: Music 281, 312. 

Advanced techniques for the choral conductor. 

MUSIC 481-Advanced Instrumental Conducting. (3-0-3). Offered 
on demand. Prerequisites: Music 281, 312, 361. 

Advanced techniques for the instrumental conductor. 

MUSIC 490— Directed Individual Study. (1 to 5 credits). Open to 
transient students only with permission of the Dean of Faculty at 
Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 

Course Offerings 

ART 

ART Ill-Basic Design I. (0-10-5). Fall. 

An introduction to two-dimensional design through problems in 
drawing, composition, and color. 

ART 112-Basic Design II. (0-10-5). Spring. 

The fundamentals of three-dimensional design introduced through 
sculptural projects in various media. 

ART 200— Introduction to the Visual Arts. (5-0-5). Fall, Spring. 

A study of artistic theories, styles, media and techniques and their 
application in masterworks of art from all ages. Not recommended 
for art majors. 

ART 201— Painting I. (0-6-3). Fall. Prerequisite: Art 111 or 
permission of instructor. 

An introduction to painting in oils from various observed subjects 
and from sketches. 

109 



ART 202— Painting II. (0-6-3). Winter. Prerequisite: Art 111 or 
permission of instructor. 
A continuation of Art 201. 

ART 213— Figure Drawing. (0-6-3). Spring. Prerequisite: Art 111 
or permission of instructor. 

An introduction to drawing the human figure. Includes basic 
anatomy for the artist, the study of master drawings of the human 
figure, and drawing directly from live models. 

ART 271-History of Art. (5-0-5). Fall. 

A survey of the visual arts in Western Civilization from archaic 
Greece to the Late Middle Ages. 

ART 272-History of Art. (5-0-5). Winter. 

A continuation of Art 271. Renasissance through Rococo art. 

ART 273— History of Art. (5-0-5). Spring. 

A continuation of Art 272. Nineteenth and twentieth century art. 

ART 301— Painting III. (0-10-5). Offered on demand. Pre- 
requisites: Art 111 and 201 or 202. 

Advanced techniques directed toward figurative images. Pictorial 
composition. Includes study of selected master painters regarding 
their technical means and aesthetic accomplishments. 

ART 302— Painting IV. (0-10-5). Offered on demand. Prerequisite: 
Art 301. 

A continuation of Art 301. Includes non-figurative and abstract 
images. 

ART 320— Art for the Elementary Teacher. (4-2-5). Fall, Summer. 
A study, with studio experience, of materials and methods for 
teaching art at the elementary school level. 

ART 330— Ceramics I. (0-10-5). Fall, Winter. Prerequisite: Permis- 
sion of instructor. 

Fundamentals of hand-built stoneware pottery including pinch, 
coil and slab construction, glaze-making, kiln loading and firing. 
Additional experiences may include primitive firing or Raku. 

ART 331— Ceramics II. (0-10-5). Winter, or on demand. Pre- 
requisite: Art 330. 

Fundamentals of wheel-thrown pottery plus a more intensive 
exploration of glazing and firing including Raku. 

ART 332-Special Problems in Ceramics. (0-10-5). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisites: Art 330 and permission of the instructor. 

The content of this class is flexible and may include in-depth 
experiences in any of the following: Raku firing, primitive firing, kiln 
construction, building of pottery equipment (wheels, tools, etc.), 
glaze calculation, etc. May be repeated for credit. 



110 



ART 350— Serigraphy. (0-15-5). Offered on demand. Prerequisite: 
Art 111 or 320. 

An introduction to printmaking through the process of silk screen 
printing. The entire process will be covered including the con- 
struction of screen printing equipment, preparation of special 
printing inks and various stencils (glue, tusche, paper, photo- 
emulsion, etc.) and matting of the finished prints. 

DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND 
POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Professor Roger K. Warlick, Head; Professors Beecher, Clark, 
Coyle, Duncan, Gross, Lanier, and McCarthy; Associate Professors 
Patterson, and Newman; Assistant Professors Arens, Boney, 
Comaskey, Rhee, and Stone; Instructors Banner and Robertson. 

All students are reminded that any who receive degrees from the 
University System of Georgia are required to demonstrate pro- 
ficiency in U.S. and Georgia History and Constitutions. This 
requirement may be met by the successful completion of Political 
Science 113 and History 251 or 252 or may be exempted by 
examination with credit awarded. See "Academic Regulations" 
section. 

A major in Political Science or History is most useful to those who 
plan to enter teaching, library or archival work, publishing, jour- 
nalism, historic preservation, museology, historic site curation, or 
such professional fields as international business, law or theology. 
Either major is also a desirable foundation for opportunities in or 
related to government (e.g., civil and foreign service, A.I.D., U.S. I. A., 
ACTION, teaching abroad, etc.). Beyond these fields there is an 
enormous variety of organizations (local, national, and international) 
whose philanthropic, sectarian, or economic interests require people 
with the skills and sensitivity developed by a major in History or 
Political Science. 

Major in History 

Students majoring in History should satisfy the college core 
requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree during the Freshman 
and Sophomore years. To complete the major requires, beyond 
Western Civilization (History 114-115) and U.S. History (History 
251-252), forty quarter hours from courses numbered 300 or above 
(with grades of "C" or better) including History 300. Students 
should register for History 300 in the Sophomore or early in the 
Junior year, or in the first possible quarter after making the decision 
to major in History. The major program must also include: (a) 25 

111 



quarter hours as approved by faculty advisor in related fields such as 
anthropology, history of art and music, economics, literature, 
political science, philosophy, psychology, sociology, or statistics; and 
(b) a fifteen quarter hour foreign language sequence, or proficiency 
in a language through the 103 level. Students who contemplate 
graduate work in history, however, are strongly advised to continue 
their linguistic study beyond this elementary level. The history 
faculty will consider substitutions only when compelling reasons 
argue against fulfilling the language requirement and only when the 
proposed substitute offers an additional research skill or a study in 
depth of a foreign culture. In selecting course work, a student may 
emphasize the history of one particular area (e.g., U.S., European, or 
Russian- Asian- African-Latin American), but must take at least 10 
quarter hours of history outside the area of concentration. Oppor- 
tunities for Independent Study work exist in all three concentration 
areas, but no more than 10 such hours may be counted among the 
forty (40) upper division history hours required for the major. 

Students who hope to work in history-related fields upon 
graduation should consider doing additional work (beyond the forty 
required academic hours noted above) in the Internship Program.* 
Through this program unique opportunities are provided for quali- 
fied students to gain practical experience while making a realistic 
assessment of the possibilities offered by their field of interest. 
Cooperative arrangements with Historic Savannah Foundation, 
Georgia Historical Society, Savannah Landmark Project, Oatland 
Island Center, and with such museums and historical sites as Telfair 
Academy, Ft. Pulaski, Juliette Low Center, and Ft. King George, 
permit placement of students in positions relating to: 

(a) archival and manuscript curation, 

(b) historic site administration and interpretation, 

(c) museology, and 

(d) historic preservation. 

The specific nature of the internship experience will then be 
recorded on the student's transcript so as to be of value in 
subsequent job applications. 

Graduate courses (500 level) are* open to qualified undergraduates 
with advisor approval and permission of instructor. 



♦For prerequisites, see listing for HISTORY 395. 
112 



Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Arts with a Major in History 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 91 

1. English 111, 112, 211 and one of the following: 20 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 
Philosophy 201; English 222 

2. Mathematics 101; Mathematics 195, 220, or 290 10 

3. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

4. History 114, 115, History 251, 252 20 

5. Political Science 113 and one of the following: 10 

Psychology 101, Anthropology 201, 
Sociology 201, Economics 201 

6. Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 15 

7. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and three 

activities courses 6 

B. Courses in Major Field 40 

1. History 300 5 

2. History courses 300 level or above (with at least 10 

quarter hours outside area of concentration) 35 

Conentration Areas: 

a) U.S. History: 

HIS. 351, 352, 365, 367, 370, 371, 374, 375, 376, 378, 379, 
400, 454, 455, 485-486, 496, 505, 514, 515, 516 

b) European History: 

HIS. 333, 336, 340, 341, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346, 347, 348, 
349, 350, 410, 483-484, 495, 536 

c) Russian-Asian-African-Latin American: 

HIS. 310, 312, 320, 321, 322, 329, 330, 431, 481-482, 535 

C. Courses in Related Fields 25 

To be chosen in fields such as anthropology, history of art 
and music, economics, literature, foreign languages, political 
science, sociology, psychology or statistics 

D. Electives 35 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



Minor in History or in Political Science 

To minor in History or in Political Science is both simple and 
practical. It is practical because the notation of a History or Political 
Science minor on a transcript says to any future employer who reads 
it that (1) the applicant for a position has some solid liberal arts 
background with its accompanying insight into the development and 
functioning of modern society, and (2) he/she has gone to con- 
siderable extra effort to refine the research and writing skills so 
essential to dealing with that society. No matter where in the 
academic alphabet one majors, from Accounting, Business, or 



♦Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission" 
section of this Bulletin. 

113 



Chemistry to Zoology, the student will greatly strengthen his/her 
record by adding a minor in History or Political Science. 

The simplicity of it is that a History ' minor has only one 
requirement: twenty hours (20) of upper division History courses 
(300 level) with grades of "C" or better. Similarly, a minor in 
Political Science requires only twenty hours in upper division 
Political Science courses (with grades of "C" or better), but with this 
one restriction: that at least one course be taken in each of the four 
special areas noted below in the description of the major. 

Major in Political Science 

Students majoring in Political Science should satisfy the college 
core requirements for the Bachelor of Arts during their Freshman 
and Sophomore years. To complete a Political Science major 
requires, beyond American Government (113), forty quarter hours 
of upper division courses in the field (with grades of "C" or better). 
Further, the program must include at least one course from each of 
the following groups: 

I. American Political Institutions 
II. International Relations 

III. Political Theory 

IV. Comparative Government 

The major's program must also include Mathematics 220, and at 
least 25 hours of course-work in such fields as Economics, History, 
Geography, Mathematics, Computer Science, Philosophy, Psy- 
chology, or Sociology. 

The Political Science major allows the option of a foreign language 
(French or German preferred) through the 103 level or a sequence of 
computer science courses. Students who contemplate graduate work 
in Political Science, however, are strongly advised to take the foreign 
language option and to continue their linguistics study beyond the 
103 level. 

Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Political Science 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 86 

1. English 111, 112, 211 and one of the following: 20 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 
Philosophy 201; English 222 



♦Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission' 
section of this Bulletin. 

114 



Quarter Hours 

2. Mathematics 101, 220 10 

3. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

4. History 114, 115; History 251 or 252 15 

5. Political Science 113 and one of the following: 10 

Psychology 101, Anthropology 201, 
Sociology 201, Economics 201 

6. Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 or Computer Science 110, 231, and 
Computer Science 232 or 241 15 

7. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and three 

activities courses 6 

B. Courses in Major Field 45 

At least five quarter hours must be taken 

from each of the following areas: 

a) American Political Institutions: 

POS. 300, 304, 306, 307, 317, 318, 403, 418, 511 

b) International Affairs: 

POS. 320, 325, 326, 329 

c) Political Theory: 

POS. 331, 332, 333, 535 

d) Comparative Government: 

POS. 341, 348, 349, 540, 546 

C. Courses in Related Fields 25 

To be chosen in fields such as: 

Computer Science, Economics, Geography, History, 
Mathematics, Philosophy, Psychology, or Sociology 

D. Electives 35 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



Public Administration 

Public Administration may serve as an area of emphasis within the 
Political Science major. Interested students should consult with the 
political science faculty or the Head of the Department of History 
and Political Science to plan a program including a Public Admin- 
istration emphasis. A baccalaureate degree program in Public 
Administration has been approved by the faculty and submitted to 
the Board of Regents of the University System of Georgia for its 
approval. Students who might have an interest in this degree program 
should consult with the Head of the Department of History and 
Political Science to determine the current status of the program. 



115 



Program for Secondary School Teachers 

of Social Science 

(History or Political Science) 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 86 

1. English 111, 112, 211 and one of the following: 20 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 
Philosophy 201; English 222 

2. Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 (required in history concentration) 
or Computer Science 110, 231, and Computer Science 232 or 241 
(allowed in the political science concentration) 15 

3. History 114, 115; History 251 or 252 15 

4. Political Science 113 and Psychology 101 10 

5. Mathematics 101, 220 10 

6. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

7. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and three 

activities courses 6 

B. Courses in History Concentration Only 70 

1. History 300 5 

2. U.S. History 10-15 

History 371 (required if History 252 was taken in the 
General Requirements) or History 378 (required if 
History 251 was taken in the General Requirements); 
five to ten hours to be selected from History 351, 352, 
365, 367, 370, 374, 375, 376, 379, 400, 454, 455, 
485-486, 496, 505, 515, 516 

3. Russian, Asian, African, Latin-American History 10 

To be selected from History 310, 312, 320, 321, 
322, 329, 330, 431, 481-482, 535 

4. European History 10-15 

To be selected from History 333, 336, 340, 341, 342, 343, 
344, 345, 346, 347, 348, 349, 350, 410, 483-484, 495, 536 

5. Supporting Work 30 

To be selected from two of the following fields, with a mini- 
mum of ten quarter hours to be taken from each field: 

a) approved upper division electives in political science; 

b) Economics 201 and approved upper division electives; 

c) approved electives in behavioral sciences (sociology, 
anthropology, and psychology) 

Courses in Political Science Concentration Only 70 

1. Approved courses from each of the following areas: 40 

a) Political Institutions (300, 304, 306, 307, 317, 
318, 403, 418, 511); 

b) International Relations (320, 325, 326, 329); 

c) Political Theory (331, 332, 333, 535); 

d) Comparative Government (341, 348, 349, 540, 546). 

2. Supporting Work 30 

To be selected from two of the following fields, with a mini- 
mum of ten quarter hours to be taken from each field: 

a) History 251 or 252 and approved upper division history 
electives; 

b) Economics 201 and an approved upper division elective; 

c) approved electives in behavioral sciences (sociology, 
anthropology, and psychology) 



^Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission' 
section of this Bulletin. 

116 



Quarter Hours 

C. Professional Sequence 40 

1. Psychology 301, Special Education 205 10 

2. Education 203, 330, 440, 446, 447, 448 30 

D. Regents and Exit Examinations 



TOTAL, BOTH CONCENTRATIONS 1! 



Course Offerings 



HISTORY 

HISTORY 114-Civilization I. (5-0-5). Offered each quarter. 

A survey of the main currents of political, social, religious, and 
intellectual activity from the time of the ancient Middle-Eastern 
civilizations to 1715. Throughout the course the major civilized 
traditions are considered and comparative methods used to facilitate 
interpretation of them. 

HISTORY 115-Civilization II. (5-0-5). Offered each quarter. 
A continuation of History 114 to the present. 

HISTORY 191-Honors Civilization I. (5-0-5). Fall. Prerequisites: 
B's or better in High School History and an SAT (verbal) score of at 
least 550. 

This course replaces History 114 for selected students. While the 
subject matter will be the same as for History 114, the treatment of 
it will vary greatly. Likewise, instruction will go beyond the usual 
lecture method, allowing students to read widely and carry out their 
own research under the direction of the professor. 

HISTORY 192-Honors Civilization II. (5-0-5). Winter. Pre- 
requisite: History 191 or a grade of "A" in History 114. 

A continuation of History 191, this course replaces History 115. 

HISTORY 251-American History to 1865. (5-0-5). Offered each 
quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility for English 111. 

A survey of the political, economic, and social history of the 
United States to the end of the Civil War. 

HISTORY 252-American History Since 1865. (5-0-5). Offered 
each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility for English 111. 

A survey of the political, economic, and social history of the 
United States from 1865 to the present. 

HISTORY 300-Historical Method. (3-4-5). Summer and Winter. 
Required of all History majors. 

An introduction to the nature and method of historical research, 
treating problems of investigation, organization, and writing through 
discussion and actual research experience in local history. 

HISTORY 395-Internship. (Credit variable, up to 5 hours). Open 
to transient students only with permission of the Dean of Faculty at 

117 



Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. Pre- 
requisites: Senior standing, a minimum GPA of 3.0 in upper division 
History courses, and admission by approval of a departmental 
committee. 

The student will pursue an individually designed course project 
involving off -cam pus study and research in a government or private 
agency. Projects are normally designed to require the full eleven 
week quarter for completion, during which time the student will be 
under the joint supervision of the sponsoring agency and his faculty 
advisor. Application and credit arrangements must be made through 
the department in advance, normally by mid-quarter preceding the 
quarter of the internship. 

This internship will be credited among electives, not as part of the 
minimum 40 hours of traditional work required for the major. 

UNITED STATES HISTORY 

HISTORY 351-History of American Thought I. (5-0-5). Fall, 
1979. 

An examination of the principal trends in American thought to 
1865. 

HISTORY 352-History of American Thought II. (5-0-5). Fall, 
1978. 

A continuation of History 351 to the present. 

HISTORY 365-The American Indian. (5-0-5). Spring, 1979. 
A study of the history and cultures of the aborigines of the 
Americas. 

HISTORY 367-American Urban History. (5-0-5). Spring, 1980. 

A study of the process of urbanization in America from colonial 
times to the present, with attention to the causes of urban 
expansion, institutional development, class structure and mobility, 
problems of the city, reform, the image of the city in popular 
thought, and the impact of urbanization on national life. 

HISTORY 370-History of Savannah, 1733 to the Present. (5-0-5). 
Fall, 1978. 

Begins with a history of local Indians, emphasis on the founding of 
the colony at Savannah and on the colonial, Revolutionary, 
antebellum and Post-Civil War periods. Political, economic, social, 
religious and artistic trends are discussed and pladed in context of 
Georgia and U.S. history. 

The course will involve considerable research in primary sources 
available locally. 

HISTORY 371-Colonial and Revolutionary America. (5-0-5). 
Spring, 1980. 

A study of the discoveries of the New World and the settlement 



118 



and growth of the English colonies of North America, the American 
triumph over France in the New World, the drastic change in British 
colonial policy and the rise of American opposition to it, the 
achievement of independence and the establishment of the United 
States under the Constitution. 

HISTORY 374-Women in American History. (5-0-5). Spring, 
1979. 

Women in American History: An examination of the changing 
political, social, and economic roles of the American woman from 
colonial times to the present. Emphasis will be given to the pre-Civil 
War feminist reform movements, woman's broader social and 
economic role after the war, her awakening awareness of the need for 
political power, and the mid-20th century revolution. 

HISTORY 375-Civil War and Reconstruction. (5-0-5). Winter. 

The causes and significance of the American Civil War, with minor 
consideration of the military campaign; political, economic and 
social aspects of reconstruction. 

HISTORY 376-Foundations of Modern America. (5-0-5). Winter, 
1980. 

An analysis of institutions and forces which molded American life 
in the late 19th and early 20th centuries, including politics, 
economics, society, and thought. 

HISTORY 378-Recent American History. (5-0-5). Spring, 1980. 
The course covers twentieth century American History, with 
emphasis on political, economic, and social issues. 

HISTORY 379— Contemporary America. (5-0-5). Spring, 1979. 

An examination of the society of the United States since World 
War II, with special emphasis given to the major social and cultural 
trends. 

HISTORY 400-Seminar in American History. (5-0-5). Permission 
of instructor required for admission. Offered on demand. 

Designed to permit a group of advanced students to pursue 
intensive research on a special topic in the field to be defined by the 
instructor. 

HISTORY 454— Studies in American Diplomacy I. (5-0-5). Fall, 
1979. Prerequisite: History 251 or equivalent. 

Considers American objectives and policies in foreign affairs from 
colonial times to 1890. 

HISTORY 455-Studies in American Diplomacy II. (5-0-5). 
Winter, 1980. Prerequisite: History 252 or equivalent. 
A continuation of History 454 to the present. 

HISTORY 485-486-Independent Study in United States History- 
(1-5 hours credit). Available each quarter. Prerequisites: Senior 
standing, a minimum GPA of 3.0 in upper division History cours 

119 



and admission by approval of departmental committee. Open to 
transient students only with the permission of the Dean of Faculty at 
Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 

Designed to permit superior students to pursue individual research 
and reading in the field under the supervision of a member of the 
staff. Emphasis will be on wide reading, conferences with the advisor, 
and written reports and essays. Application must be filed with the 
Department by mid-quarter preceding the quarter of the independent 
study. 

HISTORY 496-American Historiography. (5-0-5). Spring, 1980. 

A study of the writing of American history from colonial times to 
the present with emphasis on the historical philosophies and 
interpretations of the major schools of thought as well as individual 
historians. Recommended especially to students contemplating grad- 
uate work in History. 

NOTE: 500-level courses in HISTORY are open to qualified 
undergraduates with advisor approval and permission of the 
instructor. 

HISTORY 505— United States: 1914 to Present. (5-0-5). Summer, 
1979. 

Covering the most recent period in U.S. History, the course 
emphasizes political, economic, and social issues. 

HISTORY 514-United States: Diplomatic History I. (5-0-5). Fall, 
1978, evening. 

Considers American objectives and policies in foreign affairs from 
colonial times through the Civil War. 

HISTORY 515-United States: Diplomatic History II. (5-0-5). 
Winter, 1979, evening. 

A continuation of History 514 to the present. 

HISTORY 516-United States: Constitutional History. (5-0-5). 
A study of the origins, content, and expansion of the Constitution 
of the United States. 

EUROPEAN HISTORY 

HISTORY 333-Modern Germany, 1789-1933. (5-0-5). Spring, 
1979. 

A study of Germany from the pluralism of the Holy Roman 
Empire through the German confederation to the unified Reich. 
Attention will be given to the political, social, and cultural 
developments in Austria, Prussia, and the "Third Germany." 



120 



HISTORY 336-Modern East Central Europe. (5-0-5). Fall, 1978. 

A survey of the history of the nations between Germany and 
Russia in the 19th and 20th centuries. Topics to be covered include 
the rise of nationalism, the gaining of independence, problems in 
establishing democracy, experience during World War II, and the 
establishment of communist control. 

HISTORY 340-English History, 1660-1815. (5-0-5). Spring, 
1979. 

An investigation of the Restoration monarchies, the constitutional 
revolution of 1688, the rise of ministerial responsibility in the early 
18th century, the American colonial revolt, and England's relation- 
ship to the French Revolution. 

HISTORY 341-English History, 1485-1660. (5-0-5). Winter, 
1979. 

An analysis of political, constitutional, economic, and religious 
issues under the Tudors and early Stuarts, including the English Civil 
War. 

HISTORY 342-Ancient History. (5-0-5). Winter, 1979. 

A study of the early civilizations of the Middle East, the Greek 
city states, the Roman republic and empire, with special emphasis on 
the social, political and cultural contributions of these ancient 
peoples. 

HISTORY 343-Early Middle Ages, A.D. 333-c.lOOO. (5-0-5). Fall, 
1978. 

The history of Europe from the fall of the Roman Empire through 
the Carolingian period with special emphasis on the institutional 
developments which led to the emergence of stable kingdoms out of 
the chaos of the barbarian invasions. 

HISTORY 344-The High Middle Ages, c.1000 to c.1300. (5-0-5). 
Winter, 1979. 

The history of Europe from c.1000 to c.1300 with emphasis on 
the struggle between church and state, the Crusade movement, and 
the 12th century intellectual renaissance, all of which profoundly 
influenced the development of the various medieval kingdoms. 

HISTORY 345-The Late Middle Ages and Renaissance. (5-0-5). 
Spring, 1979. 

The history of Europe from c.1300 to 1517 with emphasis on the 
political, cultural, and intellectual developments which transformed 
medieval and Renaissance society. 

HISTORY 346-Reformation Era. (5-0-5). Fall, 1979. 

A study of the controversial era emphasizing its major issues and 
movements, and their development through the Thirty Years War. 
Political, social, and economic, as well as religious facets of the 
upheaval will be considered. 



121 



HISTORY 347-The French Revolution and Napoleon. (5-0-5). 
Fall. 

The ideas and events of the Old Regime and the Enlightenment in 
France, with emphasis on the impact of the French Revolution and 
the career of Napoleon upon the major European nations. 

HISTORY 348-The History of Europe from 1815 to 1900. 
(5-0-5). Winter, 1980. 

A study of the most important social, political, and intellectual 
directions of European history from the Congress of Vienna to the 
end of the nineteenth century. 

HISTORY 349-Absolutism and the Enlightenment. (5-0-5). Win- 
ter, 1979. 

The primary focus of this course is the social and intellectual 
history of western Europe during the seventeenth and eighteenth 
centuries. 

HISTORY 350-Europe in the Twentieth Century. (5-0-5). Spring. 

A study of the major developments in Europe since 1900, with 
emphasis upon the origins and impact of the First and Second World 
Wars. 

HISTORY 410— Seminar in European History. (5-0-5). Permission 
of instructor required for admission. Winter, 1980. 

A detailed analysis of a specific problem in European history by 
examination of primary materials. 

HISTORY 483-484-Independent Study in European History. (1-5 
hours credit). Available each quarter. 

See History 485-486 (United States History) for prerequisites and 
admission requirements. 

HISTORY 495-European Historiography. (5-0-5). Fall, 1978. 

A study of the writers of history in the Western cultural tradition, 
with an emphasis on the historical philosophies, interpretations, and 
problems raised by the major modern European historians. Recom- 
mended especially to students contemplating graduate work in 
History. 

NOTE: 500-level courses in HISTORY are open to qualified 
undergraduates with advisor approval and permission of the 
instructor. 

HISTORY 536-European Diplomatic History. (5-0-5). Summer, 
1978, 1980. 

An intensive study into the origins and development of European 
diplomacy, the instruments of power, the interrelationship of 
diplomacy and military forces, the limits of national power, 
economic objectives, and the fundamentals of national objectives. 
Europe's special political and military role will be examined, as it 

122 



applies to Great Britain, France, Germany, Russia, Austria, and 
Spain. 

RUSSIAN, ASIAN, AFRICAN, LATIN-AMERICAN HISTORY 

HISTORY 310-Latin America. (5-0-5). Fall, 1979. 

An introductory course in Latin-American history with consid- 
eration given to institutions of the areas as well as events and 
personalities. 

HISTORY 312-History of Africa. (5-0-5). Spring, 1978, 1980. 
A survey of African civilizations from ancient times, with major 
emphasis on development of the continent since 1800. 

HISTORY 320-The Civilization of China and the Far East, I. 
(5-0-5). Fall. 

The history of East Asia civilization from ancient times through 
the eighteenth century, with emphasis on characteristic political, 
economic, and social developments. 

HISTORY 321-The Civilization of China and the Far East, II. 
(5-0-5). Winter. 

The history of East Asian nations from the nineteenth century to 
the present, with emphasis on political, social, economic, and 
intellectual developments. 

HISTORY 322-History of Japan. (5-0-5). Spring. 
A survey of the history of Japan, with major emphasis placed 
upon the development of Japan since 1600. 

HISTORY 329-Medieval Russia. (5-0-5). Fall, 1979. 

A survey of the economic, social, and political development of the 
Russian state from its foundation in the 9th century through its 
modernization by Peter the Great in the early 18th century. 

HISTORY 330-Modern Russia. (5-0-5). Winter. 

A survey of Russian history from Peter the Great to the present. 
The major political, cultural, economic, and social developments of 
Russia in both the Imperial and Soviet periods will be covered. 

HISTORY 431-The Russian Revolution. (5-0-5). Spring, 1980. 
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 

An examination of the Russian revolutionary tradition, the causes 
for the collapse of Tsarism, the Bolshevik Revolution, and victory in 
the Russian Civil War. 

HISTORY 481-482-Independent Study in Russian /Asian/ 
African/Latin-American History. (1-5 hours credit). Available each 
quarter. 

See History 485-486 (United States History) for prerequisites and 
admission requirements. 



123 



NOTE: 500-level HISTORY courses are open to qualified under- 
graduates with advisor approval and permission of instructor. 

HISTORY 535— History of Russian Foreign Policy. (5-0-5). 
Summer, 1979. 

This course reviews historically the development of Soviet foreign 
policy toward Western European states, notably Germany, and also 
with the non-European world through 1917-1940, World War II, and 
Cold War phases. Special attention will be given in this last phase to 
U.S. -Soviet rivalry, Soviet relations with other communist states in 
Eastern Europe, China, and the Third World, and to the recent moves 
toward detente. 



GEOGRAPHY 

GEOGRAPHY Ill-World Human Geography. (5-0-5). Winter and 
Summer. 

A survey of world human geography, emphasizing population 
characteristics, topographic features, distribution of economic activ- 
ities and geopolitical problems within the major geographic regions. 
Consideration of adequacy of resources to support expanding world 
populations. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 113-Government of the United States. 
(5-0-5). Offered each quarter. 

A study of the structure, theory, and functions of the national 
government in the United States and some of the major problems of 
the state and local government. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 300-Research Methods. (5-0-5). Winter. 
Prerequisite: Political Science 113. 

This course deals with the methods and techniques of research in 
the behavioral sciences. Emphasis will be placed on learning how to 
evaluate research. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 304-Politics of Bureaucracy. (5-0-5). Fall. 
Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or equivalent. 

This is a one-quarter course that is primarily concerned with 
organizational theory and bureaucratic behavior, whether public or 
private, but with an emphasis on the behavior of the bureaucracy of 
the national government. Attention will also be given to political 
process as it unfolds in the administration of laws enacted by the 
Congress. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 306-Local Government. (5-0-5). Winter. 
Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or equivalent. 



124 



A study of the environment, structure, function, political pro- 
cesses, and policies of city, county, and other local governments in 
the United States. Special attention will be given to the city 
governments of Savannah, Ga.; Charleston, S.C.; and Gainesville, Fla. 
Large diverse cities, such as Atlanta, Jacksonville, Tampa, and Miami 
will also be compared in a more limited fashion and contrasted with 
Savannah, Charleston, and Gainesville. Policies examined will include 
finance (raising and spending money), education, welfare, pollution, 
transportation, and law enforcement. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 307-State Government. (5-0-5). Spring. 
Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or equivalent. 

A study of the environment, structure, function, political pro- 
cesses, and policies of state governments in the United States. Special 
attention will be given to the governments of Florida, Georgia, and 
South Carolina and to their role in the federal system. Policies 
examined will include finance (raising and spending money), pol- 
lution, transportation, and law enforcement. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 317-Constitutional Law I. (5-0-5). Fall. 
Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or equivalent. 

A study of the development of the United States government 
through judicial interpretation of the Constitution. The case study 
method of analysis is used, but some attention is given also to recent 
behavioral writing on judicial decision-making. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 318-Constitutional Law II. (5-0-5). 
Winter. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or equivalent. 
A continuation of Political Science 317. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 320-International Relations: The Far 
East. (5-0-5). Fall, 1979. 

Contemporary international politics in the Far East are examined 
in terms of such broad historical trends as the decline of imperialism, 
the development of nationalism, and the rise of the U.S., U.S.S.R., 
People's Republic of China, and Japan as major powers in Asia. 

Some attention will be given to contemporary key issues such as 
the Sino-Soviet conflict, the future of Formosa, U.S. -Japan Mutual 
Security Treaty revision, and U.S. -Japan economic interaction. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 325— International Organization. (5-0-5). 
Fall. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or permission of instructor. 

A survey of the development, principles, structures and functions 
of international organizations, with emphasis upon the role of these 
institutions in the maintenance of peace. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 326-International Law. (5-0-5). Spring. 
Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or permission of instructor. 

An introduction to selected public international law topics 
including: recognition, state succession, jurisdiction, extradition, 
nationality, the law of treaties, the law of diplomacy, and the law of 
war. 

125 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 329-International Relations. (5-0-5). 
Winter. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or permission of 
instructor. 

An introduction to the theories, forces, and practices dominating 
contemporary international relations. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 331-Political Theory I. (5-0-5). Fall. 

An historical study of the development of ideas relative to the 
state and government from Socrates and Plato to the Seventeenth 
Century. Attention is directed primarily to the political thought of a 
selected group of eminent philosophers. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 332-Political Theory II. (5-0-5). Winter. 
Prerequisite: Political Science 331 or permission of instructor. 

A continuation of Political Science 331, from the 17th to the 20th 
century. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 333— Contemporary Political Ideologies. 
(5-0-5). Spring, evening. Prerequisite: Political Science 332 or 
permission of instructor. 

A continuation of Political Science 332, including a general survey 
and analysis of the important ideological currents of our time with 
selected in-depth readings from original sources. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 341-Politics of Developing Nations. 
(5-0-5). Fall, 1978. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or permission 
of instructor. 

An analysis of the theories, concepts, and the process of the 
political development and modernization of the emerging nations. 

A general introduction to the concepts and problems of political 
integration, transformation of political culture, elite recruitment/ 
political socialization, and political processes of selected emerging 
nations. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 348— Comparative Government: Western 
Europe. (5-0-5). Spring, 1980. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or 
permission of instructor. 

An analytical and comparative study of the major Western 
European governments, with principal emphasis upon the analysis of 
the conditions which led to effective and stable parliamentary 
government and those which lead to the inefficiency, instability and 
breakdown of such systems. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 349-Comparative Government: Soviet 
Union. (5-0-5). Spring, 1979. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or 
permission of instructor. 

An analytical and comparative study of the political system of the 
U.S.S.R. and the Soviet bloc of nations in Eastern Europe. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 395-Internship. (Credit variable, up to 5 
hours). Prerequisite: Junior (with 3.5 GPA) or Senior standing (with 
a 3.0 GPA minimum). 

126 



The student will pursue an individually designed course project 
involving off-campus study and research in a government or private 
agency. Projects are normally designed to require the full eleven- 
week quarter for completion, during which time the student will be 
under joint supervision by the sponsoring agency and his faculty 
advisor. Application and arrangements must be made through the 
department by mid-quarter preceding the quarter of the internship. 

Open to transient students only with permission of the Dean of 
Faculty at Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 400-Senior Seminar. (5-0-5). Admission 
will be subject to approval of the instructor. Offered on demand. 

Designed to permit superior students to pursue research and 
reading in some field of political science under the supervision of the 
staff. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 403-Public Policy Development. (5-0-5). 
Winter. Prerequisite: Political Science 304 or permission of the 
instructor. 

This course is primarily concerned with a study of the theoretical 
aspects of decision-making theories (i.e., rational/comprehensive 
model vs. incremental model), political aspects of policy-making 
process, mobilization of political support, and the cost/benefit 
aspects of the public policy-making. 

Some attempt will be made to apply the general theory of public 
policy-making to specific settings of welfare policy, urban problems, 
and national defense/foreign policy. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 410-Independent Study in American 
Government, (credit variable). Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: A 
minimum of 120 credit hours, including at least 20 hours in Political 
Science at the 300-level or above. Admission is by approval of a 
departmental committee. 

Designed to permit superior students to pursue individual research 
and reading in some field of political science under the supervision of 
a member of the staff. Emphasis will be on wide reading, conferences 
with the advisor and written reports and essays. Normally open only 
to students with a B average (3.0) in Political Science and at least a 
2.5 GPA overall. Application must be filed with the Department by 
mid-quarter preceding the quarter independent study is contem- 
plated. 

Open to transient students only with permission of the Dean of 
Faculty at Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 418-Administrative Law. (5-0-5). Spring. 
Prerequisite: Political Science 113. 

This course explores the framework of law governing adminis- 
trative agencies including: administrative power and its control by 
the courts, the determination and enforcement of administrative 



127 



programs, discretion of administrative officials and their powers of 
summary actions, hearings before administrative boards, and the 
respective spheres of administrative and judicial responsibility. 

Some attention will be given to the problem of the maintenance of 
traditional procedural safeguards in administrative law and the 
problem of civil rights with relation to administrative law and the 
problem of civil rights with relation to administrative boards. 
Leading cases will be examined. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 420— Independent Study in International 
Relations, (credit variable). Available each quarter. 

See Political Science 410 for prerequisites and admission require- 
ments. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 430-Independent Study in Political 
Theory, (credit variable). Available each quarter. 

See Political Science 410 for prerequisites and admission require- 
ments. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 440— Independent Study in Comparative 
Government, (credit variable). Available each quarter. 

See Political Science 410 for prerequisites and admission require- 
ments. 

NOTE: The following graduate courses in Political Science are 
open to qualified undergraduates with advisor approval and per- 
mission of the instructor. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 511-American Presidency. (5-0-5). 
Summer. 

Offers an in-depth survey of the office of the presidency, with the 
principal emphasis on the relations of the executive branch with the 
Congress and the court system. Some attention will be given to the 
evolution of the presidency to its present dominant position in the 
American political process. (Completion of a survey course in 
American History is desirable.) 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 535-Origins of Totalitarianism. (5-0-5). 
Fall, 1978; Summer, 1979. 

An analysis of the socio-psy etiological basis of modern totalitarian 
movements. Major emphasis will be placed on pre- World War II Nazi 
Germany. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 540— Comparative Political Analysis. 
(5-0-5). Summer, 1980. 

This course is mainly theoretical. It deals with the various 
approaches, concepts, and methodologies that are being used in the 
analysis of comparative politics, viz: the traditional approach 
(formal -legal), group theory of politics, systems analysis, structural- 
functional analysis, communications theory, decision-making theory, 

128 



game theory, etc. At the same time, each approach is examined as it 
is used in comparing the politics of various countries. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 546-Far Eastern Government and Politics. 
(5-0-5). Fall, 1979. 

Description and comparative analysis of the political systems of 
Communist China and Japan. Special attention is given to historical 
development, political institutions and processes, political culture, 
political socialization, and contemporary problems. 

DEPARTMENT OF LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE 

Professor Hugh Pendexter, III, Head; Professor Emeritus Lubs; 
Professors Anchors, Easterling, Jones, Killorin, Strozier; Associate 
Professors Brooks, Brown, Noble; Assistant Professors Harper, Harris, 
Jenkins, Lawson, Ramsey, Suchower, Welsh and White. 

Entering students should begin the required English composition 
sequence no later than the second quarter of their attendance. By 
doing so, students will have had the opportunity to complete the 
required sequence prior to taking the Regents Examination. 

Students enrolled in degree programs which require a foreign 
language must show proficiency in the appropriate language at the 
required level by successfully completing standardized examinations 
administered by members of the foreign language faculty in the 
Department of Languages and Literature. This requirement applies to 
students enrolled at Armstrong State College and taking their foreign 
language courses on this campus and to students who, while enrolled 
at Armstrong State College, take their foreign language courses on 
another campus. Students transferring to Armstrong State College, 
after having completed the required foreign language sequence at 
another college, with grades of "C" or above, are not required to 
complete the proficiency examinations at Armstrong. 

Entering freshmen who wish to exempt the foreign language 
requirement may do so by successfully completing the proficiency 
examination through the level required in a specific degree program. 
For further information on the exemption process, the student 
should contact the Head of the Department of Languages and 
Literature. 



129 



Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Arts with a Major in English 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 101 

1. English 111, 112, 211, 222 20 

2. Mathematics 101, 290 10 

3. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

4. History 114, 115 and History 251 or 252 15 

5. Political Science 113 and one course selected from: 10 

Psychology 101, Anthropology 201, 
Sociology 201, Economics 201 

6. Foreign Language 101, 102, 103, 201 20 

7. Two courses selected from: 10 

Art 200,^271, 272, 273; Music 200; 
Philosophy 201; Drama/Speech 227, 228 

8. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and three 

activities courses 6 

B. Courses in Major Field 40 

1. English 406 6 

2. One course in English Literature before 1800 

to be selected from: 5 

English 301, 302, 304 

3. One course in English Literature after 1800 

to be selected from: 5 

English 305, 306, 307 

4. One course in American Literature to be selected from: 5 

English 308, 309, 310 

5. Ten hour survey of World Literature: 

English 327, 328 10 

6. Two additional courses in English Language 

or in literature 10 

C. Related Field Requirements 25 

Courses numbered 300 or above in the following areas: 
Art, Drama/Speech, History, Literature, Music, Philosophy 

D. Electives 25 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



Program for the Degree 

Bachelor of Arts with a Major in English 

(Drama-Speech Concentration) 

Quarter Hours 
A. General Requirements* 101 

1. English 111, 112, 211, 222 20 

2. Mathematics 101, 290 10 

3. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

4. History 114, 115; History 251 or 252 15 

5. Political Science 113 and one course selected from: 10 

Psychology 101, Sociology 201, 
Anthropology 201, Economics 201 



♦Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission' 
section of this Bulletin. 

130 



Quarter Hours 

6. Foreign Language 101, 102, 103, 201 20 

7. Drama/Speech 227 5 

8. One course selected from: 5 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 
Music 200; Philosophy 201 

9. Physical Education 117 and 103 or 108 and three 

activities courses 6 

B. Courses in Concentration 40 

Drama/Speech 341, 342, 345, 346, 450; and 
Drama/Speech 347, 400 or English 400, 401 

C. Courses in Related Fields 30 

1. Drama/Speech 228 5 

2. English 320, 322, 406 15 

3. Comparative Literature 318 5 

4. English 325 or 410 5 

D. Electives 20 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 

Program for Secondary School Teachers of English 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 101 

1. English 111. 112, 211, 222 20 

2. Mathematics 101, 290 10 

3. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

4. History 114, 115; History 251 or 252 15 

5. Political Science 113 and one course to be selected from: 10 

Psychology 101, Sociology 201, 
Anthropology 201, Economics 201 

6. Foreign Language 101, 102, 103, 201 20 

7. Drama/Speech 228 or 314 and one of the following: 10 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 
Music 200; Philosophy 201 

8. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and three 

activities courses 6 

B. Courses in Major 40 

1. English 406 5 

2. One course in British Literature before 1800 

to be selected from: 5 

English 300, 302, 304 

3. One course in British Literature after 1800 

to be selected from: 5 

English 305, 306, 307 

4. One course in American Literature to be selected from: 5 

English 308, 309, 310 

5. Ten hour survey of World Literature: 10 

English 327 and 328 

6. English 325 or 410 5 

7. One additional English course — 300 or 400 level 5 



♦Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission" 
section of this Bulletin. 

131 



Quarter Hours 

C. Related Field Requirements 20 

Four courses (300 level or above) to be selected from the 
following disciplines: Art, Drama/Speech, History, 
Music, Philosophy 

D. Professional Sequence 45 

1. Psychology 301; Special Education 205 10 

2. Education 203, 330, 425, 439, 446, 447, 448 35 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 206 



Program for the Degree 

Associate in Arts* 

(Concentration in Drama and Speech) 

Quarter Hours 

1. English 111, 112, 211, 222 20 

2. Mathematics 101, 290 10 

3. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

4. History 114 or 115; History 251 or 252 10 

5. Political Science 113 and one course selected from: 10 

Psychology 101; Sociology 201; 
Anthropology 201; Economics 201 

6. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and one 

additional activity course 3 

7. Drama/Speech 227, 228, 341, 345, 346 25 

8. English 325 or 410 5 

9. Regents and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 93 



Course Offerings 

AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 

AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 225-Introduction to American 
Civilization. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

Themes and issues of American civilization since colonial times, 
with emphasis on modern setting, using interdisciplinary approaches. 

Course Offerings 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 

English 211 is prerequisite to all 300-400 level Comparative 
Literature courses. 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 317-Ancient Epic and Lyric. 
(5-0-5). 



^Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission' 
section of this Bulletin. 

132 



COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 318-Ancient Drama. (5-0-5). 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 400-Special Topics. (5-0-5). To 
be announced as offered. 



Course Offerings 

ENGLISH 

ENGLISH 110-English as a Second Language. (5-0-5). Offered on 
demand. 

This course is designed to prepare students whose native language 
is not English to do normal college composition work. Students who 
pass this course will be eligible for English 111, or upon recom- 
mendation by the instructor, for English 112. Admission is by 
placement test or by permission of the instructor. May not be used in 
Area I of the Core unless the student meets proficiency level 
established by the department. 

ENGLISH 111— Composition and Fiction. (5-0-5). Offered each 
quarter. 

Assignment to this course is based upon the results of the 
Diagnostic Test for placement in beginning English courses or upon 
successful completion of English 99 or English 110. The instruction 
focuses on rhetoric, organization of ideas, and techniques of reading. 

ENGLISH 112— Composition and Poetry. (5-0-5). Offered each 
quarter. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of English 111 or 
English 191. 

ENGLISH 191-Honors Composition. (5-0-5). Fall. 

Instruction in this course will not follow the traditional lecture 
method only; the student will read widely and write a research paper 
(or papers) in the fashion which the instructor thinks will best 
discipline him for independent study. This course replaces English 
111 for selected students. 

ENGLISH 192— Honors Composition and Introduction to Liter- 
ature. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: English 191 or a grade of "A" in English 
111. Winter. 

In this course the student will read more extensively than for 
English 112 and will write critical papers. 

ENGLISH 211-Composition and Drama. (4-2-5). Offered each 
quarter. Prerequisite: English 112 or English 192. 

This course is prerequisite to all 300-400 level courses in English 
and Comparative Literature. 

ENGLISH 222-Literature and the Human Condition. (5-0-5). 
Offered every quarter. Prerequisite: English 211. 

A course ordered around one or all of these questions: (1) man's 
nature, needs and goals; (2) his place in nature; (3) his relationship to 

133 



human society. The works read may investigate in depth one point of 
view on these questions or may explore several contrasting view- 
points. The student will be asked to order and express, at least 
tentatively, his own views. No term or research paper required. 

ENGLISH 250— Intermediate Composition. (5-0-5). (Institutional 
Credit). Offered on demand. 

A course designed to correct deficiencies in writing revealed by the 
Regents Examination. Prerequisite: Completion of the English core 
requirements of the student's program. Does not count in the core. 

ENGLISH 211 is prerequisite for all 300-400 level courses. 

ENGLISH 300— Early English Literature: Beginnings through 
1603. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 302-17th Century British Literature: 1603-1700. 
(5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 304— 18th Century British Poetry and Prose. (5-0-5). 
Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 305— 19th Century I: British Romantic Poetry and 
Prose. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 306— 19th Century II: British Victorian Poetry and 
Prose. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 307-20th Century British Poetry and Prose. (5-0-5). 
Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 308— American I: Beginnings through Cooper. (5-0-5). 
Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 309-American II: Emerson through Twain. (5-0-5). 
Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 310— American III: Rise of Naturalism to the Present. 
(5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 320— British Drama: Beginnings through 1750. (5-0-5). 
Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 322— Modern British, American, and Continental 
Drama: Ibsen to the Present. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 325-Advanced Grammar. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

This is a study of current approaches to grammar (including 
generative-transformational); phonology, morphology and syntax 
will be studied. 

ENGLISH 327-World Literature I. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 
A study of major works and movements in world literature 
through the Renaissance. 

ENGLISH 328-World Literature II. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 
A study of major works and movements in modern world 
literature. 

134 



ENGLISH 329— Introduction to Literary Research and Writing. 
(2-0-2). Offered on demand. 

A course intended to increase the student's skill in gathering 
research materials and using bibliographies, to improve the style and 
mechanics of his scholarly papers, and to familiarize him with 
literary terminology. Highly recommended for those majors who 
plan to teach or enter graduate school. 

ENGLISH 331— Children's Literature. (Does not apply toward 
English major). (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 340-Advanced Composition. (5-0-5). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisite: English 211 or consent of instructor (does not 
apply toward English major). 

The study of expository and report techniques. 

ENGLISH 342-Creative Writing. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: English 
222 or consent of instructor. Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 400-Seminar. (l-5)-0-(l-5). Topic to be announced as 
offered. Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 401-Seminar. (l-5)-0-(l-5). Topic to be announced as 
offered. Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 405-Chaucer. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 406-Shakespeare. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 407-Milton. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

ENGLISH 410-History of English Language. (5-0-5). Offered on 
demand. 

ENGLISH 490-Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l-5). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisites: Senior status and English 211. Open to 
transient students only with the permission of the Dean of Faculty at 
Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 

ENGLISH 491-Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l-5). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisites: Senior status and English 211. Open to 
transient students only with the permission of the Dean of Faculty at 
Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 

Course Offerings 

DRAMA/SPEECH 

Successful completion of English 111 is prerequisite to all 
Drama/Speech courses except 227. 

DrS 217-Public Speaking. (2-0-2). Offered on demand. 
Theory and practice in varied public speaking situations; emphasis 
on organization, clarity, and delivery technique. 



135 



DrS 227— Theatre Laboratory. (0-3-1). Offered every quarter. 

Practical experience in theatre. The student will work on the 
Masquers' production of the quarter. Only one hour of credit may be 
earned per quarter. The maximum total credit allowed in Theatre 
Laboratory is five quarter hours. 

In the summer students may take up to five hours credit in DrS 
227 by working part-time in summer theatre workshop (DrS 450). 

DrS 228— Fundamentals of Speech. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: English 
111. Offered every quarter. 

Practice and theory of oral communication. Each student makes 
several major speeches. The physiology of the speech mechanisms is 
covered, and articulation is studied within the framework of the 
International Phonetic Alphabet. 

DrS 341— Oral Interpretation. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. Pre- 
requisite: English 111. 

A practical course in the oral interpretation of poetry and prose. 
The techniques of literary analysis are stressed along with the vocal 
techniques needed to communicate an author's mood and meaning. 

DrS 342— Advanced Acting. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. Prereq- 
uisites: English 111 plus at least two credit hours in DrS 227. 

Intensive study of characterization and styles of acting from 
several points: historical, critical, practical, theoretical, and experi- 
mental. Emphasis on developing performance skills. 

DrS 345— History of the Theatre. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisite: English 111. 

A survey of theatrical art from its beginning to the present day. 
The course emphasizes the development of the physical theatre. 

DrS 346— Play Production. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. Prereq- 
uisite: English 111. 

A course in the theory and practice of acting and directing, with 
special attention to image-making on stage. Individuals under 
supervision prepare and execute the production of scenes and short 
plays. 

DrS 347-Basic TV Production. (2-9-5). 

A course in the theory and practice of television production styles, 
forms, and concents, with special emphasis on the critical appreci- 
ation of electronic communication technique. 

DrS 350-Film as an Art. (5-0-5). 

Study of history and development of cinema and cinematic genres 
with emphasis on critical appreciation of film as an art form. (Course 
may be repeated when topic changes.) 

DrS 400— Special Topics. (l-5)-0-(l-5). Prerequisite: English 111. 

The specific subject matter in this course will be determined and 

announced by the professor at the time when the course is offered. 

136 



DrS 450-451-452-Drama Workshop. (0-15-5 each course). 
Offered in summer only. 

This course is summer stock theatre for credit. Students will be 
directed and instructed by a member of the faculty who is a 
professional in the theatre. All aspects of production will be studied. 

DrS 490-Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l-5). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisites: Senior status plus English 111 plus at least one 300 
level DrS course. Open to transient students only with the permission 
of Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and the college from which the 
student comes. 

Course Offerings 

PHILOSOPHY 

Successful completion of English 111 is prerequisite to all 
Philosophy courses. 

PHILOSOPHY 201-Introduction to Philosophy. (5-0-5). Offered 
on demand. Prerequisite: English 111. 

The fundamentals of philosophy, the meaning and function of 
philosophy, the vocabulary and problems of philosophy, and the 
relation of philosophy to art, science, and religion. Includes a survey 
of the basic issues and major types of philosophy and shows their 
sources in experience, history, and representative thinkers. 

PHILOSOPHY 301— History of Philosophy: Ancient and Medieval. 
(5-0-5). Offered on demand. Prerequisite: English 111. 

An historical introduction to philosophy, tracing the development 
of European philosophy from the early Greeks through the Middle 
Ages, with emphasis on selected works of major philosophers. 

PHILOSOPHY 302-History of Philosophy: Modern. (5-0-5). 
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: English 111. 

European philosophy from the Renaissance through Kant, em- 
phasizing selected works of major philosophers. 

PHILOSOPHY 303-19th and 20th Century Philosophy. (5-0-5). 
Prerequisite: English 111. Offered on demand. 

A study of the major philosophers in philosophical movements of 
the 19th and 20th centuries. 

PHILOSOPHY 400-Special Topics. (l-5)-0-(l-5). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisite: one 200 or 300 level philosophy course. 

The specific subject matter in this course will be determined and 
announced by the professor at the time when the course is offered. 

PHILOSOPHY 490-Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l-5). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisite: Senior status and English 111. 

The student, with the advice and consent of his supervising 
professor and of the department head, will select the topic for 

137 



supervised independent study and will submit a prospectus for 
department approval before the quarter in which the course is to be 
taken. Open to transient students only with permission of the Dean 
of Faculty at Armstrong and the college from which the student 
comes. 

Course Offerings 

JOURNALISM 

JOURNALISM 227-Journalism Laboratory. (0-3-1). Offered on 
demand. 

Practical experience in journalism. Students will work under 
instruction on the college newspaper staff. Only one hour's credit 
may be earned per quarter. The maximum total credit allowed in 
Journalism Laboratory is five quarter hours. Admission by per- 
mission of the instructor. 



Course Offerings 

FRENCH 

FRENCH 101-102-103-Elementary French. (5-0-5) (5-0-5) 
(5-0-5). Offered each year. 

A course for beginners. The approach is primarily oral, and daily 
practice with tape recordings is required.* 

To receive credit for French 103, a student must successfully 
complete the Modern Language Association L level test in French. 

FRENCH 201-Intermediate French. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisite: three quarters of college French or three years of high 
school French. 

Further reading of texts, and oral and composition practice. To 
receive credit for French 201, a student must pass the appropriate 
national standardized test. 

FRENCH 300— Composition and Conversation. (5-0-5). Winter. 
Prerequisite: French 201. 

FRENCH 301— French Literature of the Middle Ages and the 
Renaissance. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. Prerequisite: French 201. 

FRENCH 302-French Classical Drama. (5-0-5). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisite: French 201. 

Selected plays of Corneille, Moliere, and Racine. 



♦Students who own tape machines may check copies of taped lessons out of the library. 
These tapes are recorded at 7»/2i.p.s. 

138 



FRENCH 304-French Literature of the 19th Century. (5-0-5). 
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: French 201. 

A study of Romantic prose, poetry, and drama, with lectures and 
discussions in French. 

FRENCH 305-French Literature of the 19th Century: Realism 
and Naturalism. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. Prerequisite: French 
201. 

FRENCH 351-352-353-Study Abroad in France. (15 hours 
credit). Prerequisite: French 103. 

This course is a summer quarter's residence and study in France in 
conjunction with the Study Abroad Program of the University 
System of Georgia. The program is offered in Dijon for a period of 
nine weeks. During this time the student will receive intensive 
instruction in language and culture and will be expected to engage in 
co-curricular activities sponsored by the University of Dijon and 
USG. 

FRENCH 401-French Literature of the Twentieth Century. 
(5-0-5). Prerequisite: French 201. 

This course is a study of contemporary prose, poetry, and drama 
with lectures and discussions in French. This course, normally the 
last course in French that a student would take, includes a serious 
term paper of considerable magnitude to be written in French. 

FRENCH 490-Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l-5). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisites: Senior status and French 201. Open to 
transient students only with permission of the Dean of Faculty at 
Armstrong and college from which the student comes. 

Course Offerings 

GERMAN 

GERMAN 101-102-103-Elementary German. 
(5-0-5)(5-0-5)(5-0-5). Offered each year. 

Elements of reading and writing; basic vocabulary; simple con- 
versation; essentials of grammar.* To receive credit for German 103, 
a student must pass the appropriate national standardized test. 

GERMAN 201-Intermediate German. (5-0-5). Fall. Prerequisite: 
Three quarters of college German or three years of high school 
German. 

Further reading of texts, oral and composition practice. To receive 
credit for German 201, a student must pass the appropriate national 
standardized test. 



♦Students who own tape machines may check copies of taped lessons out of the library. 
These tapes axe recorded at 7V*Lp.s. 

139 



GERMAN 211— Scientific German. (3-0-3). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisite: Same as 201. 

Readings in scientific and technical material with special attention 
to grammatical difficulties encountered in this 'literature. 

GERMAN 300— Composition and Conversation. (5-0-5). Offered 
on demand. Prerequisite: German 201. 

GERMAN 305-19th Century German Literature. (5-0-5). Offered 
on demand. Prerequisite: German 201. 

GERMAN 307-20th Century German Literature. (5-0-5). Offered 
on demand. Prerequisite: German 201. 

GERMAN 351-352-353-Study Abroad in Germany. (15 hours 
credit). Prerequisite: German 103. 

This course is a summer quarter's residence and study in Germany 
in conjunction with the Study Abroad Program of the University 
System of Georgia. The program is offered in Germany for a period 
of nine weeks. During this time the student will receive intensive 
instruction in language and culture and will participate in University 
sponsored activities. 

GERMAN 490-Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l-5). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisite: Senior status and German 201. Open to 
transient students only with permission of the Dean of Faculty at 
Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 

Course Offerings 

LATIN 

LATIN 101-102-103-Elementary Latin. (5-0-5)(5-0-5)(5-0-5). 
Offered each year. 

Essentials of grammar; readings from selected Latin authors. 

LATIN 201— Intermediate Latin. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 
Further reading in Latin literature with special emphasis on Vergil 
and Ovid. 

Course Offerings 

RUSSIAN 

RUSSIAN 101-102-103-Elementary Russian. 
(5-0-5)(5-0-5)(5-0-5). Offered each year. 

These courses are for the purpose of providing the student with 
the elements of Russian reading, composition, and conversation.* To 



♦Students who own tape machines may check copies of taped lessons out of the library. 
These tapes are recorded at 7Vai.p.s. 

140 



receive credit for Russian 103, a student must pass the appropriate 
national standardized test. 

RUSSIAN 201— Intermediate Russian. (5-0-5). Fall. Prerequisite: 
Russian 103. 

Further reading of texts, oral and composition practice. To receive 
credit for Russian 201, a student must pass the appropriate national 
standardized tests. 

Course Offerings 

SPANISH 

SPANISH 101-102-103-Elementary Spanish. 
(5-0-5)(5-0-5)(5-0-5). Offered each year. 

These course are for the purpose of providing the student with the 
elements of Spanish reading, composition, and conversation.* To 
receive credit for Spanish 103, a student must pass the appropriate 
national standardized test. 

SPANISH 201-Intermediate Spanish. (5-0-5). Fall. Prerequisite: 
Three quarters of college Spanish or three years of high school 
Spanish. 

Further reading of texts, oral and composition practice. To receive 
credit for Spanish 201, a student must successfully pass the 
appropriate national standardized test. 

SPANISH 300— Composition and Conversation. (5-0-5). Winter. 
Prerequisite: Spanish 201. 

SPANISH 351-352-353-Study Abroad in Spaain. (15 hours 
credit). Prerequisite: Spanish 103. 

This course is a summer quarter's residence and study in Spain in 
conjunction with the Study Abroad Program of the University 
System of Georgia. The program is offered in Salamance for a period 
of nine weeks. During this time the students will receive intensive 
instruction in language and culture which will be complemented by a 
number of excursions. 

SPANISH 490-Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l-5). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisites: Senior status and Spanish 201. Open to 
transient students only with the permission of the Dean of Faculty at 
Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 



*Studenl 
These t 



Students who own tape machines may check copies of taped lessons out of the library. 
These tapes are recorded at 7VaLp.s. 

141 



DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Professor Richard M. Summerville, Head; Professor Emeritus 
Winn; Professors Hinkel and Hudson; Associate Professors Munson, 
Shipley, and Kilhefner; Assistant Professors Findeis, Geoffroy, 
Netherton, and Leska; Temporary Assistant Professor Capobianco; 
Instructor Parker. 

The department offers four baccalaureate (four-year) programs of 
study, with each leading to the Bachelor of Science degree with a 
major in the mathematical sciences. Under this one baccalaureate 
degree designation students may pursue concentrations entitled 
"Mathematics," "Applied Mathematics," "Mathematics Education," 
and "Computer Science." The mathematics education concentration 
is specifically designed to prepare teachers of secondary mathematics 
and is an approved program for the Georgia Teacher's Professional 
Four- Year Certificate (T-4). 

In addition to the above programs, the Department of Mathe- 
matics and Computer Science cooperates with the Department of 
Business Administration to offer the B.B.A. degree with a major in 
information systems. Details concerning this degree program are 
given under the catalogue entry for the Department of Business 
Administration. The Department of Mathematics and Computer 
Science also participates in the Dual Degree Program of Armstrong 
State College and the Georgia Institute of Technology, under which 
students may, in five years of study, earn simultaneously the B.S. 
degree in the mathematical sciences (applied mathematics) from 
Armstrong and the Bachelor's degree in any one of a number of 
fields of engineering from Georgia Tech. 

Students who wish to consider pursuing any of the above degree 
programs should consult with the department head before their first 
quarter in residence for advisement and planning of their academic 
programs. 

Program for the Degree 

Bachelor of Science with a Major in the 

Mathematical Sciences 

Quarter Hours 
A. General Requirements* 96 

1. English 111, 112, 211 15 

2. One of the courses: 5 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; English 222; 
Music 200; Philosophy 201 



♦Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission' 
section of this Bulletin. 

142 



Quarter Hours 

3. One of the sequences: 10 

Biology 101-102; Chemistry 128-129; 
Physics 217-218 

4. History 114, 115, and either 251 or 252 15 

5. Political Science 113 5 

6. One of the courses: 5 

Psychology 101 (required for the concentration 
in Mathematics Education), Sociology 201, 
Economics 201, or Anthropology 201 

7. Mathematics 101, 103, 104, 201, 202, 203 30 

8. Computer Science 110 5 

9. Physical Education 103 or 108, 117, and three 

activities courses 6 

B. Courses in the Major Field 55 

Each student majoring in the mathematical sciences 
must select one of the following four options and 
complete its requirements: 

OPTION ONE-MATHEMATICS: 

1. Mathematics 260, 311, 316, and either 312 or 317 16 

2. Mathematics 401, 402 8 

3. Approved mathematics electives (300-400 level) 16 

4. One foreign language or computer science sequence 15 

OPTION TWO-APPLIED MATHEMATICS: 

1. Mathematics 260, 316, 341, 342 17 

2. Computer Science 241 5 

3. Approved mathematics electives (300-400 level), 

including at least two of the following courses: 15-18 

Mathematics 317, 321, 322, 346, 353, 406 

4. Physics 217, 218, 219; or Computer Science 242, 

Mathematics 220, and Computer Science 320 18-15 

OPTION THREE-MATHEMATICS EDUCATION: 

1. Mathematics 220, 261, 311, 316, 336 22 

2. Approved mathematics electives (300-400 level) 8 

3. Psychology 301 5 

4. Education 203, 330, 441, and Special Education 205 20 

OPTION FOUR-COMPUTER SCIENCE: 

1. Computer Science 241, 301, 302, 306 20 

2. Either Computer Science 341 or 401 5 

3. Mathematics 220, 260 10 

4. Approved electives in computer science 20 

C. Related Field Requirements 15 

In addition to the above requirements, each student marjoring 
in the mathematical sciences must complete fifteen quarter 
hours of approved courses in one field of study related to his 
major. Students completing the major requirements under option 
one or under option two may not use the same field to meet this 
requirement as was used to meet requirement (4) of the major. 
Students completing the major requirements under option three must 
meet this requirement through student teaching (Education 446, 447, 
448). 

D. Approved Electives 25 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 

143 



Course Offerings 

MATHEMATICS 

MATHEMATICS 101-College Algebra. (5-0-5). Fall, Winter, 
Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: A student must have attained at least 
one of the following prior to enrolling: 

(a) A score of at least 420 on the mathematics portion of the 
SAT; or 

(b) A score of at least 20 on the Mathematics Diagnostic Test; or 

(c) A score of "S" in Mathematics 099. 

Dates on which the Mathematics Diagnostic Test is administered are 
given in the academic calendar in the front of the catalogue. Present 
text: Swokowski, Fundamentals of College Algebra. 

Real number arithmetic; polynomial and rational expressions; 
linear and quadratic equations; functions and graphs; inequalities; 
absolute value; sequences and progressions; the binomial theorem; 
techniques of counting and elementary probability. (May be ex- 
empted by examination with academic credit awarded.) 

MATHEMATICS 103-Pre-Calculus Mathematics. (5-0-5). Fall, 
Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101 or per- 
mission of the department head. Present text: Flanders and Price, 
Introductory College Mathematics with Linear Algebra and Finite 
Mathematics. 

Functions; polynomial, trigonometric, exponential, and loga- 
rithmic functions; mathematical induction; complex numbers; ma- 
trices, determinants, and systems of equations. (May be exempted by 
examination with academic credit awarded.) 

MATHEMATICS 104-Calculus I. (5-0-5). Fall, Winter, Spring, 
Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 103 or permission of the 
department head. Present text: Leithold, The Calculus with Analytic 
Geometry. 

Functions; limits; continuity; the derivative and its applications. 
(May be exempted by examination with academic credit awarded.) 

MATHEMATICS 195-Applied Finite Mathematics with Calculus. 
(5-0-5). Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 
101. Present text: Lial and Miller, Mathematics: with Applications in 
the Management, Natural, and Social Sciences. 

A survey of elementary analytic, linear, and finite mathematics as 
they relate to commerce, business, and life situations. 

MATHEMATICS 201-Calculus II. (5-0-5). Fall, Winter, Spring, 
Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 104. Present text: Leithold, The 
Calculus with Analytic Geometry. 

The Riemann integral and its applications; differential and integral 
calculus of exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions; 



144 



techniques of integration. (May be exempted by examination with 
academic credit awarded.) 

MATHEMATICS 202-Calculus III. (5-0-5). Fall, Winter, Spring, 
Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 201. Present text: Leithold, The 
Calculus with Analytic Geometry. 

Polar coordinates; conic sections; hyperbolic functions; indeter- 
minate forms; improper integrals; Taylor's formula; infinite series. 

MATHEMATICS 203-Calculus IV. (5-0-5). Fall, Winter, Spring, 
Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 202. Present text: Leithold, The 
Calculus with Analytic Geometry. 

Two and three dimensional vectors; parametric equations; solid 
analytic geometry; differential calculus of several variables; multiple 
integration; line integrals. 

MATHEMATICS 220-Elementary Statistics. (5-0-5). Fall, Winter, 
Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101. Present text: 
Freund, Statistics: A First Course. 

Measures of central tendency and dispersion; probability distri- 
butions; inferences concerning means, standard deviations, and 
proportions; analysis of variance; correlation; regression. (May be 
exempted by examination with academic credit awarded.) 

MATHEMATICS 260-Logic, Proof, and Set Theory. (5-0-5). Fall, 
Spring. Prerequisite: Mathematics 201. Present text: Zehna and 
Johnson, Elements of Set Theory. 

Elementary logic; naive set theory; relations and functions; 
boolean algebras; ordering relations. 

MATHEMATICS 290-Topics in Mathematics. (5-0-5). Fall, 
Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101. Present 
text: Myers, The Math Book. 

A terminal course of selected topics designed to portray the 
history, philosophy, and aesthetics of mathematics, and to develop 
an appreciation of the role of mathematics in western thought and 
contemporary culture. 

MATHEMATICS 311-312-Abstract Algebra I, II. 311-(4-0-4), 
Fall; 312— (3-0-3), Winter (odd years). Prerequisite: Mathematics 
260. Present text: Hillman and Alexanderson, A First Undergraduate 
Course in Abstract Algebra. 

Classical topics in the elementary theory of groups, rings, and 
fields. 

MATHEMATICS 316-31 7-Linear Algebra I, II. 316-(4-0-4), 
Winter; 317— (3-0-3), Spring. Prerequisite or corequisite: Mathe- 
matics 203; prerequisite: Mathematics 260. Present texts: Anton, 
Elementary Linear Algebra; and Rorres and Anton, Applications of 
Linear Algebra. 

Linear systems; vector spaces and linear transformations; matrices; 
determinants; normed linear spaces and inner product spaces. 

145 



MATHEMATICS 321-322-Probability and Mathematical 
Statistics I, II. (4-0-4) each. 321— Fall (even years); 322— Winter (odd 
years). Prerequisite: Mathematics 202. Present text: Freund, Mathe- 
matical Statistics. 

Probability spaces; random variables; algebra of expectation; 
random sampling; the law of large numbers; correlation and 
regression. 

MATHEMATICS 336-337-Modern Geometry I, II. 336-(4-0-4), 
Fall (odd years); 337— (3-0-3), Winter (even years). Prerequisite: 
Mathematics 260. Present text: Ewald, Geometry; An Introduction. 

A survey of selected topics from Euclidean, spherical, projective, 
and finite geometry. 

MATHEMATICS 341-342-Differential Equations I, II. (4-0-4) 
each. 341— Winter; 342— Spring. Prerequisite: Mathematics 203. 
Present text: Boyce and DePrima, Elementary Differential Equations 
and Boundary Value Problems. 

Ordinary differential equations; series solutions; systems of first 
order differential equations; the Laplace transform; introduction to 
Fourier series; partial differential equations; Sturm -Liouville theory; 
applied problems. 

MATHEMATICS 346-Mathematical Modeling and Optimization. 
(4-0-4). Fall (odd years). Prerequisite: Mathematics 203. Present 
text: Hillier and Lieberman, Operations Research. 

Design, solution, and interpretation of mathematical models for 
problems in the social, life, and management sciences. Topics chosen 
from linear programming, dynamic programming, scheduling theory, 
Markov chains, game theory, queueing theory, and inventory theory. 

MATHEMATICS 353— Numerical Analysis. (5-0-5). Summer (even 
years). Prerequisites: Mathematics 203 and Computer Science 110. 
Present text: Conte and deBoor, Elementary Numerical Analysis. 

Numerical error; polynomial interpolation; systems of linear 
equations; numerical integration and numerical solution of dif- 
ferential equations; matrix inversion; evaluation of determinants; 
calculation of eigenvalues and eigenvectors; boundary value prob- 
lems. 

MATHEMATICS 360-Mathematical Logic. (3-0-3). Spring (even 
years). Prerequisite: Mathematics 260. Present text: Hunter, Meta- 
logic: An Introduction to the Metatheory of Standard First Order 
Logic. 

The elementary statement and predicate calculus; formal systems; 
applications of logic in mathematics. 

MATHEMATICS 391-Basic Ideas of Arithmetic. (5-0-5). Winter, 
Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101. Present text: Copeland, 
Mathematics and the Elementary Teacher. 



146 



Fundamental concepts of arithmetic as they relate to the 
elementary school; current elementary school methods and materials 
used in arithmetic instruction. (Credit will not apply toward a degree 
in the mathematical sciences.) 

MATHEMATICS 392-Basic Ideas of Geometry. (5-0-5). Offered 
on demand. Prerequisite: Mathematics 391. Present text: Haag, 
Hardgrove, and Hill, Elementary Geometry. 

Fundamental concepts of geometry as they relate to the elemen- 
tary school; current elementary school methods and materials used in 
geometry instruction. (Credit will not apply toward a degree in 
mathematical sciences.) 

MATHEMATICS 400-Special Topics. (l-5)-0-(l-5). Offered by 
special arrangement. Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor and 
permission of the department head. 

Individual readings and research under the direction of a member 
of the mathematics faculty. 

MATHEMATICS 401-402-Fundamentals of Modern Analysis I, 
II. (4-0-4) each. 401— Spring; 402— Fall. Prerequisites: Mathematics 
203 and either Mathematics 311 or 316. Present text: Sagan, 
Advanced Calculus. 

The real number system; sequences and series; metric spaces; 
continuous functions on metric spaces; connectedness, completeness, 
compactness; the Riemann integral; the elementary functions; 
uniform convergence; the Weierstrass approximation theorem; the 
Lebesgue integral; Fourier series. 

MATHEMATICS 406-Functions of a Complex Variable. (5-0-5). 
Summer (odd years). Prerequisites: Mathematics 203, 260. Present 
text: Churchill, Complex Variables with Applications. 

Complex numbers; elementary functions and transformations; the 
Cauchy theory; conform al mapping; Riemann 's mapping theorem. 

MATHEMATICS 416-Theory of Numbers. (3-0-3). Winter (even 
years). Prerequisite: Mathematics 203, 260. Present text: Adams and 
Goldstein, Introduction to Number Theory. 

Divisibility and congruence; quadratic reciprocity; diophantine 
equations; number-theoretic functions and their applications; se- 
lected advanced topics from algebraic and analytic number theory. 

MATHEMATICS 436-Topology. (3-0-3). Spring (odd years). 
Prerequisite: Mathematics 401. Present text: Dugundji, Topology. 

Topological spaces and homeomorphisms; separability; compact- 
ness; connectedness; completeness; metrizability; introduction to 
homotopy theory. 

MATHEMATICS 470-History of Mathematics. (3-0-3). Fall (even 
years). Prerequisites: Mathematics 203 and six quarter hours of 
300-400 level courses in mathematics. Present text: Eves, An 
Introduction to the History of Mathematics. 

147 



A survey of the development of mathematics from its empirical 
beginnings to its present state. 

Course Offerings 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 110-Introduction to Computing. (4-3-5). 
Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101. Present 
texts: Hackworth and Howland, Introductory College Mathematics- 
Computers; and Spencer, A Guide to BASIC Programming. 

BASIC programming and program structure; elementary logic and 
Boolean algebra; algorithms; flow charts; debugging; computer 
solutions of numeric and non-numeric problems; characteristics and 
applications of computers in modern society. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 231-Business Languages I. (4-3-5). 
Winter, Summer. Prerequisite: Computer Science 110. Present texts: 
Fisher, An Introduction to RPG—RPG II Programming; and Sheely 
and Cashman, Introduction to Computer Programming— ANSI 
COBOL. 

Introduction to language and programming applications for small 
computer systems with RPG; programming and applications of 
COBOL in the commercial environment; concepts of file processing. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 232-Business Languages II. (4-3-5). 
Spring, Fall. Prerequisite: Computer Science 231. Present texts: 
Shelly and Cashman, Advanced ANSI COBOL Disk /Tape Program- 
ming Efficiencies; and Shelly and Cashman, ANSI COBOL Work- 
book. 

Advanced COBOL programming for business applications; table 
handling, sorting, and report generating facilities of COBOL; pro- 
cessing of tape and disk files. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 241-Scientific Languages I. (3-4-5). 
Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Computer Science 110. Present texts: 
Sprowls, PL/C: A Processor for PL/1; and Merchant, Applied 
FORTRAN Programming with Standard FORTRAN, WATFOR, 
WATFIV, and Structural WATFIV. 

Programming of scientifically oriented problems in a higher-level 
language; language facilities for arrays, input/output, subroutines, 
non-numeric processing, and machine-dependent features. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 242-Scientific Languages II. (3-4-5). Fall. 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 241. Present text: Peterson, Intro- 
duction to Programming Languages. 

Comparative study of scientific programming languages including 
facilities for recursion, procedures, storage allocation techniques, 
string processing, and passing of parameters. 



148 



COMPUTER SCIENCE 301-Computer Organization and Pro- 
gramming. (4-3-5). Winter, Summer. Prerequisite: Computer Science 
232 or Computer Science 241. Present text: Kuo, Assembler 
Languages for FORTRAN, COBOL, and PL/1 Programmers. 

Introduction to systems programming via in-depth coverage of 
assembler programming; operating systems; addressing techniques; 
internal storage structure; machine-level representation of instruc- 
tions and data; subroutines; I/O; linkers and loaders; macro-facilities; 
mass data storage facilities. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 302-Data Structures. (4-3-5). Fall. Prereq- 
uisite: Computer Science 301. Present text: Knuth, The Art of 
Computer Programming: Fundamental Algorithms, v.l. 

Internal representation of arrays, queues, trees, stacks, and lists; 
hardware characteristics of large computer systems; concepts related 
to the interaction between data structures and storage structures for 
the generating, developing, and processing of data. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 306-Data and Programming Management. 
(4-3-5). Spring. Prerequisite: Computer Science 301. Present texts: 
Shelly and Cashman, OS Job Control Language; and Brown, 
System/360 Job Control Language. 

Programming methodology for processing large quantities of data; 
job control language, utility programs, and data storage and retrieval 
utilizing mass storage devices. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 320-Statistical Methods for Computer 
Programming. (3-4-5). Fall. Prerequisites: Mathematics 220 and 
Computer Science 110. Present text: Nie, et.al., Statistical Package 
for the Social Sciences. 

Concepts and skills related to utilizing computers in statistical 
analysis, including the programming of statistical analyses and 
elementary simulations, the use of random number generators and 
the statistical evaluation of their output, and data analysis using 
packaged systems. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 341— Programming Languages. (4-3-5). 
Winter (even years). Prerequisites: Computer Science 242 and 
Computer Science 302. Present text: Pratt, Programming Languages: 
Design and Implementation. 

Formal definition of programming languages; specification of 
syntax and semantics; precedence rules for operators; translation 
between infix, prefix, and postfix notations; subroutines and 
coroutines; block structures; list structures; string structures. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 353-Numerical Analysis. (5-0-5). Summer 
(even years). Prerequisites: Mathematics 203 and Computer Science 
110. Present text: Conte and deBoor, Elementary Numerical 
Analysis. 

Numerical error; polynomial interpolation; systems of linear 
equations; numerical integration and numerical solution of dif- 

149 



ferential equations; matrix inversion; evaluation of determinants; 
calculation of eigenvalues and eigenvectors; boundary value prob- 
lems. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 401-Systems Programming I. (4-3-5). 
Winter (odd years). Prerequisite: Computer Science 302. Present 
text: Donovan, Systems Programming. 

Software requirements for support of computer systems, espe- 
cially in a multi-programmed environment; addressing techniques; 
file system organization and management; I/O; control systems; 
spooling; interrupts; reentrant code; user services; executive systems. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 402-Systems Programming II. (4-3-5). 
Spring (odd years). Prerequisite: Computer Science 401. Present 
text: Donovan, Systems Programming. 

Design and analysis of operating systems; memory management; 
name management; file systems; segmentation; paging; protection; 
resource allocation. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 406-Design * of Programming Systems. 
(3-0-3). Summer (odd years). Prerequisite: Computer Science 402. 
Text: To be selected. 

Design of monitor systems; executive systems and operating 
systems as they relate to current generation computers with facilities 
for multiprogramming; teleprocessing; real-time and interactive pro- 
cessing. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 431-Control and Organization of Infor- 
mation. (5-0-5). Fall. Prerequisites: Computer Science 232 and 
Computer Science 306. Present text: Martin, Computer and Data 
Base Organization. 

Information analysis and logical design of information systems and 
data bases; consideration of hardware, access methods, management 
and control functions, communicating with the data base, and 
integrated systems. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 432— Systems Analysis and Design. 
(4-3-5). Winter. Prerequisite: Computer Science 431. Present texts: 
Li, Design and Management of Information Systems; and 
Semprevivo, Systems Analysis: Definition, Process, and Design. 

Principles and techniques of systems analysis, including personnel 
and machine requirements, file considerations, problem formulation, 
analysis aids, iterative requirements of the design phase, and 
implementation criteria and evaluation; readings and case studies 
related to analysis and design, and a student project incorporating 
the techniques studied in an appropriate real -world environment. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 442-Design of Compilers. (4-3-5). Spring 
(even years). Prerequisite: Computer Science 341. Text: To be 
selected. 



150 



Requirements for higher level digital computer language compilers, 
including symbol tables, storage allocation, object code translating 
and interpreting, syntax and semantic scans, and object code 
optimization. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 490-Special Topics in Computer Science. 
(0-5)-(0-15)-(l-15). Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisite: 
Consent of the instructor and permission of the department head. 

Individual or group readings and research under the direction of a 
member of the faculty. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 496-497-498-Internship in Computer 
Science. ((0-l)-(12-15)-5) each. Offered by special arrangement. 
Prerequisite: Permission of the department head. 

Experience, in a variety of computing environments suited to the 
educational and professional aspirations of the student, under the 
direction of a member of the faculty and appropriate off -cam pus 
supervisory personnel. (Open to transient students only with 
permission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and that of the 
appropriate official of the college from which the student comes.) 

DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY 

Professor C. Stewart Worthington, Head; Associate Professors 
Douglass, Lane; Assistant Professors Brown, Burns, Palefsky, 
Patchak, Ralston, Satterfield, and O'Higgins; Instructors Mac Lean 
and Tenenbaum. 

Students are advised to complete as many of the general degree 
requirements as possible before entering their junior years. Psy- 
chology majors should take Psychology 101-102 before the end of 
their sophomore years. Social Work majors should take Social Work 
250 and Sociology 201 before the end of their sophomore years. 
Suggested course distributions and annual schedules are available in 
the department office. All students are urged to seek advisement 
from their program directors with regard to degree requirements and 
scheduling. 

Program for the Degree 

Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Psychology 

(Research Specialization) 

Quarter Hours 
A. General Requirements* 65 

1. English 111, 112, 211, and choice of: 20 

English 222 or Philosophy 201 

2. Mathematics 101 and choice of: 10 

Mathematics 195 or 290 



♦Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission" 
section of this Bulletin. 

151 



Quarter Hours 

3. History 114, 115 and choice of: 15 

History 251 or 252 

4. Political Science 113 5 

5. One of the following sequences: ' 10 

Chemistry 128, 129; Physics 211, 212; 
Physical Science 121, 122 

6. Anthropology 201 or Sociology 201 5 

B. Courses in Major Field 50 

1. Psychology 102, 308, 312, 410, 411, 412 30 

2. Two of the following: 10 

Psychology 307, 309, 319 

3. Two of the following: 10 

Psychology 303, 305, 311 

C. Related Field Requirements 30 

1. Biology 101, 102 and Mathematics 220 15 

2. Foreign language sequence or 

computer science sequence 15 

D. Electives 40-55 

1. Upper division courses in anthropology, biology, chemistry, 
criminal justice, mathematics, psychology, sociology, or 

social work 15-30 

2. Unspecified electives ♦ 25 

E. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and three 

activities courses 6 

F. Regents and Exit Examinations 



TOTAL 191-206 

Program for the Degree 

Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Psychology 

(Mental Health Specialization) 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 71 

1. English 111, 112, 211, and choice of: 20 

English 222 or Philosophy 201 

2. Mathematics 101 and choice of: 10 

Mathematics 195 or 290 

3. History 114, 115 and choice of: 15 

History 251 or 252 

4. Political Science 113 5 

5. One of the following sequences: 10 

Physics 211, 212; Physical Science 121, 122 

6. Anthropology 201 or Sociology 201 5 

7. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 177 and three 

activities courses 6 

B. Courses in Mental Health Work 30 

Mental Health Work 101, 102, 201, 203, 204, 205 

C. Courses in Psychology 45 

1. Psychology 102, 308, 312, 405, 406, 410, and 

411 or 412 35 



♦Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission' 
section of this Bulletin. 

152 



Quarter Hours 

2. Two of the following: 10 

Psychology 307, 309, 319 

D. Courses in Related Fields 20 

1. Mathematics 220 5 

2. Biology 101, 102 10 

3. Social Work 333 5 

E. Electives 25-40 

1. Electives to be chosen from: 15-30 

Psychology 303, 305, 311; 
Social Work 309, 320; 
Anthropology 201, 300 

2. Unspecified Electives 10 

F. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191-206 

Program for Secondary School Teachers 

of Social Sciences 

(Behavorial Sciences) 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 71 

1. English 111, 112, 211, and choice of: 20 

English 222 or Philosophy 201 

2. Mathematics 101 and choice of: 10 

Mathematics 195 or 290 

3. History 114, 115 and choice of: 15 

History 251 or 252 

4. Political Science 113 5 

5. One of the following sequences: 10 

Physics 211, 212; Physical Science 121, 122 

6. Anthropology 201 or Sociology 201 5 

7. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and three 

activities courses 6 

B. Courses in Psychology 50 

Psychology 102, 301, 303, 307, 308, 311, 312, 
410, 411, 412 

C. Courses in Related Fields 35 

1. Biology 101, 102 and Mathematics 220 15 

2. Anthropology 201 and Anthropology 300 or 450 10 

3. Sociology 201 and Sociology 350 or 450 10 

D. Electives 5-10 

To be chosen from Psychology 405, 406; 
Social Work 320 

E. Professional Sequence 35 

1. Education 203, 330, 440, 446, 447, 448 30 

2. Special Education 205 5 

F. Regents and Exit Examinations 



TOTAL 196-201 



'Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission" 
section of this Bulletin. 

153 



Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Arts in Social Work 

The Social Work major must check with his/her adyisor prior to enrollment in 
Social Work 333 for the required guidance and evaluation procedure. 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 96 

1. English 111, 112, 211, and one of the following: 20 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200, 
Philosophy 201, English 222 

2. Mathematics 101 and Mathematics 220 or 290 10 

3. Political Science 113 and one of the following: 10 

Psychology 101, Anthropology 201, Economics 201 

4. History 114, 115 and History 252 15 

5. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

6. Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 or 
Philosophy 201, Anthropology 201, and a 

Social Science elective at the 100-200 level 15 

7. Sociology 201 and Social Work 250 10 

8. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and three 

activities courses 6 

B. Courses in the Major Field 60 

1. Social Work 309, 320**, 330, 333, 

334, 335**, and 385** 35 

2. Two of the following: Social Work 406***, 410, 430 10 

3. Field Experience — Social Work 451***, 452***, 475*** 15 

C. Courses in Related Field 30 

1. Mental Health 102 and any three of the following: 20 

a. Criminal Justice 301 

b. Psychology 405 or 406 or Education 385*** 

c. Political Science 306 or 307 

d. Economics 201 

e. Computer Science 110 

f. History 379 or 367 

D. Electives 5 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



Course Offerings 

ANTHROPOLOGY 

ANTHROPOLOGY 201-Man and His Culture. (5-0-5). Fall. 
Offered on demand. 

An introduction to the study of man as a cultural animal, the 
development of human societies from preliterate beginnings, the rise 
of complex social organizations with an outline study of the major 
cultures developed by man. 



♦Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission' 
section of this Bulletin. 
**Offered at Savannah State College only. 
***Offered at the Social Work Field Center only. 

154 



ANTHROPOLOGY 300— Paleoanthropology. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: 
Anthropology 201. Spring. 

A survey of the data that illuminates the evolution of man. The 
major prehuman and human species, their ecology and cultures, will 
be discussed. 

ANTHROPOLOGY 450-Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l-5). By 
invitation of the professor. Offered on demand. Open to transient 
students only with permission of the Dean of the Faculty at 
Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 

Course Offerings 

MENTAL HEALTH WORK 

MENTAL HEALTH WORK 101-Introduction to Mental Health 
Problems. (5-0-5). Fall. 

Survey of mental health facilities and institutions. Survey of 
history of mental health movement. Description of services provided, 
clients served, and administrative structure with emphasis on mental 
health agencies in Georgia. 

MENTAL HEALTH WORK 102-Foundations of Behavior Assess- 
ment. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: M.H.W. 101. Winter. 

Objective observation is emphasized, accurate recording of behav- 
ioral observations; collection and use of interview data; introduction 
to case study methods; use of references in assessment. 

MENTAL HEALTH WORK 201-Foundations of Behavioral 
Change. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: M.H.W. 101. Spring. 

Survey of theories of personality and behavior changing tech- 
niques arising from them. Emphasis on learning theory and environ- 
mental influences. Introduction to research methodology. 

MENTAL HEALTH WORK 203-204-Practicum. (5 credit hours 
each). Prerequisite: Mental Health Work 101 and ten additional 
hours of credit in Mental Health Work. 

The student will work a minimum of 12 hours per week in a 
community agency for a period of two quarters under the super- 
vision of a professional employed by the agency. The student will 
also attend a one-hour seminar each week to discuss his agency 
experiences. Open to transient students only with permission of the 
Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and the college from which the 
student comes. 

MENTAL HEALTH WORK 205-Behavior Assessment Practicum. 
(5-0-5). Prerequisites: Mental Health Work 101, 102, and Psychology 
312. 

This course is designed to develop practical skills in testing periods. 
The student will administer, score, and interpret behavioral tests under 
professional supervision. 

155 



Course Offerings 

PSYCHOLOGY , 

PSYCHOLOGY 101-General Psychology. (5-0-5). Offered each 
quarter. 

An introduction to the vocabulary, concepts, and methods of the 
science of behavior. Discussion and demonstrations assist in sur- 
veying all the areas of psychology. Psychology 101 is prerequisite to 
all other courses in the department. 

PSYCHOLOGY 102— Introduction to Psychological Research. 
(4-2-5). Prerequisite: Psychology 101. Spring and Fall. 

An introduction to scientific methodology and its application to 
behavior analysis. Various techniques of data collection and the 
statistical analysis of such data are emphasized. 

PSYCHOLOGY 301-Educational Psychology. (5-0-5). Pre- 
requisite: Psychology 101. Offered each quarter. 

The application of behavioral science to the problem of learning in 
the classroom. Primarily for teacher preparation. 

PSYCHOLOGY 303— Social Psychology. (5-0-5) Prerequisite: 
Psychology 101. Fall. 

The study of the behavior of others as determinants of the 
behavior of the individual. The cultural milieu and group pressures 
will be examined in terms of their effect on behavior. 

PSYCHOLOGY 305— Developmental Psychology. (5-0-5). Pre- 
requisite: Psychology 101. Winter and Spring. 

A study of the origin and development of psychological processes. 
The effects of maturational, learning, and social variables on human 
behavior are examined. 

PSYCHOLOGY 307-Perception. (4-2-5). Prerequisites: Psy- 
chology 101, 102. Fall. 

An experimental-theoretical approach to the nature of perception. 
Special attention is given to the psychophysical method. 

PSYCHOLOGY 308-Learning and Motivation. (4-2-5). Prereq- 
uisites: Psychology 101, 102. Fall and Winter. 

An examination of the methodology and theory associated with 
the various forms of learning and their motivational concomitants. 

PSYCHOLOGY 309-Physiological Psychology. (4-2-5). Pre- 
requisite: Psychology 101, 102. Winter. 

Introduction to the biological bases of behavior. The structure and 
function of the nervous system are studied and related to the 
behavior of humans and other organisms. 

PSYCHOLOGY 311-Theories of Personality. (5-0-5). Prereq- 
uisite: Psychology 101. Spring. 



156 



A study of selected personality theories with emphasis on normal 
behavior. Attention will be given to both experimental and clinical 
data. The determinants of personality structure and the development 
of personality will be examined from divergent points of view. 

PSYCHOLOGY 312-Measurement. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: Psy- 
chology 102. Fall. 

An examination of the theory of measurement. Reliability and 
validity techniques are discussed, using current psychological tests as 
examples. 

PSYCHOLOGY 319-Animal Behavior. (4-2-5). Prerequisites: 
Psychology 101, 102. Spring. 

A study of the adaptations and behaviors with which living 
organisms cope effectively with their environment. The laboratory 
will provide an introduction to animal care, training, and experi- 
mentation. 

PSYCHOLOGY 320-Industrial Psychology. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: 
Psychology 101. Winter. 

The applications of psychology to the problems of industry. 
Primarily for business majors. 

PSYCHOLOGY 405-Behavior Disorders. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: 
Psychology 101. Winter. 

A study of the scientific and cultural bases of various conceptions 
of undesirable behavior. Application of principles derived from basic 
research will be emphasized. 

PSYCHOLOGY 406-Behavior Modification. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: 
Psychology 101. Spring. 

A study of proven methods of generating behavioral change, their 
empirical foundations, and their applications in clinical, educational 
and social settings. 

PSYCHOLOGY 410-History and Systems of Psychology. (5-0-5). 
Open only to psychology majors or by invitation of the professor. 
Fall and Spring. 

A study of the basic ideas in psychology from early animism to 
modern behavioristics. Special attention is given to the philosophical 
basis at various times in the history of psychology. 

PSYCHOLOGY 411-Senior Seminar. (5-0-5). Open only to senior 
psychology majors or by invitation of the professor. Winter. 

A reading and discussion group which will concentrate on selected 
contemporary issues in psychology. Specific content will vary from 
year to year. 

PSYCHOLOGY 412— Senior Seminar. (5-0-5). Open only to senior 
psychology majors or by invitation of the professor. Spring. 

A reading and discussion group which will concentrate on selected 
contemporary issues in psychology. Specific content will vary from 
year to year. 

157 



PSYCHOLOGY 450-Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l-5). Open only 
by invitation of the professor. Offered on demand. Open to transient 
students only with permission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong 
and the college from which the student comes'. 

Course Offerings 

SOCIOLOGY 

SOCIOLOGY 201— Introductory Sociology. (5-0-5). Offered each 
quarter. 

An introduction to the concept and methods of the science of 
human group behavior. Includes the study of socialization, the role 
of the individual in society, and the major institutions and processes. 

SOCIOLOGY 315-The Family and Alternative Life-Styles. 
(5-0-5). Prerequisite: Sociology 201. 

A study of the role of the family in the development of the 
individual, the family unit and societal institutions. Consideration 
will be given to various structures and functions of the family as it 
exists or is emergeing in America. 

SOCIOLOGY 333— Exploring Popular Cultures. (4-2-5). Summer. 
Prerequisite: Sociology 201. 

An examination of popular culture using music, radio, television, 
texts, magazines, movies, technology and language to explore a given 
era. Comparisons will be made of lifestyles, sex roles, racial attitudes 
and the national and regional mood of times examined. 

SOCIOLOGY 350— Social Problems. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: Soci- 
ology 201. Winter and Spring. 

An examination of behavioral deviancy, normative strain, and 
differences between social ideals and social realities in the context of 
sociological theory. 

SOCIOLOGY 360-Urban Society. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: Sociology 
201. Offered on demand. 

A sociological examination of human ecology, norms, social 
control, and social processes (and their changing patterns) as they are 
seen in urban social life in both a historical and contemporary 
perspective. 

SOCIOLOGY 450-Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l-5). By invita- 
tion of the professor. Offered on demand. Open to transient students 
only with permission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and the 
college from which the student comes. 



158 



SOCIAL WORK 

The degree program in Social Work is offered jointly by Savannah 
State College and by Armstrong State College with coordination of 
the program shifting on a regular basis from one campus to the other. 
Courses are offered on the Armstrong State College campus, the 
Savannah State College campus, and at an Off-Campus Field Center. 



Course Offerings 

SOCIAL WORK 250-Introduction to Social Work. (5-0-5). 
Offered each quarter. Alternating ASC, SSC. 

A study of the social welfare system and the social work 
profession as a discipline within it. A look at the social service 
delivery system as a response to human need. The course requires 20 
clock hours of volunteer work in a social service setting with suitable 
supervision. 

SOCIAL WORK 309— Group Process. (5-0-5). Prerequisites: SW 
250 and completion of General Requirements as listed in the degree 
program outline. Offered each quarter. ASC or Field Center. 

A course designed primarily to develop basic skills in working with 
groups and to increase one's level of self awareness. The body of 
knowledge is measured by written tests and term papers. Communi- 
cation skills, values, and one's affective domain are measured by peer 
ratings, group exercises, and professor's judgement. For behavioral 
science and professional degree majors only. 

SOCIAL WORK 320— Ethnic Minorities. (5-0-5). Prerequisites: 
Sociology 201 or Social Work 250. Fall and Spring. SSC. 

This course focuses on the present factual situation in America. 
The course examines the problems faced by minorities in America, 
especially where skin color and language pose social and economic 
barriers. It looks at dominant public institutions and patterns of 
response by minorities such as Black Americans, Chicanos, Puerto 
Ricans, Native Americans, and other sizeable ethnic groups. 

SOCIAL WORK/NURSING 330-Human Growth and Social 
Environment. (5-0-5). Prerequisites: Sociology 201 and Psychology 
101 or SOS 201. Fall and Spring. ASC. 

A course designed to examine the reciprocal relationships between 
man and his environment and the effects of this relationship on 
man's physical, emotional, and social development. Emphasis will be 
placed on facilitating man's adaptation to internal and external stress 
throughout the life cycle. 

SOCIAL WORK 333-Interventive Methods I. (4-2-5). Prereq- 
uisites: Social Work 250 and 330. Offered twice each year. SSC. 

A course designed to develop and to sharpen interpersonal 
communication skills. The student learns to use conversation, 

159 



observation, and analytical helping skills in a variety of roles played 
by the generalist social worker. The course presents the student with 
a wide variety of interview situations in which, he must demonstrate a 
high degree of competence. 

SOCIAL WORK 334-Interventive Methods II. (4-2-5). Prereq- 
uisite: Social Work 333. Offered twice each year. ASC. 

This course teaches an approach to human problem solving 
utilizing a systems approach with emphasis on patterns of coping, 
family relationships, behavior study, diagnosis, and treatment or plan 
of action. Competency in crisis intervention and selection of proper 
treatment modality must be demonstrated. 

SOCIAL WORK 335-Interventive Methods III. (4-2-5). Prereq- 
uisite: Social Work 334. Offered twice each year. SSC or Field 
Center. 

A sequel to Social Work 334 with the main thrust on neighbor- 
hood and community need. Predicated on the concept that wherever 
there is widespread human need or suffering there is a breakdown of 
some aspect of the social system. Using multiple roles of the 
generalist, particularly data gatherer, analyst, consultant, mobilizer, 
and advocate, students are taught to analyze system dysfunction and 
its impact on people and they must demonstrate competence in these 
roles. 

SOCIAL WORK 385— Social Policy and Administration. (5-0-5). 
Prerequisite: Social Work 335. Fall, Summer and on demand. SSC. 

This course is designed to help students to understand the 
processes of social change including legislation to the delivery of 
social services. It examines the appropriate bureaucratic structure, 
funding and policy making, and need for public accountability. 
Students will learn systems of priority setting and methods of 
efficiency which can be both effective and humane. 

SOCIAL WORK 406-Child Welfare. (4-2-5). Prerequisites: Social 
Work 250, 333, and Social Work/Nursing 330. Fall and Spring. Field 
Center. 

This course reviews child development and social behavior with an 
emphasis on the practical application of understanding and psycho- 
social, mental, and physical development of children. The environ- 
mental and family situation is studied and related to the child's 
development or lack thereof. Actual work with children identified as 
needing tutorial help, behavioral correction, emotional support, or 
environmental change is expected of each student participating. The 
emphasis is on the disadvantaged child who is most subject to these 
problems. 

SOCIAL WORK 410-Aging and Services to the Elderly. (4-2-5). 
Prerequisites: Social Work 330, 333, or permission of the Social 
Work Program Coordinator. Winter, Summer. ASC. 

160 



A course designed for students expecting to go into public or 
private agencies serving the elderly. Emphasis will be placed on the 
social, economic, and health needs of the elderly with attention to 
social service delivery systems that work. Developing knowledge in 
gerontology is integrated into the classroom and field projects 
wherever practicable. 

SOCIAL WORK 430-Alcohol and Drug Studies. (5-0-5). Prereq- 
uisites: Social Work 335 for Social Work majors; others by 
permission of instructor. Fall, Spring. ASC. 

A course focusing on the various forms of aocohol and drug abuse 
with emphasis on the stages of harmful dependence and addiction. 
There will be an examination of the legal and social implications of 
addiction as well as approaches to treatment and rehabilitation. 

SOCIAL WORK 451— Field Experience I. (5 credit hours). 
Prerequisites: Open to Social Work majors only. All majors must 
have completed the core curriculum and all required 100-200-300 
level courses. Winter. 

Each student will work in a social service setting a minimum of 20 
clock hours per week. The course is designed for optimal learning 
experiences with clients, agencies, and the community and to 
increase the student's knowledge and ability under professional 
supervision. There will be a weekly meeting with the field coordin- 
ator. 

SOCIAL WORK 452-Field Experience II. (5 credit hours). 
Prerequisite: Social Work 451. Spring. 

This is an advanced field experience wherein greater proficiency 
and additional skills are expected from the student. The student 
must demonstrate competency in a variety of roles played by the 
generalist social worker. This course will be taken concurrently with 
Social Work 475. 

SOCIAL WORK 475-Senior Seminar. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: Social 
Work 451. Spring. 

This is a course required of all Social Work majors and is taken 
concurrently with Social Work 452. It is designed to integrate 
classroom learning, basic theory, professional journal reports and life 
experience with the student's experience in the field. 



161 



IX. SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL 
STUDIES 



The School of Professional Studies includes the Departments of 
Business Administration, Criminal Justice, Dental Hygiene, Educa- 
tion, Nursing, and Physical Education. The following degree pro- 
grams are offered by those departments: 

Bachelor of Business Administration (with choice of concentration 
in Accounting, Business Education, Economics, Finance, Infor- 
mation Systems, Management, Management-Marketing). 

Bachelor of Arts in Economics 

Bachelor of Science with a Major in Criminal Justice 

Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Education 

Bachelor of Science in Elementary Education 

Bachelor of Science in Nursing 

Bachelor of Science in Education with a Major in Physical 
Education 

Associate in Arts (concentration in Secretarial Studies) 

Associate in Science in Criminal Justice (choice of concentration 
in Corrections or in Law Enforcement) 

Associate in Science in Dental Hygiene 

Associate in Science in Nursing 

The Department of Education offers cooperatively with depart- 
ments in the School of Arts and Sciences teacher preparation 
programs at the secondary level in the following areas: English, 
History, Music, Political Science, Behavioral Science (Psychology), 
Biology, Chemistry, and Mathematics. Teacher preparation programs 
in Business Education, Elementary Education and Physical Educa- 
tion are offered within the School of Professional Studies. 

DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

Professor Thomas R. Eason, Head; Professors Bhatia, Hall, 
Richards; Professor Emeritus Davis; Associate Professors LaBurtis, 
McCarthy and Morgan; Assistant Professors Alban, Cham bless, 
Collins, DeCastro, Jankowski, Jensen and Lamb. 

The Department offers a two-year Secretarial Studies degree 
program and two four-year degree programs: The Bachelor of Arts 
degree with a major in economics and the Bachelor of Business 
Administration degree with concentrations in accounting, business 
education, economics, finance, information systems, management 
and management-marketing. 



162 



The Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in economics is 
appropriate for the student who wishes a broad liberal arts program 
with emphasis on understanding the concepts underlying the working 
of economic systems. The program provides a good preparation for 
anyone who plans to work in industry, especially banking, insurance, 
or investments. It also provides excellent preparation for positions in 
government, or further professional education in business, 
economics, education, or law. This program requires proficiency in a 
foreign language through the 201 level or completion of the calculus 
sequence. 

The Bachelor of Business Administration degree with a concen- 
tration in business education is designed to prepare teachers of high 
school business subjects, such as bookkeeping and business manage- 
ment, and /or secretarial skills, such as typing, shorthand, office 
machines, and office procedures. 

The programs leading to the degree of Bachelor of Business 
Administration with a concentration in accounting, economics, 
finance, information systems, management, or management- 
marketing require, in addition to the general college core require- 
ments, a common business core of eleven courses, and a major 
concentration of six courses in the respective major field. These 
programs are most appropriate for students who wish a broad general 
education in business and economics and, in addition, a significant 
amount of specialized background in a single area to enhance their 
prospects for immediate employment in industry or government. 

Students in all programs should be familiar with general degree 
requirements as listed in the "Degree Programs" section of this 
bulletin, and should satisfy the college core requirements during the 
Freshman and Sophomore years. No student will be allowed to take 
upper division courses in his major unless he has a minimum gpa of 
2.0 in all prerequisite Courses. An average of at least 2.0 in his major 
concentration courses is a requirement for graduation, and college 
academic regulations, stated elsewhere in this bulletin, impose certain 
additional degree requirements. 

The Department of Business Administration considers the core 
curriculum required sequences in English, Mathematics, Economics 
and Accounting as basic to the structure of its degree programs. 
Therefore, no student will be permitted to enroll in a 300 or 400 
level Business Administration or Economics course without the 
expressed permission of the Head of the Department of Business 
Administration unless he has successfully completed those required 
sequences appropriate to his degree program. 



163 



Program for the Degree 
Associate in Arts in Secretarial Studies* 

Quarter Hours 

1. English 111, 112 10 

2. Mathematics 101 5 

3. Economics 201 and B.A. 207 10 

4. Political Science 113 and History 251 or 252 10 

5. Physical Education 103 and 117, and three of the following: 6 

101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 

200, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 

6. Business Administration 200, 203, 205, 211, 215 23 

7. Secretarial Studies 104**, 105, 106, 111**, 

112, 113, 114, 213, 214 35 

8. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 92-99 

Program for Secondary School Teachers 
of Business Education 
(Comprehensive Certification) 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 85 

1. English 111, 112, 211, 222 20 

2. History 114, History 115 10 

3. Economics 201 and B.A. 205 or 207 10 

4. Political Science 113 5 

5. Mathematics 101, 195, 220 15 

6. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

7. Psychology 101 5 

8. Two of the following courses 10 

Economics 326; History 251 or History 252 
(required, unless exempted by examination); 
Sociology 201; Music 200; Art 200, 272, 273 
Philosophy 201 

B. Courses in Secretarial Skills 37-44 

Secretarial Studies 104**, 105, 106, 111**, 
112, 113, 114, 213, 214, 
and B.A. 203, 215 

C. Courses in Business Administration 25 

B.A. 211, 212 10 

Three of the following: 15 

B.A. 307, 340, 360, 375; Economics 327 

D. Physical Education 6 

Physical education 103 or 108 and 117 3 

Three courses selected from: 3 

Physical Education 101, 102, 104, 105, 
106, 107, 200, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 
208, 209 



♦Certain courses may be exempted by examination without credit awarded. See 
"Admission" section of this Bulletin. 
♦♦Students who have earned high school credit in a one-year course in typewriting and/or 
shorthand (or the college equivalent— one quarter or one semester) may not take for 
credit the beginning course in the student in which this previous credit has been earned 
(Secretarial Studies 104, Secretarial Studies 111). These students should begin in the 
typewriting and /or shorthand sequence with the intermediate course in the subject. 



164 



Quarter Hours 

E. Professional sequence 40 

Education 203, 330, 338, 446, 447, 448 30 

Psychology 301; Special Education 205 10 

F. Regents and Exit Examinations 



TOTAL 193-200 

Program for Secondary School Teachers 

of Business Education 
(Bookkeeping and Business Management) 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 85 

1. English 111, 112, 211, 222 20 

2. History 114, 115 10 

3. Economics 201 and B.A. 205 or 207 10 

4. Political Science 113 5 

5. Mathematics 101, 195, 220 15 

6. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

7. Psychology 101 5 

8. Two of the following courses: 10 

Economics 326; History 251 or History 252 
(required, unless exempted by examination); 
Sociology 201; Music 200; Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 
Philosophy 201 

B. Courses in Secretarial Skill 19-22 

Secretarial Studies 104 (may be exempted), 
105, 106, 213, 214, B.A. 203 

C. Courses in Business Administration 40 

1. B.A. 221, 212, 215, 301, 307 25 

2. Three of the following courses: 15 

B.A. 302, 308, 340, 360, 375; 
Economics 327 

D. Physical Education 6 

Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 3 

Three courses selected from: 3 

Physical Education 101, 102, 104, 105, 

106, 107, 200, 201, 202, 203, 205, 206, 

207, 208, 209 

E. Professional Sequence 40 

Education 203, 330, 338, 446, 447, 448 30 

Psychology 301; Special Education 205 10 

F. Regents and Exit Examinations 



TOTAL 190-193 



♦Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission" 
section of this Bulletin. 

165 



Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Economics 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* ' 95 

1. English 111, 112, 211 and one of the following: 20 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200, 
Philosophy 201; English 222 

2. Mathematics 101, 103, 220 15 

3. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

4. History 114, 115 10 

5. Political Science 113 5 

6. One course selected from: 5 

Psychology 101, Sociology 201, 
Anthropology 201 

7. History 251 or 252 5 

8. Economics 201 and B.A. 205 or 207 10 

9. Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 or 

Mathematics 104, 201, 202 15 

B. Major Concentration 40 

1. Economics 305, 306, 435 15 

2. Five additional 300-400 level economics courses 25 

C. Related Areas 30 

1. Foreign Language 201 (if foreign language 
is chosen in A9 above) or Mathematics 203 

(if Mathematics is chosen in A9 above) 5 

2. Five 300-400 level courses in history, 
mathematics computer science, political science, 
psychology, or sociology — with at 

least ten hours and not more than fifteen 

hours in any one area 25 

D. Electives 20 

E. Physical Education 6 

Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 3 

Three courses selected from: 3 

Physical Education 101, 102, 104, 106, 107, 
200, 201, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 

F. Regents and Exit Examinations 



TOTAL 191 



Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Business Administration 

Quarter Hours 
General Requirements* 80 

1. English 111, 112, 211 and one course selected from: 20 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 
Philosophy 201, or English 222 

2. Mathematics 101, 195, 220 15 

3. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

4. History 114, 115 10 

5. History 251, or 252 5 



♦Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission' 
section of this Bulletin. 

166 



Quarter Hours 

6. Economics 201 and B.A. 205 or 207 10 

(or CS 110 for Information Systems) 

7. Political Science 113 5 

8. Psychology 101 or Sociology 201 5 

B. Business Core Requirements 55 

1. B.A. 211, 212, 215, 307, 320, 340, 360 35 

2. Economics 305; Economics 311 and 327 15 

3. One of the following courses: 5 

B.A. 308 (recommended for Accounting 
Concentration); Economics 331, 335, 405 or 431 

C. Approved Electives 20 

To be chosen from the humanities, social 

sciences, natural sciences, mathematics, 
computer science and business and economics 
(not more than ten quarter hours allowed). 
At least fifteen quarter hours must be in 
courses numbered 200 or above. 

D. Physical Education 6 

Physical Education 117, Physical Education 103 or 108 3 

Physical Education activities courses 3 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

F. Concentrations . 30 

TOTAL 191 

Concentration 

1. Accounting 

B.A. 301, 302— Intermediate Accounting I, II, and four of the following: 
B.A. 329— Cost Accounting I 
B.A. 330— Cost Accounting II 
B.A. 436— Income Taxation I 
B.A. 437— Income Taxation II 
B.A. 450— Auditing Principles 
B.A. 455— Advanced Accounting 

2. Economics 

Econ. 306— National Income Analysis 

Econ. 435— Seminar on Contemporary Economic Problems, and the 

remaining hours selected from the following: 

Econ. 326— Economic History of the United States 

Econ. 331— Labor and Industrial Relations 

Econ. 335— Public Finance 

Econ. 345— Economic Development 

Econ. 350— Transportation Economics 

Econ. 405— Government and Business 

Econ. 431— Investments 

Econ. 445— Independent Study 



167 



3. Finance 

B.A. 465— Business Policy 

B.A. 425— Managerial Accounting or 

B.A. 301— Intermediate Accounting I or 

B.A. 329— Cost Accounting I 
Four of the following: 

B.A. 308— Business Law II 

B.A. 404— Real Estate 

B.A. 436— Income Taxation I 

B.A. 437— Income Taxation II 

Econ. 306— National Income Analysis 

Econ. 335— Public Finance 

Econ. 431— Investments 

4. Information Systems 

Computer Science 231— Business Language I 

Computer Science 232— Business Language II 

Computer Science 301— Computer Organization and Programming 

Computer Science 431— Control and Organization of Information 

Computer Science 306— Data and Programming Management or 

Computer Science 432— Systems Analysis and Design 
Computer Science elective 

5. Management 

B.A. 425— Managerial Accounting 

B.A. 465— Business Policy and four of the f6llowing: 

B.A. 308— Business Law II 

B.A. 301— Intermediate Accounting I or 
B.A. 329— Cost Accounting I 

B.A. 344— Principles of Salesmanship 

B.A. 348— Advertising 

B.A. 400— Internship 

B.A. 375— Personnel Administration 

B.A. 411— Marketing Management 

B.A. 412— Marketing Research 

B.A. 460— Production Planning and Control 

B.A. 462— Human Relations in Industry 

B.A. 463— Small Business Management 

Econ. 331— Labor and Industrial Relations 

Econ. 350 — Transportation Economics 

Econ. 405— Government and Business 

Psyc. 320— Industrial Psychology 

6 . Manage men t-Marketing 

B.A. 411— Marketing Management or 

B.A. 412— Marketing Research 
B.A. 465— Business Policy and one or more of the following: 

B.A. 344— Principles of Salesmanship 

B.A. 346— Retailing 

B.A. 348— Advertising 

B.A. 411— Marketing Management 

B.A. 412— Marketing Research 
The remaining hours to be selected from the list under MANAGEMENT 
above. 



168 






Course Offerings 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 200-Survey of Business. (5-0-5). 

A first course in business for Business Administration majors or an 
elective for non-majors who wish to gain an understanding of the 
functioning of business enterprises in our capitalistic system. The 
course will provide a basic familiarity with: (a) the economic, social, 
and political environment in which business enterprises operate, and 
(b) the tools and managerial skills used in business decision-making in 
the various functional areas such as organization, management, 
financing, marketing, production and personnel. (Not open to 
upper-division business majors who have already taken or are 
concurrently taking 300-level work.) 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 203-Business Machines. (3-2-3). 

Development of skill in the use of adding-listing machines; 
mechanical and electronic calculating machines; dictating- 
transcribing machines; copying and duplication machines; and the 
proportional-space typewriter; course syllabus adapted to the indi- 
vidual student's needs. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 205-Data Processing. (5-0-5). 

A study of the basic methods, techniques, and systems of manual, 
mechanical, electrical and electronic data processing systems and an 
analysis of the application of these systems to business and industry 
with emphasis on the manager and the role of management. Included 
in the course of study are the tele-communication terminal systems 
and the languages necessary to communicate with a computing 
system . 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 207-Personal Finance. (5-0-5) 
Prerequisite: Eligibility to enter Mathematics 101. 

This course is devoted to family financial matters such as 
budgeting expenditures, taxes, loans, charge accounts, savings media, 
life insurance, investment securities, mutual funds, estate planning, 
trusts, wills, estate and gift taxes. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 211-Introductory Accounting I. 
(5-0-5). Offered each quarter. 

An introduction to the fundamental principles and procedures of 
accounting, including a study of the journal, the ledger, working 
papers, accounting statements, controlling accounts, special journals. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 212-Introductory Accounting 
II. (5-0-5). Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Accounting 211. 

An application of accounting principles to certain problems such 
as departmental operations, manufacturing accounts, the analysis of 
financial statements, accounting aids to management, statement of 
application of funds. 

169 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 215-Business Communication. 
(5-0-5). Prerequisite: English 112. 

The development of an awareness of the, problems in communi- 
cating in business; theory and principles of effective business 
communication; business reports, letters, memorandums, and the 
instruments of the job application process; oral and non-verbal 
techniques. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 301-Intermediate Accounting I. 
(5-0-5). Prerequisites: Accounting 212, Economics 201, Math 195, 
220. 

Accounting theory and the solution of problems requiring an 
application of accounting theory. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 302-Intermediate Accounting II. 
(5-0-5). Prerequisite: Business Administration 301. 

A continuation of Business Administration 301, emphasizing the 
theories of valuation of fixed assets and liability accounts, the 
application of these, and the interpretation of financial statements 
prepared on the basis of these theories. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 307-Business Law I. (5-0-5). 
Prerequisite: Business Administration 307. 

Introduction to Legal Rights (sources, nature, types); govern- 
mental regulation; the law applicable to the following subject areas: 
Contracts; Sales— Article 2 of the Uniform Commercial Code 
(U.C.C.). 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 308-Business Law II. (5-0-5). 
Prerequisite: Business Administration 307. 

The law applicable to the following subject areas: Commercial 
Paper— Articles 3 and 4 of the Uniform Commercial Code; Insurance; 
Personal Property, Bailments, Real Property; Agency, Employment, 
Parnerships and Corporations; Secured Transactions— Article 9 of the 
U.C.C.; Bankruptcy. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 320-Business Finance. (5-0-5). 
Prerequisites: Accounting 212, Economics 201, Mathematics 195, 
220. 

The internal and external sources of financing for business 
enterprises; acquisition and management of long-term and shorter- 
term funds; types of securities; equity and debt instruments; 
problems of financial management. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 329-Cost Accounting I. (5-0-5). 
Prerequisites: Accounting 212, Economics 201, Mathematics 195, 
220. 

Methods of determining and distributing costs in manufacturing, 
including job order and process methods. 



170 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 330-Cost Accounting II. (5-0-5) 
Prerequisites: Accounting 212, Economics 201, Mathematics 195, 
220. 

Standard cost procedures; budgeting; distribution costs and special 
cost problems. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 340-Principles of Marketing. 
(5-0-5). Offered each quarter. Prerequisites: Accounting 212, Econ- 
omics 201, Mathematics 195, 220. 

Principles and methods involved in the movement of goods and 
services from producers to consumers or ultimate users. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 344-Principles of Salesmanship. 
(5-0-5). Prerequisite: Business Administration 340. 

A detailed investigation and analysis of the myriad techniques 
utilized in the selling process. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 346-Retailing. (5-0-5). Pre- 
requisite: Business Administration 340. 

An examination of the fundamentals necessary to establish and to 
manage effectively a successful retail concern. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 348-Advertising. (5-0-5). Pre- 
requisite: Business Administration 340. 

Consideration of advertising and its relation to the overall 
marketing function. Includes media planning and selection, creativity 
and problem areas. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 360-Principles of Management. 
(5-0-5). Offered each quarter. Prerequisites: Accounting 212, Econ- 
omics 201, Mathematics 195, 220. 

The basic principles of management applicable to all forms of 
business and to all levels of supervision; the functions of planning, 
organizing, directing and controlling as components of the manage- 
ment process. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 375-Personnel Administration. 
(5-0-5). Prerequisites: Accounting 212, Economics 201, Mathematics 
195, 220. 

Personnel administration from the staff as well as the managerial 
approach. Staffing the organization; maximizing employee potential; 
organizational behavior; remuneration and security of employees. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 400-Internship. (Credit variable, 
5 to 10 hours, but no more than 5 hours may be counted toward the 
major concentration.) Prerequisite: Senior standing with a minimum 
2.75 GPA in all business and economics courses. 

The student will pursue a meaningful project in the area of his 
major concentration in a business, government, or other institutional 
setting. The project will be determined by the sponsor of the activity 
and the student's faculty adviser and will be conducted under their 



171 



joint supervision. Projects are normally completed in a quarter with 
periodic reports and a final performance evaluation submitted by the 
project sponsor. The project will be open to inspection by the 
faculty adviser for his evaluation of the quality of performance. 
Application and arrangement must be made through the department 
by mid-quarter preceeding the quarter in internship. Not open to 
part-time students who are employed full-time. Open to transient 
students only with permission of the Dean of the Faculty at 
Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 404-Real Estate. (5-0-5). Pre- 
requisites: Accounting 212, Economics 201, Mathematics 195, 220. 

Principles and practices concerned with the economic, financial 
managerial and marketing aspects of commercial and industrial real 
estate planning and utilization. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 411— Marketing-Management. 
(5-0-5). Prerequisites: Business Administration 340 and 360. 

Management of marketing organizations, with emphasis on plan- 
ning, organizing and controlling the marketing organization, internal 
and external communications; marketing management decision- 
making. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 412-Marketing Research. 
(5-0-5). Prerequisite: Business Administration 340. 

Sampling, survey, experimental and other research techniques for 
determining customer preferences and market potentials. Inter- 
pretation and presentation of research findings for management 
decision-making. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 425-Managerial Accounting. 
(5-0-5). Prerequisite: Business Administration 360. 

Emphasizes theory and practice of accounting from the standpoint 
of those who direct business operations and shape business policy. 
(Not open to Accounting majors.) 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 436-Income Taxation I. (5-0-5). 
Prerequisites: Accounting 212, Economics 201, Math 195, 220. 

A study of federal income tax law and regulations; the income tax 
returns of individual, partnerships and corporations. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 437-Income Taxation II. 
(5-0-5). Prerequisite: Business Administration 436 or Business 
Administration 302. 

A continuation of Business Administration 436 with emphasis on 
corporations and fiduciary returns, gift taxes and estate taxes. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 450-Auditing Principles. (5-0-5). 
Prerequisite: Business Administration 302. 

The principles of audits and financial verification, standards of 
field work, preparation of audit working papers, writing audit 
reports, audition ethics. 

172 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 455-Advanced Accounting. 
(5-0-5). Prerequisite: Business Administration 302. 

Selected problems in accounting. Analysis and evaluation of 
methods used for organizing and solving special accounting problems. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 460-Production Management. 
(5-0-5). Prerequisite: Business Administration 360. 

The principles of production management are developed through 
study of plant layout, inventory control, materials handling, pro- 
duction scheduling, quality control and associated topics. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 462-Human Relations in Organi- 
zations. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: Business Administration 360. 

A study of the process of integrating people into the work 
situation so that they are motivated to work together harmoniously, 
productively and with economic, psychological and social satis- 
faction. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 463-Small Business Manage- 
ment. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: B.A. 320, 340, 360, and Senior standing. 

Study of the operation and problems of small business in 
manufacturing, marketing, and service sectors. Individual investi- 
gations of a small business will be required of each student. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 465-Business Policy. (5-0-5). 
Prerequisites: Business Administration 320, 340, 360 and Senior 
status. 

Problem solving and decision making by top management. An 
integrating course, taught by the case method. Should be taken in 
the student's final quarter. 

Course Offerings 

ECONOMICS 

ECONOMICS 201-Principles of Economics I. (5-0-5). Offered 
each quarter. Prerequisite: At minimum, eligibility to enter Mathe- 
matics 101. 

Micro and Macro economic principles. 

ECONOMICS 305-Managerial Economics. (5-0-5). Offered twice 
a year. Prerequisites: Accounting 212, Economics 201, Mathematics 
195, 220. 

Microeconomic applications to decision-making and policy formu- 
lation in the business firm. Production costs, pricing and market 
structures. 

ECONOMICS 306-National Income Analysis. (5-0-5). Pre- 
requisites: Accounting 212, Economics 201, Mathematics 195, 220. 

Income and employment analysis; money and interest; monetary 
and fiscal policy; inflation and unemployment. 

173 



ECONOMICS 311— Quantitative Methods. (5-0-5). Offered twice a 
year. Prerequisites: Accounting 212, Economics 201, Mathematics 
195, 220. 

Applications and limitations of mathematical techniques to 
business and economic problems. Decision making under uncer- 
tainty. Inventory control. Linear, integer, and dynamic pro- 
gramming. 

ECONOMICS 312— Econometrics. (5-0-5). Prerequisites: Account- 
ing 212. Economics 201, Mathematics 195, 220. 

Applications and limitations of statistical techniques to business 
and economic problems. Limitations of ordinary least squares. Data 
problems. Index numbers. Sampling techniques. 

ECONOMICS 326— Economic History of the United States. 
(5-0-5). 

The growth and development of economic institutions in the 
United States from the colonial period to the present, with emphasis 
on the period since 1860, and including developments in agriculture, 
industry, labor, transportation, and finance. 

ECONOMICS 327— Money and Banking. (5-0-5). Offered twice a 
year. Prerequisites: Accounting 212, Economics 201, Mathematics 
195, 220. 

Monetary theory, banking theory and practice, central bank 
controls, other financial institutions, credit flows, monetary policies 
to achieve desired economic efforts. 

ECONOMICS 331— Labor and Industrial Relations. (5-0-5). Pre- 
requisites: Accounting 212, Economics 201, Mathematics 195, 220. 

The development and structure of the labor movement in the 
United States; the principles of wage determination; collective 
bargaining; and public policy toward labor unions. 

ECONOMICS 335— Public Finance. (5-0-5). Prerequisites: Ac- 
counting 212, Economics 201, Mathematics 195, 220. 

The economic effects of governmental taxation, expenditures and 
public debt management. The principal sources of revenue and types 
of expenditures at the federal, state and local levels. The proper 
scope of government and issues of fairness in taxation. 

ECONOMICS 345— Economic Development. (5-0-5). Prerequisites: 
Accounting 212, Economics 201, Mathematics 195, 220. 

The nature and cause of economic stagnation in developing 
nations of the world, urgent need for their economic development, 
theory of economic growth, ways of fostering development, and 
balanced growth and industrialization. 

ECONOMICS 350-Transportation Economics. (5-0-5). Prereq- 
uisites: Accounting 212, Economics 201, Mathematics 195, 220. 



17zL 



Domestic transportation and its economic impact; national trans- 
portation policy and regulatory agencies; principles of rate-making 
and computation; the U.S. transportation system, its problems and 
the future. 

ECONOMICS 405-Government and Business. (5-0-5). Prereq- 
uisites: Accounting 212, Economics 201, Mathematics 195, 220. 

The effects of public policies upon business and industry with 
emphasis on anti-trust, taxation, regulatory and defense policies. 

ECONOMICS 431-Investments. (5-0-5). Prerequisites: Account- 
ing 212, Economics 201, Mathematics 195, 220. 

The investment risks in different investment media; selection of 
appropriate media in accordance with individual or institutional goals 
and risk-bearing capacity. Types of investments and securities. 

ECONOMICS 435— Seminar on Contemporary Economic Prob- 
lems. (5-0-5). Prerequisites: Accounting 212, Economics 201, two 
300-level Economics courses, Mathematics 195, 220. 

General problems of production, employment, and income, with 
special reference to the specific problems faced by the American 
economic system. 

ECONOMICS 445-Independent Study. (5-0-5). Not open to 
transient students except with permission of the Dean of the Faculty 
at Armstrong and of the college from which the student comes. 

Mature students of economics may be permitted to undertake 
special independent studies in one or more aspects of economics, 
under the supervision and guidance of a member of the faculty. 
Normally, the subject matter covered will parallel a bulletin- 
described course which is only infrequently offered. The student will 
meet frequently with his advisor and will be expected to submit 
reports in depth on his studies. Approval of the advisor and the 
Department Head will be necessary for admittance to this course. 

Course Offerings 

SECRETARIAL STUDIES 

SECRETARIAL STUDIES 104-Beginning Typewriting. (3-2-3). 

Development of basic skill; introduction to typewritten letters, 
tabulations and manuscripts (includes term papers and book reports). 
Students who have earned high school credit in a one-year course in 
typewriting (or the college equivalent— one quarter or one semester) 
may not take this course for credit. These students should either 
audit the course or begin the typewriting sequence with Intermediate 
Typewriting, Secretarial Studies 105. 

SECRETARIAL STUDIES 105-Intermediate Typewriting. 
(3-2-3). Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 104 or equivalent. 



1 7c; 



Improvement of basic skill; tabulations, business forms, letters, 
memorandums, and manuscripts; emphasis on production rate. 

SECRETARIAL STUDIES 106-Advanced Typewriting. (3-2-3). 
Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 105 or equivalent. 

Major emphasis on production rate; tabulations, letters and 
manuscripts; varied business forms and other information media. 

SECRETARIAL STUDIES Ill-Beginning Shorthand. (5-0-4). 
Prerequisite or corequisite: Secretarial Studies 104 or equivalent. 

Complete theory; reading, dictation and transcription from 
studied material to 60 words a minute. Students who have earned 
high school credit in a one-year course in Shorthand (or the college 
equivalent— one quarter or one semester) may not take this course 
for credit. These students should either audit the course or begin the 
shorthand sequence with Intermediate Shorthand, Secretarial Studies 
112. 

SECRETARIAL STUDIES 112-Intermediate Shorthand. (5-0-4). 
Prerequisites: Secretarial Studies 111 or equivalent and Secretarial 
Studies 104 or equivalent. 

Improvement of basic skill; mailable copy; reading; dictation and 
transcription from studied and new material to 90 words a minute. 

SECRETARIAL STUDIES 113-Advanced Shorthand. (5-0-5). 
Prerequisites: Secretarial Studies 112 or equivalent and Secretarial 
Studies 104 or equivalent. 

Improvement of basic skill; reading; mailable copy; dictation and 
transcription from studied and new material to 120 words a minute. 

SECRETARIAL STUDIES 114— Advanced Dictation and Tran- 
scription. (5-0-4). Summer. Prerequisites: Secretarial Studies 113 or 
equivalent and Secretarial Studies 104 or equivalent. 

Reading mailable copy; office-style dictation; refinement of 
techniques. 

SECRETARIAL STUDIES 213-Office Procedures. (5-0-5). Pre- 
requisite: Secretarial Studies 105 or equivalent. 

Development of an understanding of administrative services 
common to business; work flow; interpersonal relationships; office 
systems. 

SECRETARIAL STUDIES 214-Records Systems and Manage- 
ment. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 104. 

Records systems and records management used in the con- 
temporary business office. 

DEPARTMENT OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

Associate Professor William L. Megathlin, Head; Associate 
Professor Magnus; Assistant Professors Eissler and Menzel. 



176 



Armstrong State College provides professional education to 
prepare students for careers in many areas in the administration of 
criminal justice. A strong liberal arts emphasis has been developed 
within the criminal justice program, enabling the student to prepare 
for new and demanding requirements in his profession. Specific 
courses in criminal justice are open to all students as electives. 
Students who plan to follow careers in the behavioral sciences, law, 
journalism, or special education may find courses in the criminal 
justice area both interesting and useful. Non-majors should consult 
with their faculty advisors before electing these courses. 

Two programs of study are available to the student who wishes to 
study in the criminal justice area— a two year program leading to the 
degree of Associate in Science in Criminal Justice with a concen- 
tration in corrections or in law enforcement and a four-year program 
leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice. Each 
student should work closely with assigned departmental advisor in 
planning a program for either of the two degrees. 

Program for the Degree 

Associate in Science in Criminal Justice 

with a Concentration in Law Enforcement 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 53 

1. English 111; 112- 10 

2. Art 200, 271; 272, 273, Music 200, or Philosophy 201 5 

3. Mathematics 101 5 

4. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

5. History 251 or 252nnd Political Science 113- 10 

6. Psychology 101 and Sociology 201 10 

7. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 211 3 

B. Area of Concentration 40 

Criminal Justice 100, 103, 104, 
201, 210, 301 and two CJ electives 

C. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 93 

Program for the Degree 

Associate in Science in Criminal Justice 

with a Concentration in Corrections 

Quarter Hours 
A. General Requirements* 53 

1. English 111, 112 10 

2. Art 200, 271, 272, 273, Music 200, or Philosophy 201 5 

3. Mathematics 101 5 

4. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

5. History 251 or 252 and Political Science 113 10 






"■Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See ''Admission" 
section of this Bulletin. 



Ill 



Quarter Hours 

6. Psychology 101 and Sociology 201 10 

7. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 211 3 

B. Area of Concentration 40 

Criminal Justice 100, 102, 103, 201, 
210, 301, and two CJ electives 

C. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 93 

At least 45 hours of each of these two programs must be completed at Armstrong 

Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice 

Students who intend to major in Criminal Justice should complete Criminal 
Justice 100 before the end of the freshman year and should complete all general 
education requirements as soon as possible. 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 66 

1. English 111, 112, 211 15 

2. Art 200, 271, 272, 273, Music 200, 

Philosophy 201, or English 222 5 

3. Mathematics 101 and 103, 195, 220 or 290 10 

4. Laboratory Science Sequence . 10 

5. Political Science 113 and History 114 and 115 15 

6. Psychology 101 and Sociology 201, Economics 201, 

or Anthropology 201 5 

7. Physical Education 6 

Physical Education 103 or 108 and 211 and three 

Physical Education activities courses 

B. Course Appropriate to Area of Concentration* 30 

1. Psychology 101 or Sociology 201 '. 5 

2. History 251 or 252 5 

3. Criminal Justice 100, 103, 201, 210 20 

C. Area of Concentration 30 

Criminal Justice 301, 303, 305, 390, 403, 490 

D. Electives from Related Areas 65 

Sixty-five hours chosen from a list of selected electives, 
No more than fifteen hours may be taken from any one 
department except Criminal Justice. Seven of these 
courses should be 300-400 level courses. 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 



TOTAL 191 



♦Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission' 

sppt.inn of t.hic Hullo tin 



section of this Bulletin 

178 



Course Offerings 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 100— Introduction to Criminal Justice. 
(5-0-5). Offered each quarter. 

This survey course examines the emergence of formal institutions 
established within the American experience to deal with criminal 
behavior. The philosophical and cultural origins of the criminal 
justice system and current trends in criminal justice are emphasized. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 102-Introduction to Corrections. (5-0-5). 
Fall. 

This course provides an overview of the American correctional 
system. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 103-Developing Interpersonal Communi- 
cations Skills. (5-0-5). Fall, Winter, Spring. 

The emphasis of this course will be placed upon the development 
of interpersonal communication skills, i.e., skills that can be 
effectively utilized on the job to improve interaction among 
employees and between employees and the public. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 104-Basic Law Enforcement. (5-0-5). Fall. 

This course will include a study of the police system in the United 
States, an overview of the basic purposes and objectives of the 
average police department, and an introduction to police ethics and 
prof essionalization . 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 201-Criminal Procedure. (5-0-5). Winter. 

A survey of the distinctive features of, and the basis for, American 
Criminal Law buttressed by an analysis of leading court decisions 
relative to procedural rights emanating from the Bill of Rights. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 202-Law of Evidence. (5-0-5). Offered on 
demand. 

An intensive analysis of the rules of evidence in criminal cases. 
Particular subjects will include burden of proof, hearsay evidence, 
and the principles of exclusion and selection. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 203-Criminal Law. (5-0-5). Winter. 

History and development of criminal law with definitions and 
general penalties. Special emphasis will be placed upon the Georgia 
Penal Code. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 204-Criminal Investigation. (5-0-5). 
Offered on demand. 

Introduction to investigative methodology. Special techniques 
employed in criminal investigation, such as crime scene searches, the 
use of informants, and the techniques of surveillance will be 
emphasized, as well as the representation of police cases in court. 



179 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 210-Criminology. (5-0-5). Fall. 

The nature and extent of crime in the United States; assessment 
and evaluation of various factors and influences that lead to criminal 
behavior; various measures proposed for trie control of criminal 
behavior. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 250— Directed Readings in Criminal Justice. 
(5-0-5) Offered on demand. 

A course designed to permit each student to pursue an approved 
topic through independent study and research under the guidance 
and direction of the instructor. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 301-Juvenile Delinquency. (5-0-5). Fall. 
Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 100 or consent of instructor. 

A survey of theories of juvenile delinquency, the sociological, 
biological, and psychological factors involved in juvenile delinquency 
and the modern trends in prevention and treatment. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 302-Criminalistics. (5-0-5). Summer. Pre- 
requisite: a natural science laboratory sequence or consent of 
instructor. 

An introduction to the problems and techniques of scientific 
criminal investigation. Emphasis will be placed on familiarizing the 
student with the role of science and technology in modern law 
enforcement. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 303-Penology. (5-0-5). Winter. Prereq- 
uisite: Criminal Justice 100, 102 or consent of instructor. 

This course deals with the analysis and evaluation of both 
historical and contemporary correctional systems. This course will 
also deal with the development, organization, operation and results 
of the different systems of corrections found in America. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 304-Probation and Parole. (5-0-5). Offered 
on demand. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 303, or consent of 
instructor. 

This course will deal with the development, organization, oper- 
ation and results of systems of probation and parole as substitutes 
for incarceration. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 305-Law Enforcement Systems. (5-0-5). 
Spring. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 100, 104 or consent of 
instructor. 

An introduction to the philosophical, cultural and historical 
background of the police idea. This course is conceptually oriented 
and will deal with concepts such as the role of the police in 
contemporary society, the quasi-military organization of the police, 
and community relations. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 307-Community Based Treatment. (5-0-5). 
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 303 or consent of 
instructor. 

180 



This course will investigate the different community base treat- 
ment programs. An emphasis will be placed on investigating the 
function of halfway houses and the use of volunteers in corrections. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 390-Research Methods in Criminal Justice. 
(5-0-5). Winter. Prerequisites: English 111 and 112, Criminal Justice 
210 or 301, Criminal Justice 303 and 305. 

This course deals with the methods and techniques of research in 
the behavioral sciences. Emphasis will be placed on learning how to 
evaluate research. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 401-Criminal Justice Planning. (5-0-5). 
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 390 or consent of 
instructor. 

Origins and evolution of modern day planning. Planning as a 
process of criminal justice decision-making. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 402-Civil Liberties. (5-0-5). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 201 or Political Science 317. 

Problems will be drawn from the substantive and procedural 
aspects of constitutional law and explored in the context of the 
current driction between the values of order and individual liberty. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 403-Judicial Process. (5-0-5). Spring. Pre- 
requisite: Criminal Justice 201 or Political Science 317. 

Courts as political subsystems in comparative perspective. Judicial 
decision-making and the development of public policy through the 
judicial process. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 406-Law and Society. (5-0-5). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 403 or the consent of 
instructor. 

The study of the theory and philosophy of law and the 
relationship between law and society. Current controversies such as 
civil disobedience and law and personal morality will receive special 
attention. 

CRIMLNAL JUSTICE 408-Human Relations. (5-0-5). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 

This course will deal in the area of human relations as a means of 
controlling and changing people. Emphasis will be placed on effective 
listening and effective communication. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 440-Seminar in Criminal Justice. (5-0-5). 
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Open to seniors only or by consent 
of the instructor. 

An intensive study of selected topics relative to the concept of 
criminal justice. Subject matter will vary annually. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 450-Field Experience I. (5-0-5). Offered 
each quarter. Prerequisite: Open to junior and senior criminal justice 
majors only and by invitation of the instructor. 



181 



The purpose of this course is to broaden the educational 
experience of students through appropriate observation and work 
assignments with criminal justice agencies. This course will be 
organized around specific problem orientations with operational 
research connotations. Students will be expected to spend a 
minimum of five hours per week with the participating agency. Open 
to transient students only with permission of the Dean of Faculty at 
Armstrong State College and of the college from which the student 
comes. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 451-Field Experience II. (5-0-5). Offered 
each quarter. Prerequisite: Open to junior and senior criminal justice 
majors only and by invitation of the instructor. 

This is a sequential course to Criminal Justice 450 which will 
permit the student to further broaden his perspectives. Open to 
transient students only with permission of the Dean of Faculty at 
Armstrong State College and of the college from which the student 
comes. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 452-453-454-Internship. (5 hours credit 
for each course,) Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Open only to 
upper level criminal justice majors. 

This course is designed to provide the student with an opportunity 
to apply academic training in the practical criminal justice setting. 
Settings will include law enforcement agencies (state or federal), 
community treatment facilities, and the courts. This course will be 
jointly supervised by college staff and law enforcement, correctional 
and court officials. Open to transient students only with permission 
of the Dean of the Faculty at Armstrong State College and of the 
college from which the student comes. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 490— Directed Research in Criminal Justice. 
(5-0-5). Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 390. 

A course designed to provide qualified students the opportunity to 
perform suitable and meaningful research into some area of criminal 
justice under the direction of the instructor. Open to transient 
students only with permission of the Dean of the Faculty at 
Armstrong State College and of the college from which the student 
comes. 

DEPARTMENT OF DENTAL HYGIENE 

Assistant Professor James M. Bell, Head; Assistant Professors 
Coursey, Tanenbaum, and Thomson; Teaching Associates Giorgio, 
Levine, and Olsen. 



182 



Associate in Science in Dental Hygiene 

For the two-year (seven quarters) program leading to the Associate 
in Science degree in Dental Hygiene, the student must complete a 
curriculum of 55 quarter hours in academic courses and 59 quarter 
hours in professional dental hygiene courses. The purpose of this 
program is to provide trained personnel in a rapidly growing and 
important health profession. Dental hygienists provide dental health 
services in private dental offices, civil service positions, industry, and 
in various public health fields. They practice under the supervision of 
a dentist and must pass a state board examination for licensure. The 
curriculum is approved by the Commission on Accreditation of 
Dental and Dental Auxiliary Educational Programs of The American 
Dental Association. 

A passing grade in all related natural science courses is a 
prerequisite to the 200 level Dental Hygiene courses; therefore, 
Chemistry 201, Zoology 208-209, and Biology 210 must be 
satisfactorily completed before the student will be admitted into 
second-year status in the Dental Hygiene Program. 

The student must earn a "C" or better in each Dental Hygiene 
course before he or she will be allowed to register for subsequent 
dental hygiene courses; therefore, the grade of "C" or better in the 
previous course(s) is a prerequisite for each dental hygiene course for 
which the student registers after the first quarter of the freshman 
year. An overall GPA of 2.0 is required for graduation from the 
program . 

Program for the Degree 
Associate in Science in Dental Hygiene 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 35 

1. English 111, 112 10 

2. Psychology 101 5 

3. Sociology 201 5 

4. Physical Education 211 2 

5. Physical Education activity course 1 

6. Drama/Speech 217 2 

7. History 251, or 252 5 

8. Political Science 113 5 

B. Courses in Major Field 59 

Dental Hygiene 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117 
118, 119, 120, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 
215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221 



'Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission" 
section of this Bulletin. 

183 



Quarter Hours 

C. Courses in Related Fields 20 

1. Chemistry 201 5 

2. Zoology 208, 209 . 10 

3. Biology 210 .' 5 

D. Regents and Exit Examinations 



TOTAL 114 

Course Offerings 

DENTAL HYGIENE Ill-Clinical Dental Hygiene I. (2-3-3). Fall. 

This course is designed to introduce the student to the dental 
hygiene profession. The subject matter includes fundamental know- 
ledge of clinical procedures and techniques of removing stains and 
deposits from the teeth. Clinical procedures are introduced first on 
manikins and then applied in the mouth. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 112-113-Clinical Dental Hygiene II and III. 
(1-6-3) (1-6-3). Winter and Spring respectively. Prerequisite: Dental 
Hygiene 111. 

Students continue with oral prophylactic techniques on patients in 
the clinic under supervision. The subject matter includes advanced 
procedures which the hygienist will use in the performance of duties. 
The student must apply acquired knowledge in all clinical situations. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 114-Dental Anatomy. (2-0-2). Fall. 

This course is designed to familiarize the dental hygiene student 
with the nomenclature, morphology, and eruption sequence of the 
primary and secondary dentition. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 115-Oral Histology and Embryology. 
(2-0-2). Winter. 

This course includes primarily the study of oral histology and 
embryology and is designed to familiarize the dental hygiene student 
with the histology of the oral cavity and with the growth and 
development of the embryo with emphasis on the oral structures. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 116-Head and Neck Anatomy. (2-0-2). 
Spring. 

This course is designed to familiarize the dental hygiene student 
with gross anatomical relationships in the head and neck. Special 
attention is given to the anatomy of the oral cavity and its clinical 
application. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 117-Applied Nutrition. (2-0-2). Spring. 

This course presents the biochemical aspects of nutrition as 
applied to the practice of dentistry. Students are instructed in diet, 
history taking, and dietetic counseling. 



184 



DENTAL HYGIENE 118-Periodontics. (2-0-2). Summer. 

This course is designed to give the student a basic understanding of 
periodontics. Emphasis will be placed on the significance of patient 
education and dental prophylaxis in the prevention of periodontal 
disease. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 119-Dental Materials. (2-3-3). Summer. 

This course is designed to provide a general understanding of the 
chemical, physical and mechanical properties of dental materials. The 
indications and limitations of materials will be stressed as well as 
proper manipulation of those materials used by dental hygienists. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 120-Dental Roentgenology. (2-3-3). 
Summer. 

This course will include a series of lectures, demonstrations, and 
directed experience in the fundamentals of dental roentgenology. 
Intra-oral techniques for the taking and processing of radiographs are 
taught and laboratory time will be devoted to demonstration and 
directed experience. Clinical time in subsequent quarters will afford 
the application of the principles to clinical situations. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 210-General and Oral Pathology. (3-0-3). 
Fall. 

This course is designed to familiarize dental hygiene students with 
the principles of general pathology in relation to the common 
diseases of oral regions. Emphasis will be placed on clinical 
manifestations and the importance of early recognition of abnormal 
conditions. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 211-212-213-Clinical Dental Hygiene IV, V, 
VI. (1-12-5) (1-12-5) (1-12-5). Fall, Winter and Spring respectively. 
Prerequisites: Dental Hygiene 111, 112, 113. 

These courses are a continuation of the preceding clinical courses. 
Emphasis centers on improved proficiency in all areas of a working 
clinic. Lecture time is devoted mainly to the discussion of expe- 
riences encountered in clinical situations. Pertinent material related 
to the dental hygiene profession is included in these courses. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 214-Anesthesiology and Pharmacology. 
(2-0-2). Winter. 

This course is a study of drugs and anesthetics with special 
consideration given to those used in dentistry. It is designed to 
acquaint the student with the principles of drug action in the human 
patient. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 215-Preventive Dentistry. (2-0-2). Fall. 

The principles of prevention of oral diseases are presented. 
Emphasis is placed on training the student in the utilization of oral 
physiotherapy aids and on education and motivation of patients in 
proper oral hygiene. Clinical time in subsequent quarters will afford 
the application of these principles to clinical situations. 

185 



DENTAL HYGIENE 216-Dental Public Health. (2-0-2). Winter. 

This course introduces the student to the various aspects of public 
health with reference to the dental needs of the community. Special 
attention is given to terminology, epidemiology, and interpretation 
of data related to community dental health programs. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 217-Dental Health Education. (2-0-2). 
Winter. 

This course is designed to familiarize the dental hygiene student 
with the practical application of modern methods of dental health 
education. Course content includes developing teaching materials for 
dental health education, demonstrations, and presentation of mate- 
rials. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 218-Dental Assisting. (2-0-2). Winter. 

This course is designed to acquaint the student with the 
contributions to the provision of dental services by dental auxiliary 
personnel. The principles of assistant utilization are presented and 
application of these principles is made during clinical experience. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 219-Total Patient Care. (2-0-2). Winter. 

This course is a series of lectures to acquaint the student with the 
subject matter and practice of the various dental specialties in 
relation to the patient's total health. Emphasis is placed on 
periodontics, its treatment and the role of the dental hygienist in 
maintenance of oral health. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 220-Directed Field Experience. (0-9-3). 
Spring. 

Students will receive directed field experience in public health 
dentistry and for the handicapped. They will also experience planned 
learning experiences in private dental offices. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 221— Fundamentals of Dental Hygiene. 
(1-0-1). Winter. 

This course is designed as a seminar to acquaint students with the 
ethical responsibilities of the dental hygienist, the jurisprudence 
governing the practice of dental hygiene, and the structure and 
function of the American Dental Association, the Georgia Dental 
Association, and the American Dental Hygienists Association. 

Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Education 

This degree is comprised of preparatory courses which will enable 
the students to become instructors of Dental Hygiene. The students 
will work with the dental hygiene faculty and be directly under their 
supervision. However, their professional level will be above the 
student dental hygienists (Associate of Science degree students). 



186 



Requirements include attendance at selected freshman and soph- 
omore lecture classes and clinics. The number and times of 
attendance will be left to the discretion of the Head of the 
Department. Lecture subjects; reading assignments; grading pro- 
cedures; and laboratory design; as well as instruction technique; 
attitude and interaction between students, faculty, and patients will 
be graded by all faculty members, with the final grades being 
determined by the Department Head. 

In addition to courses listed for the Associate in Science in Dental 
Hygiene Degree, the following courses must be completed. 

Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Education 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 33 

1. English 211 5 

2. Philosophy 201 5 

3. Mathematics 101, 220 10 

4. History 114, 115 10 

5. Physical Education electives 3 

B. Courses in the Major Field 20 

1. Dental Hygiene 401, 402, 403, 404 

C. Courses in Related Fields 20 

1. Education 203, 330 10 

2. Psychology 301 5 

3. Special Education 230 5 

D. Electives 20 

E. Regents** and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 93 



Course Offerings 

DENTAL HYGIENE 401-Practicum in Dental Hygiene Education 
I. (0-10-5). Fall. Prerequisite: Senior Status and work experience. 

An introductory field experience in the college dental hygiene 
clinic, with emphasis on observation, individual and small group 
teaching, and teacher aide work. The first professional course for 
majors in Dental Hygiene Education. 



♦Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission" 
section of this Bulletin. 
**The Regents Examination is not required if it was successfully completed as part of an 

Associate Degree program. 
NOTE: Students in the Bachelor of Science degree program in Dental Hygiene Education 
who did not complete History 251 or 252 and Political Science 113 or their 
equivalents in their Associate Degree programs must do so as part of their 
baccalaureate degree programs. 

187 



DENTAL HYGIENE 402-Practicum in Dental Hygiene Education 

II. (0-10-5). Winter. Prerequisite: DH 401. 

A continuation of Dental Hygiene 401., Problems common to 
beginning dental hygiene teachers, practices and procedures designed 
to accomplish program objectives, the establishment and organi- 
zation of content, methods of clinical evaluation and supervision in 
the dental hygiene clinic. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 403— Practicum in Dental Hygiene Education 

III. (0-10-5). Spring. Prerequisite: DH 402. 

An advanced field experience, designed to assist the student in the 
development of learning activities, teaching procedures, and the 
presentation of materials pertinent to dental hygiene education. The 
student will develop and teach selected units in the basic dental 
hygiene sequence. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 404-Directed Individual Study. (0-10-5). 
Summer. Prerequisite: DH 403. 

Directed individual study in an area of major interest with special 
relevance to Dental Hygiene and future career objectives. Laboratory 
experience will be included to meet the needs of the students. 

DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION 

Professor William W. Stokes, Head; Professor Ward; Associate 
Professors Barber and Newberry; Assistant Professors Ball, Bland, 
Thomas, and White. 

The purpose of the Department of Education is to coordinate the 
college-wide programs of teacher education and to offer professional 
courses for the pre-service and in-service preparation of teachers. 

All teacher education programs are approved by the Georgia State 
Department of Education. Upon verification by the College that the 
student has completed successfully an approved program, the student 
applies to the State Department of Education for the appropriate 
certificate. Armstrong State College offers the following approved 
Teacher Education programs: 

Approved Programs 

Elementary Education (Grades 1-8) 
Secondary Programs (Grades 7-12) 

Business Education (Comprehensive or Bookkeeping and Business 
Management) 

English 

Mathematics 

Science (Biology) 



188 



Science (Chemistry) 
Social Studies (History) 
Social Studies (Political Science) 
Social Studies (Behavioral Sciences) 
All Levels (Grades 1-12) 
Music 
Physical Education 

The college also offers an Associate Library Media Specialist 
program which may constitute an area of concentration for 
elementary teachers and an endorsement on the certificate for 
secondary teachers. The program is also intended to create an 
interest in librarianship. The courses are Library Science 310, 320, 
410, and 420 (20 quarter hours credit). 

A student must complete the college approved program for 
certification within four years following his/her admission to the 
Teacher Education Program. In the event that the student does not 
complete his program in four years, he/she must meet the require- 
ments of the program in effect at that time. 

All students completing teacher education programs except those 
majoring in Speech Correction are required to take both the 
Common Examinations and the appropriate Teaching Area Examin- 
ation of the National Teacher Examinations. Speech Correction 
majors must take the Common Examinations of the National 
Teachers Examinations and the Speech Pathology and Audiology 
Test of the Undergraduate Assessment Program. Students must 
submit the scores from these examinations to the Department of 
Education before the college can verify that an approved program 
has been completed. Additional information about these tests can be 
secured from the Office of Counseling and Placement. 

Academic Advisement 

A student who desires to become an elementary or secondary 
school teacher should apply during the first quarter of residence to 
the Department of Education for academic advisement. He should 
follow without deviation the approved program. Upon admission to 
teacher education, students will be assigned advisors as follows: 

1. Elementary education and Speech Correction majors are assign- 
ed an advisor in the Department of Education who will assist 
the student in planning the total program of studies. 

2. Students pursuing secondary or all level programs will be 
assigned an advisor in the Department of Education to assist 

189 



them concerning the professional sequence courses and certifi- 
cation requirements. In addition, students will have an advisor 
in the teaching field major to approve the courses in the 
teaching field. Assignment of the teaching field advisor will be 
made by the head of the academic department offering the 
major. Each student must have his secondary teaching program 
approved in advance by both advisors. Special forms for this 
purpose are to be filed with each advisor and a copy given to 
the student. 

Admission to Teacher Education 

All students pursuing a program leading toward certification by 
the Georgia State Department of Education as teachers must apply 
for admission to the Teacher Education program at Armstrong State 
College. This application will normally be filed during the third 
quarter of the sophomore year or, for transfer students, in the first 
quarter of the junior year. Application forms may be secured from 
the office of the Head of the Department of Education. The 
following criteria are used in admitting applicants to teacher 
education. 

1. Completion of at least 60 quarter hours of college credit with a 
2.50 GPA and completion of Education 203 and English 111, 
112, and 211 or their equivalents with a "C" or better. 

2. Satisfactory completion of the Regents Examination. 

3. Competence in oral and written expression. 

4. Indication of desirable attitude, character, and teaching 
potential. 



September Practicum 

The purpose of the September Practicum is to provide an 
opportunity for future teachers (1) to learn what teachers do at the 
beginning of a new school team, (2) to participate in experiences that 
will assist the prospective teacher with future decisions concerning 
teaching as a career, and (3) to become acquainted with the 
organization and curriculum of a particular school. 

The September Practicum occurs during the first two weeks of the 
public school term (usually in late August and early September) and 
should be scheduled during the student's junior or senior year. No 
credit is given for the September Practicum, but it is a requirement in 



190 



all of the teaching fields in the Armstrong State College Teacher 
Education Program. 

Application for the September Practicum should be made during 
the first week of the Spring Quarter for a September Practicum in 
the forthcoming September. The student should contact the Director 
of Professional Laboratory Experiences in the Department of 
Education. 



Student Teaching 

Student Teaching, the culminating activity of the professional 
sequence, is provided in selected off-campus school centers. The full 
quarter of student teaching is arranged cooperatively by the college, 
the participating schools, and supervising teachers. Completed 
applications for admission to student teaching must be submitted to 
the Director of Professional Laboratory Experiences during the first 
week of the quarter preceding student teaching. While student 
teaching, the student is required to adhere to established policies and 
procedures of the cooperating school system in addition to those 
policies and procedures established by the college and the Depart- 
ment of Education. 

A student is admitted to student teaching at the time assignment is 
made. While student preferences and other personal circumstances 
are considered, the Department of Education reserves the right to 
exercise its discretion in placement. The student will receive a letter 
of assignment. Orientation to student teaching will be held during 
the first several days of the quarter in which student teaching is 
scheduled. The following requirements must be met before a student 
can enroll in student teaching: 

1. Be admitted to the Teacher Education Program. 

2. Have at least senior status. All teaching field courses will 
normally have been completed. 

3. Have completed the required professional sequence courses with 
a grade of "C" or higher. Elementary majors must make a grade 
of "C" or higher on all specialized content courses. Students in 
Speech Correction must have completed all of the 300 level 
sequence courses in Special Education with a grade of "C" or 
better. 

4. Have a 2.5 average on all courses attempted, and "C" or better 
in all courses acceptable toward the teaching field, concen- 
tration, and related elective. 

191 



5. Have satisfactorily completed the related professional labora- 
tory experiences including the "September Practicum." 

6. Have satisfactorily completed the Media Competency Examin- 
ation. 

7. Be recommended by two academic professors and two members 
of the Department of Education, one of whom must be the 
student's advisor. 

8. Be approved by the Head of the Department of Education. 

9. Students in elementary education must have completed at least 
four of the specialized content courses, including the Teaching 
of Reading with grades of "C" or better. 

A student will not be permitted to take additional courses during 
student teaching. Student teachers are not permitted to teach in a 
school in which their children are enrolled. 

Programs for Secondary Teachers of 

Biology, Business, Chemistry, English, History, 

Mathematics, Music, Political Science, Psychology 

See Program Outlines in the appropriate departmental listings in this Bulletin. 

Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Science in Elementary Education 

Quarter Hours 
A. General Requirements* 96 

1. English 111, 112, 211 15 

2. Choice of: 5 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 
Philosophy 201; or English 222 

3. Drama/Speech 228 5 

4. Sociology 201 or Anthropology 201 5 

5. Geography 111, and Psychology 101 10 

6. History 114, 115 10 

7. Political Science 113 and History 251 or 252 10 

8. Biology 101, 102 10 

9. Physics 211, 212 or 

Physical Science 121, 122 10 

10. Mathematics 101 and choice of: 10 

Mathematics 103, 195, 220, 290 

11. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and three 

activities courses 6 



♦Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission' 
section of this Bulletin. 

192 



Quarter Hours 

B. Electives 20 

Approved electives to establish added proficiency 
in one area of concentration chosen to correspond 
to the elementary school curriculum: art, early 
childhood education, language arts, mathematics, 
modern foreign languages, music, social 
sciences, or associate Library media specialist 

C. Specialized Content Courses 30 

1. Mathematics 391 5 

2. Education 425 5 

3. Four of the following courses: 20 

Art 320, English 331, 

Music 320, Physical Education 320, Education 339, 

340,426, 434. 

D. Professional Sequence Courses 45 

1. Psychology 301, and Special Education 205 10 

2. Education 203, 301, 435, 436, 446, 447, 448 35 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 



TOTAL 191 

Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Science in Education: Speech Correction 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements* 76 

1. English 111, 112, 211 and one course selected from: 20 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200 
Philosophy 201; English 222 

2. Psychology 101 and Political Science 113 10 

3. History 114, 115, and History 251 or 252 15 

4. Biology 101, 102 and Physical Science 121 15 

5. Mathematics 101 and Mathematics 195 or 290 10 

6. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 and three 

activities courses 6 

B. Courses in Speech Correction 55 

Special Education 225, 230, 315, 320, 335, 410, 
411, 412, 413, 415, 420. (Each quarter, following 
completion of Special Education 410 and 415, the 
student will be assigned cases for supervised 
clinical practice.) 

C. Related Field Requirements 15 

1. Mental Health 102 5 

2. Psychology 305, 405 10 

D. Professional Sequence Courses 45 

1. Psychology 301, and Special Education 205 10 

2. Education 203, 301, 330, 425, 446, 447, 448 35 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



♦Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission" 

section of this Bulletin. 
NOTE: The above program will be deactivated after the 1978-79 academic year. Students 

should check with the Head of the Department of Education for further 

information. 

193 



Course Offerings 

EDUCATION 

EDUCATION 203-Orientation to Teaching. (5-0-5). Each 
quarter. 

The study of the status of education and of teaching as a 
profession. The student engages in directed self -study and plans for 
the achievement of his professional goals. 

EDUCATION 301— Child Development and the Educative Process. 
(2-8-5). Fall and Spring. Prerequisite: Education 203. 

A study of the developmental learning characteristics of pupils in 
relation to ways in which the school environment may elicit further 
development. Students attend seminars on campus and serve as 
junior professionals in selected elementary schools. Enrollment 
limited to 12 students per section. 

EDUCATION 307-Growth and Development of the Young Child. 
(5-0-5). Fall. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education or 
permission of instructor. 

The study of inter-relatedness of the aspects of growth and 
development; physical-motor, social -emotional, and intellectual 
cognitive for the young child. A unification of theory and research 
utilizing directed observations and a study of various measurements 
appropriate with young children will be included. 

EDUCATION 308-Child and His Family. (5-0-5). Winter. 
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education or permission of 
instructor. 

The study of children including the parent-child, parent-teacher 
relationships and cultural factors which affect children and their 
families. Techniques for development of parent involvement in the 
total developmental process. 

EDUCATION 309— Materials and Methods of Early Childhood 
Education. (5-0-5). Spring. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher 
Education or permission of instructor. 

The study of curricula needs, materials and techniques appropriate 
for use with young children. 

EDUCATION 310— Practicum in Nursery -Kindergarten Education. 
(2-8-5). Offered on demand. Prerequisite or corequisite: Education 
309. 

Provides opportunities for directed experience with children under 
six. Students attend seminars and work in selected preschool 
programs. 

EDUCATION 330-Secondary School Curriculum and Methods. 
General. (3-6-5). Winter, Spring, and Summer. Prerequisites: 
Admission to Teacher Education, Psychology 301. 



194 



The study of secondary school curriculum and methods. Detailed 
study is given to techniques of systematic observation, preparation of 
behavioral objectives, analysis of critical incidents, production of 
media materials, practices of classroom control, and examination of 
instruction models. Directed practicum. 

EDUCATION 338-Secondary School Curriculum and Methods, 
Business Education. (5-0-5). Winter. Prerequisites: Admission to 
Teacher Education, Psychology 301. 

The study of secondary school business education curriculum with 
emphasis upon materials and methods of teaching business 
education. Directed observation. 

EDUCATION 339-Eiementary School Language Arts Methods 
and Curriculum. (4-3-5). Fall. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher 
Education. 

This course is designed to offer the student the opportunity to 
explore methods, content, and materials used in teaching the skills of 
communication to children. 

EDUCATION 340-Elementary School Social Studies Methods 
and Curriculum. (4-3-5). Spring. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher 
Education. 

This course is designed to prepare preservice teachers to teach 
children fundamental social studies skills and processes. 

EDUCATION 425-The Teaching of Reading. (5-0-5). Winter, 
Summer. Prerequisites: Education 203 and Admission to Teacher 
Education, or permission of instructor. 

The teaching of reading including approaches, techniques, 
materials, and evaluating growth. 

EDUCATION 426-Practicum in Individualized Reading 
Instruction. (2-8-5). Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Education 
425. 

This course is designed to provide prospective teachers with 
directed practice and observation in the teaching of reading. Special 
emphasis will be placed upon diagnosis and teaching of needed 
reading skills. Students will be placed under the supervision of 
teachers who have been selected for their competency in the teaching 
of reading. Open to Elementary Education majors only. 

EDUCATION 434-Methods and Curriculum of Elementary 
Science. (5-0-5). Spring. 

Provides prospective teachers with a better concept of the meaning 
of science, processes for translating this concept into classroom 
practice and a variety of ways for helping children learn science, with 
special emphasis on the kind of inquiry that engages them in the 
process of discovery. 



195 



EDUCATION 435-Elementary School Curriculum. (5-0-5). 
Summer, Winter. Corequisite: Education 436. Prerequisites: 
Education 301 and Psychology 301, or permission of the instructor 
and admission to the teacher education program. 

The study of existing organization patterns of the school and 
experiences in curriculum planning, evaluation, trends, and design. 
Directed observation. 

EDUCATION 436-Elementary School Methods. (5-0-5). Summer, 
Winter. Corequisite: Education 435. Prerequisites: Education 301 
and Psychology 301, or permission of the instructor and admission 
to the teacher education program. 

The study and evaluation of teaching methods, materials, and 
equipment in the various teaching fields. Actual unit development in 
preparation for student teaching. 

EDUCATION 439— Secondary School Curriculum and Methods, 
English. (5-0-5). Offered Fall of even years. Prerequisite: Psychology 
301 and admission to teacher Education. 

The study of secondary school English curriculum with emphasis 
upon materials and methods of teaching English. Directed 
observation. 

EDUCATION 440-Secondary School Curriculum and Methods, 
Social Science. (5-0-5). Fall, Spring. Prerequisites: Admission to 
Teacher Education, Psychology 301. 

The study of secondary school social science curriculum with 
emphasis upon materials and methods of teaching social science. 
Directed observation. 

EDUCATION 441-Secondary School Curriculum and Methods, 
Mathematics. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. Prerequisites: 
Mathematics 260. 

The study of secondary school mathematics curriculum with 
emphasis upon materials and methods of teaching mathematics. 
Directed observations. 

EDUCATION 443— Methods and Curriculum in Health, Physical 
and Recreation Education. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher Education, Psychology 301, 
Education 330. 

The study of secondary school Health, Physical and Recreation 
Education curriculum with emphasis upon materials and methods of 
teaching Health, Physical and Recreation Education. Directed 
observation. 

EDUCATION 444-Secondary School Curriculum and Methods, 
Science. (5-0-5). Offered Spring of even years. Prerequisites: 
Admission to Teacher Education, Psychology 301, and Education 
330. 



196 



The study of secondary school science curriculum with emphasis 
upon materials and methods of teaching science. Directed 
observations. 

EDUCATION 446-447-448-Student Teaching. (15 quarter 
hours). Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: See "Teacher Education" 
section under "Degree Programs." 

Students are placed in selected schools for one quarter as full time 
student staff members. No additional credit hours may be earned 
while student teaching. Classroom experiences and other staff 
responsibilities are jointly supervised by the college staff, supervising 
teachers, and principals in the selected schools. Open to transient 
students only with permission of the Dean of the Faculty at 
Armstrong and of the college from which the student comes. 

Course Offerings 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 110— Introduction to Library Research and 
Materials. (1-0-1). 

An orientation to the Lane Library, library terminology, general 
research methods, and major library aids, such as the card catalog, 
classification and subject heading guides, general periodical and 
newspaper indexes, encyclopedias, dictionaries, almanacs, handbooks 
and yearbooks. This is a survey course to acquaint the student with a 
library's potential to answer his information needs as a student, 
civilian, researcher, or business person. 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 111— Special Periodicals and Bibliographies. 
(1-0-1). 

A self-instructional survey of special periodical and book indexes 
as well as atlases; gazetters; biographical tools; reviews and criticisms; 
and national, state, local, and selected international and foreign 
documents, guides and tools. 

♦LIBRARY SCIENCE 310-Reference Materials. (5-0-5) 
Study and evaluation of basic reference sources for effective 
reference service in elementary and secondary schools. Designed to 
give the student a working knowledge of a library as an information 
and resource center. 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 311-Principles of Library Research and 
Materials. (1-0-1). 

A study of general research methodology and tools. The method- 
ology aspect will focus on two main areas of concern, (l)the 



'This course partially satisfies the certification requirement for the Associate Library Media 
Specialist (Georgia State Department of Education). 

197 



question-transfer and negotiation process, and (2) the ability to 
recognize ready reference, bibliographic and evaluative reference/ 
research questions. The study of tools will focus on the recognition 
and application of the proper sources for solution. A research project 
approved by the professor is required as partial requirement for 
completion of course. 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 312— Information Resources in the Human- 
ities. (1-0-1). 

Extensive study of basic and advanced reference materials and 
search techniques in the Humanities. 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 313— Information Resources in the Social 
Sciences. (1-0-1). 

Extensive study of basic and advanced reference materials and 
search techniques in the Social Sciences. 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 314— Information Resources in the Sciences. 
(1-0-1). 

Extensive study of basic and advanced reference materials and 
search techniques in the Sciences. 

*LIBRARY SCIENCE 320-Cataloging and Classification of 
School Library Materials. (5-0-5) 

Introduction to the basic principles of cataloging and classification 
of books and audiovisual materials through the use of Dewey and 
Library of Congress classification. The card catalog, shelf list, 
physical procession, and procedure for ordering and using printed 
cards will be studied. 

*LIBRARY SCIENCE 410-Materials Selection. (5-0-5). Offered 
on demand. 

Selection and evaluation of books and non-book materials; 
emphasis on those which meet curriculum needs and interest, and 
which represent various levels of difficulty; ways of stimulating their 
use. Attention will be given to selection aids and reading guidance. 

*LIBRARY SCIENCE 420— School Library Administration and 
Organization. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

Basic organization of books, non-book materials, and services for 
effective use in school libraries. Administering the budget, purchase 
of materials, personnel, circulation, inventory, weeding, and instruc- 
tion in the use of library materials will be considered. Examination 
of the improvement of instruction by correlating library use with 
school curricula. 



*This course partially satisfies the certification requirement for the Associate Library Media 
Specialist (Georgia State Department of Education). 

198 



Course Offerings 

SPEECH CORRECTION 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 205-Introduction to Exceptional 
Children. (5-0-5). Fall, Winter, Spring. 

An orientation to exceptional children with emphasis on educa- 
tional implications and rehabilitation requirements. Includes class- 
room discussion of and visitations to facilities for training. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 230-Anatomy and Physiology of the 
Speech and Hearing Mechanism. (4-2-5). Spring. 

Anatomy and physiology of the head, neck, and thorax from a 
speech and hearing standpoint. Special emphasis is placed on 
functional considerations of the respiratory system, larynx, oral and 
nasal structures, and ear. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 412-Language Disorders. (4-3-5). Winter. 
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

An introduction to language disorders of children and adults. 
Etiologies, evaluation procedures, and therapeutic approaches are 
studied. Major emphasis will be given to delayed language develop- 
ment and aphasia. Supervised clinical practicum. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 41 3 -Organically Based Communication 
Problems. (4-2-5). Winter. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

The course includes a study of the communication problems 
related to disorders of voice, cleft palate, and cerebral palsy. 
Supervised clinical practicum. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 420-Introduction to Audiology. (2-6-5). 
Fall. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

An introduction to the methods of hearing assessment through 
pure tone and speech audiometry, with a focus on rehabilitation of 
the hearing impaired. Supervised clinical practice. 

DEPARTMENT OF NURSING 

Professor James F. Repella, Head; Associate Professor Hall; 
Assistant Professors Bell, Buck, Keller, Massey, Miller, Nauright, 
Silcox, Slee, D. Smith, Sullivan, Williamson; Instructors Almand, 
Callaway, Clayton, Frasier, P. Smith; Academic Advisor Pingel. 

Admission Requirements 

For admission requirements for the Associate in Science degree 
program in Nursing, refer to the section on "Admissions" in this 
Bulletin. 



199 



Associate in Science in Nursing 

The Associate in Science degree program in Nursing provides the 
student with the opportunity to obtain a general education and to 
study Nursing at the college level. Graduates are eligible to take the 
State Board Examination for licensure to practice as Registered 
Nurses. 

Student Nurses participate in nursing laboratory experiences at 
local hospitals and other community agencies and are responsible for 
providing their own transportation. 

For progression through the Nursing Program, the following must 
be maintained: 

1. Natural science courses (Chemistry 201, Zoology 208, 209, 
Biology 210) 

a. A passing grade in each course — ("D" or better). 

b. A "C" or better in at least two of these courses. 

c. A student may repeat only one Natural Science course 
appropriate to the Nursing Program. 

2. Nursing courses 

a. A "C" or better in each Nursing course. 

b. A student may repeat a given Nursing course only one time. 

c. A student may repeat only one Nursing course. 

3. The maintenance of an overall grade-point-average (GPA) of 2.0 
is desirable throughout the Nursing Program. When a student 
first falls below the adjusted GPA* required for the respective 
accumulation of quarter hours**, the student will be placed on 
academic warning. If the student's GPA is not raised to the 
required adjusted GPA* the next quarter, the student will be 
dismissed from the program. 

Accumulated Required Adjusted 
Quarter Hours** GPA* 

0-15 1.5 

16-30 1.75 

31-45 2.0 

46 and over 2.0 

TO MEET CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS WITH THE 
COOPERATING CLINICAL AGENCIES, THE DEPARTMENT 
REQUIRES STUDENTS TO SUBMIT A COMPLETED HEALTH 
IIISIVRY FORM AND EVIDENCE OF NURSING LIABILITY 
INSURANCE PRIOR TO PARTICIPATION IN CLINICAL 
PRACTICUMS. 



200 



Program for the De^r. 
MOCiat* in Science in .Xursing* 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements . . 53 

1. English 111, 112 . . . .10 

J08, 209 . 10 

3. Biology 210 and Chemistry 201 . 10 

4. Psychology 101 .5 

5. Political Science 113 . . .5 

6. History 251 or 252 . . . .5 

7. Elective 5 

8. Physical Education 117 and one activity 

course or three activities courses 3 

B. Courses in Major Field 

Nursing 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 
201, 202, 206 

C. Regents and Exit Examinations 



TOTAL 104 



Course Offerings 



NURSING 



**NURSING 100 and 100-L-Fundamentals of Nursing. (2-6-5). 
Prerequisite: Admission to the Nursing program. 

This course is designed to provide the student with learning 
opportunities for the understanding of basic needs of man. Emphasis 
is placed on understanding of self and the client. Assessment of 
needs, implementation of fundamental skills, and evaluation of 
action are inherent throughout the course. 

♦♦NURSING 101 and 101-L-Fundamentals of Nursing. (2-6-5). 
Prerequisite: Nursing 100. Pre- or Corequisite: Chemistry 201. 
Winter. 

A continuation of Nursing 100. Needs of clients resulting from 
common stressors are emphasized. Skills of technical and inter- 
personal intervention are applied to assist the client to increase his 
adaptive potential. 

NURSING 102-Maternal-Child Health. (2-6-5). Prerequisites: 
Nursing 100; Zoology 208. Pre- or Corequisite: Nursing 100 and 
Chemistry 201. Winter, Spring. 

This course uses an individualized approach to assist the student to 
utilize the nursing process in helping the expectant family 
maintain or improve their adaptation to the stress of a new mem I 
Laboratory experiences are designed to give the student opportunity 



•Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded, 
section of this Bulletin 

■>e exempted by examination with credit awarded. Students must b. 
program before examinations are allowed. 

201 



to develop and practice nursing skills related to maternal and child 
health. 

NURSING 103-Psychaitric -Mental Health Nursing. (2-6-5). Pre- 
requisite: Nursing 101. Pre- or Corequisite: Nursing 101, Psychology 
101, Chemistry 201, and Zoology 208. Winter, Spring. 

This course focuses on the development of self -awareness and on 
the therapeutic use of self in assisting man to maintain or regain 
mental health. The client with problems of adaptation is considered 
not only as an individual but also as a member of a family within a 
community. 

NURSING 104-Introduction to Nursing. (3-0-3). Prerequisite: 
Permission of the Department. Offered on demand. 

This course introduces the student to nursing as a profession, 
including history, legal aspects, professional organizations and 
current trends in education and practice. The course also includes 
foundational concepts concerning man and health within the 
stress-adapatation continuum. An integral part of the course is the 
student's development of an approach to learning in a guided 
independent manner. 

NURSING 201 and 201-L-Nursing of Adults and Children I. 
(4-8-8). Prerequisites: Nursing 101, 102, 103 and Zoology 209. Fall. 

Nursing 201 builds upon the concepts of oxygenation, regulatory 
alteration, immobility and sensory alterations. Background know- 
ledge relating to these concepts is utilized and incorporated in the 
nursing care of the ill adult and child. Learning experiences are 
directed toward the care of clients with uncomplicated, commonly 
occurring stressors which exemplify these concepts. The learner uses 
the nursing process in providing nursing care to ill clients. 

NURSING 202 and 202-L-Nursing of Adults and Children II. 
(4-8-8). Prerequisite: Nursing 201. Corequisite: Biology 210. Winter. 

Nursing 202 is the second of three quarters study of the client 
experiencing a moderate degree of stress. Each of the four concepts 
presented in Nursing 201 is built upon as the student learns to utilize 
the nursing process for ill adults and children undergoing stress in 
increasingly complex situations. 

NURSING 206 and 206-L-Advanced Nursing. (8-16-12). Pre- 
requisite: Nursing 202. Spring. 

Nursing 206 is the third of three quarters study of the physically 
ill client. Emphasis is placed on utilization of the nursing process for 
adults and children having a multiplicity of needs. Under supervision, 
the student develops beginning skill in the direction and guidance of 
other health workers in selected aspects of client care. Assigned and 
self-directed learning experiences serve as the major vehicle by which 
the student can bridge the gap between the role of student and that 
of practitioner. 



202 



Bachelor of Science in Nursing 

The Department of Nursing offers an upper level curriculum 
leading to the degree Bachelor of Science in Nursing. This degree 
program is open to students who are Registered Nurses. 

Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Science in Nursing* 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements 38 

1. English 211 and one course from: 10 

Philosophy 201; Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 
Music 200; English 222 

2. Mathematics 101 and 220 10 

3. History 114, 115 10 

4. Elective in Psychology, Sociology or 

Social Work (300 level or above) 5 

5. Physical Education 103 or 108 and 117 3 

B. Courses in Major Field 44 

1. Nursing 321, 322, 431, 432, 433 34 

2. Choice of two courses from: 10 

Nursing 305, Nursing 430, Nurs/SW 330, 
Nursing/Social Work 410 

C. Electives (300 level or above) 10 

D. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 92 

TO MEET CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS WITH THE COOPER- 
ATING CLINICAL AGENCIES, THE DEPARTMENT REQUIRES 
STUDENTS TO SUBMIT A COMPLETED HEALTH HISTORY 
FORM AND EVIDENCE OF NURSING LIABILITY INSURANCE 
PRIOR TO PAR TICIPA TION IN CLINICAL PRACTICUMS. 



Course Offerings 

NURSING 

NURSING 305— Rehabilitative Processes and Human Sexuality. 
(5-0-5). Prerequisite: Permission of the Department. Winter and 
Summer. 

This course is designed to examine current attitudes toward 
human sexuality, possible stress factors and individual adaptation 
and/or maladaptation. Emphasis is placed on those rehabilitative 
processes in health care settings which facilitate positive adaptation 
of clients to sexual problems. 



NOTE: Students in the Bachelor of Science degree program in Nursing who did not 
complete History 251 or 252 and Political Science 113 or their equivalents in their ADN or 
Diploma programs must do so as part of their baccalaureate degree programs. 
♦Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Adm: 
section of this Bulletin. 

203 



NURSING 321 and 321-L— Interrelationships in Nursing Theory, 
Education, Research, and Practice. (4-8-8). Prerequisite: Admission 
to the B.S.N, degree program. Fall. 

A course designed to improve the student's ability to utilize the 
nursing process in facilitating man's adaptation to stress. Emphasis is 
placed on the integration of research and teaching into the nursing 
process. The interrelationships of nursing theory, nursing research, 
nursing education, and nursing practice within the present health 
care delivery system are explored. 

NURSING 322 and 322-L-Physical Assessment. (4-8-8). Pre- or 
Corequisite: Nursing 321. Fall and Winter. 

A course designed to enhance the student's skill in ascertaining the 
client's degree of wellness and level of adaptation to stress. The 
student will establish a data base using a problem -orineted method of 
charting and gain clinical experience in the synthesis and utilization 
of these skills in a selected area of nursing practice. 

NURSING/SOCIAL WORK 330-Human Growth and Social 
Environments. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: Sociology 201 or permission of 
department. Fall, Spring. 

A course designed to examine the reciprocal relationship between 
man and his environment and the effects of this relationshp on man's 
physical, psychological, emotional, and social development. Em- 
phasis will be placed on facilitating man's adaptation to internal and 
external stress throughout the life cycle. 

NURSING/SOCIAL WORK 410-Human Services to the Elderly. 
(5-0-5). Prerequisite: Social Work 303 or permission of the depart- 
ment. Winter and Summer. 

A course designed for students going into public or private 
agencies serving the elderly. Emphasis will be placed on the social, 
economic, and health needs of the elderly with attention to delivery 
systems that work. New knowledge, research, and actual projects will 
be studied when practicable. 

NURSING 430 and 430-L— Selected Problems in Clinical Nursing. 
(2-6-5). Prerequisite: Mathematics 220. Winter. 

A course designed to give students the opportunity to analyze a 
major health problem in which they have a particular interest. 
Concurrent laboratory experience is determined by collaboration of 
the student, instructor, and agency. 

NURSING 431 and 431 -L— Communication and Conflict Manage- 
ment in Nursing Leadership. (4-2-5). Pre- or Corequisite: Nursing 
321. Fall and Winter. 

This course is designed to build and expand the student's 
experience with verbal and non-verbal communicative processes in 
the prevention, management and resolution of conflict in a health 



204 



care milieu. Decision-making and management of change are applied 
to nursing situations. 

NURSING 432 and 432-L— Administrative Skills in Nursing 
Leadership. (4-2-5). Pre- or Corequisite: Nursing 431. Winter and 
Spring. 

The course is designed to develop administrative skills based on 
the processes of communication and conflict management. Primary 
skills emphasized and applied to the management of change in the 
health care milieu include employee evaluation, staff development, 
budgeting, and staffing. 

NURSING 433 and 433-L-Preceptorship in Nursing Practice. 
(4-8-8). Prerequisite: Nursing 321, 322, 431 and Pre-or Corequisite: 
Nursing 432. Spring. 

A course designed to guide the student in synthesizing theories 
and skills gained from previous learning experiences in order to apply 
the nursing process in selected community health care settings. 

DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND ATHLETICS 

Professor Roy J. Sims, Head; Associate Professors Kinder and 
Tapp; Assistant Professors Alexander, Bedwell, and Knorr; Instruc- 
tors Backus, Clayton, Ford, and Lariscy. 

During the freshman year, all students should take Physical 
Education 117 (Basic Health) and 103 or 108 (Swimming). During 
the sophomore year, students may elect any three Physical Educa- 
tion activity courses with the last two numbers being between 01 to 
09. Students unable to participate in the regular program should plan 
an alternate program with the Head of the Department of Physical 
Education. For other department regulations see "Physical Educa- 
tion Program" in section VII of this Bulletin. 

Physical Education majors are urged to complete their Core 
Curriculum requirements before entering their junior years. 

Program for the Degree 

Bachelor of Science in Education with a Major in 

Health, Physical and Recreation Education 

Quarter Hours 
A. General Requirements* 75 

1. English 111, 112, 211, and one course selected from: 20 

Art 200, 271, 272, 273; Music 200; 
Philosophy 201; English 222 

2. History 114, 115 10 

3. History 251 or 252 5 



"Certain courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Admission" 
section of this Bulletin. 

205 



Quarter Hours 

4. Political Science 113 5 

5. One course selected from: 5 

Sociology 201, Economics 201, Anthropology 201 

6. Laboratory science sequence 10 

7. Mathematics 101 and Mathematics 220 or 290 

8. Psychology 101 and Drama/Speech 228 10 

B. Courses in Major Field 71 

1. Physical Education 103 or 108; 106; 109; 205; 

207 or W.S.I. ; and seven courses selected from: 12 

Physical Education 100, 101, 102, 104, 105, 107, 
108, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 206, 208, 209 

2. One of the following required 2 

Physical Education 212, 213, 214 

3. Physical Education 117, 210, 211, 312, 314, 
315, 317, 318, 321, 322, 328, 329, 330, 

413, 420, 421 57 

C. Approved Electives 8 

D. Professional Sequence 40 

1. Education 203, 330, 443, 446, 447, 448 30 

2. Psychology 301 and Special Education 205 10 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 194 



Course Offerings 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 100-Beginning Weight Training. 
(0-2-1). Fall. 

Emphasis on developing physical fitness through a variety of 
fundamental weight training exercises. Introduction of mechanical 
principles and techniques necessary for the understanding of weight 
training programs. Only one of P.E. 100 or P.E. 204 may count as an 
activity course toward the six hours of required physical education. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 101-Conditioning Course. (0-2-1). Fall. 
Consists of calisthenics, stunts, tumbling lifts and carries, road 
work, dual combatives, and simple games. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 102-Team Sports. (0-2-1). Winter. 
Consists of two of the following sports: basketball, volleyball and 
Softball. 

*PHYSICAL EDUCATION 103-Elementary Swimming. (0-2-1). 
Fall, Winter, Spring. (P.E. 202 or the American Red Cross WSI 
course may be substituted for P.E. 103 or 108). 



♦Either P.E. 103 or P.E. 108 is required of all students. Students may register for the course 
for which they feel qualified without taking a swimming test. The instructor of that course 
will administer the swimming test, and any student enrolled in the improper course will be 
required to change to the proper course. Any student who holds a valid senior life-saving 
certificate and/or a valid water safety instructor's certificate and/or passes the Armstrong 
swimming test may be exempted from the required swimming courses. 

206 



Beginning swimming strokes, skills, and knowledge pertaining to 
safety in, on, or about water. This course or its equivalent required 
of all students. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 104-Bowling. (0-2-1). Fall, Winter, 
Spring. 

Basic skills in bowling. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 105-Badminton. (0-2-1). Fall, Winter, 
Spring. 

Basic skills in badminton. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 106-Tumbling and Gymnastics I. 
(0-2-1). Fall, Summer. 

Fundamentals and practice in beginning tumbling and gymnastic 
apparatus. Required of Physical Education majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 107-Trampoline. (0-2-1). Winter. 

The teaching of the proper care and use of the trampoline. Under 
strict supervision, the student learns to perform the following skills: 
seat drop, knee drop, front drop, back drop, pull over, cradle, 
turntable, swivel hips, spotting, and somersaults. 

*PHYSICAL EDUCATION 108-Intermediate Swimming. (0-2-1). 
Fall, Winter, Spring. (P.E. 202 or the American Red Cross WSI 
course may be substituted for P.E. 103 or 108.) 

Five basic strokes, skills endurance and knowledge pertaining to 
safety in, on, or about water. Required, if advised by Physical 
Education Department. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 109-Tumbling and Gymnastics II. 
(0-2-1). Prerequisite: P.E. 106 or permission of instructor. 

Continuation of P.E. 106 with additional practice of tumbling and 
gymnastic apparatus. Required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 115-Officiating of Football. (2-2-2). 
Fall. 

Consists of a study of rules, rules interpretation, and actual 
experience in officiating in class games, intramural games, approved 
community recreation games, and public school games. Elective 
credit. Students must have permission of the department head or 
course instructor to enroll. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 116-Officiating of Basketball. (2-2-2). 
Winter. 

Consists of a study of rules, rules interpretation, and actual 
experience in officiating in class games, intramural games, approved 



♦Either P.E. 103 or P.E. 108 is required of all students. Students may register for the course 
for which they feel qualified without taking a swimming test. The instructor of that course 
will administer the swimming test, and any student enrolled in the improper course will be 
required to change to the proper course. Any student who holds a valid senior life-saving 
certificate and/or a valid water safety instructor's certificate and/or passes the Armstrong 
swimming test may be exempted from the required swimming courses. 

207 



community recreation games, and public school games. Elective 
credit, Students must have permission of the department head or 
course instructor to enroll. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 117-Basic Health. (2-0-2). Fall, Winter, 
Spring. 

A basic course in health education with emphasis on personal 
health. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 200-Handball and Paddleball. (0-2-1). 
Winter. 

Basic instruction in handball and paddleball activities. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 201-Elementary Tennis. (0-2-1). Fall, 
Winter, Spring. 

Instruction in class organization and methods of teaching skill in 
tennis. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 202-Advanced Life Saving Course in 
Swimming. (0-2-1) Spring. 

The American Red Cross Senior Life Saving Course. (May be 
substituted for Physical Education 103 or 108.) 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 204-Advanced Weight Training. 
(0-2-1). Prerequisite: P.E. 100 or permission of instructor. Spring. 

Emphasis on continued development of physical fitness through a 
variety of advanced weight training exercises. Improvement of 
maximal muscular strength and endurance in the main muscle groups 
of the body through progressive resistance exercises. Only one of 
P.E. 100 or P.E. 204 may count as an activity course toward the six 
hours of required physical education. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 205-Folk, Square, Social Dancing. 
(0-2-1). Winter. 

Instruction and practice in all forms of folk, square, and social 
dancing with emphasis on teaching techniques. Required of Physical 
Education majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 206-Beginning Modern Dance. (0-2-1). 
Winter. 

Basic interpretative dancing. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 207-Swimming Methods and Tech- 
niques. (0-2-1). Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: P.E. 108 or equivalent. 

Methods and techniques of teaching beginning swimming skills. 
Required of majors not completing the Water Safety Instructor's 
Course (offered by the American Red Cross.) 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 208-Golf. (0-2-1). Fall, Winter, Spring. 
Basic techniques and instruction for the beginning golfer. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 209-Intermediate Modern Dance. 
(0-2-1). Spring. Prerequisite: P.E. 206. 



208 



A continuation of Physical Education 206 with emphasis on 
dynamics, composition, and choreography. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 210-Prevention and Treatment of 
Athletic Injuries. (2-1-2). Spring. 

Theory and practice of caring for and preventing injuries relating 
to a large variety of sports. Students will be required to assist in 
laboratory experiences with treating and preventive training through 
the athletic, intramural or physical education programs. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 211-Safety and First Aid. (3-0-2). Fall, 
Winter, Spring. 

The American Red Cross Standard and Advanced course in First 
Aid. Required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 212-Coaching Football. (3-0-2). Fall. 

Instruction and practice in fundamental skills and team play, 
emphasizing methods and drills used by leading coaches. One of the 
coaching courses is required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 213-Coaching Basketball. (3-0-2). 
Winter. 

Instruction and practice in fundamental skills and team play, 
emphasizing methods and drills used by leading coaches. One of the 
coaching courses is required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 214-Coaching Baseball and Track. 
(3-0-2). Spring. 

Instruction and practice in fundamental skills and team play 
emphasizing methods and drills used by leading coaches. One of the 
coaching courses is required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 312— Measurement and Evaluation in 
Health, Physical and Recreation Education. (5-0-5). 

Lectures, laboratory and field experience in the development, 
evaluation and application of tests in health and physical education. 
Required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 314— Skill Techniques. (3-0-3). Fall. 
Prerequisite: the student must have completed courses in at least 
three of the sports listed or must have permission of the instructor to 
enroll. 

Practice in teaching methods and techniques in individual and dual 
sports such as: gymnastics, trampoline, badminton, tennis, golf. 
Required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 315— Skill Techniques. (0-2-2). Fall, 
Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: P.E. 314. 

Laboratory experiences consisting of assisting and teaching indi- 
vidual and dual sports such as: gymnastics, trampoline, badminton, 
tennis, golf. Open to majors only. Required of majors. 



209 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 317-Methods and Curriculum of 
Health Education in the Elementary and Secondary Schools. (3-0-3). 
Spring. 

Selection of health content in school curriculum, preparation and 
presentation of health topics. Teaching method is emphasized and 
student participation stressed. Required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 318-Intramural and Recreational 
Activities. (2-1-3). Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Organization and administration of intramural sports with em- 
phasis on secondary and elementary school programs. The study of 
organization of recreation programs with emphasis on recreation 
programs in the community through city and county sponsored 
agencies, YMCA, Boys Club, etc. Required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 320-Health and Physical Education for 
the Elementary School Teacher. (3-0-3). Winter, Summer. 

Theory and current practice in the teaching of health and physical 
education at the elementary school level. Designed to meet the 
requirement for elementary certification. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 321-Movement Education. (3-0-3). 
Spring. 

Designed to equip the student to teach elementary physical 
education via the use of "movement education," i.e. the guided 
discovery method of teaching the concepts of Space Awareness, 
Body Awareness, Quality of Body Movement and Relationships. 
Required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 322-Techniques of Teaching and Of- 
ficiating Team Sports. (3-0-2). Spring. Prerequisite: P.E. 102 or 
permission of the instructor. 

Analysis of skills involved with teaching and officiating team 
sports. Students will receive practice in teaching skills and officiating 
in class in basketball, volleyball, soccer and softball. Required of 
majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 328-Structure and Function of the 
Human Body I. (3-4-5). Fall. 

A study of the skeletal and muscle systems of the human body. 
Credit may not be applied toward the core natural science 
requirement. Required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 329-Structure and Function of the 
Human Body II. (3-4-5). Winter. Prerequisite: P.E. 328. 

A continuation of P.E. 328 with emphasis on certain human organ 
systems such as circulatory, respiratory, nervous and digestive. Credit 
may not be applied toward the core natural science requirement. 
Required of majors. 



210 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 330-Kinesiology and Physiology of 
Exercise. (3-4-5). Spring. Prerequisite: P.E. 328. 

Mechanical analysis and the functions of the body in muscular 
work. Athletic movements, fatigue, training and fitness are con- 
sidered. Required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 413-Special Topics in Physical Educa- 
tion. (5-0-5). Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: Education 443. 

Research methods in health and physical education. Allows 
students an opportunity for in-depth pursuit into areas of their 
interests. Open to majors only. Required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 420-History, Principles and Philosophy 
of Physical Education. (5-0-5). Winter. 

Historical and scientific background of the practices in health and 
physical education. Required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 421 -Organization and Administration 
of Physical Education and Athletics. (5-0-5). Spring. Prerequisite: 
Education 443. 

Practice and policies in establishing, administering, and evaluating 
physical education and athletic programs. Such experiences as 
curriculum planning and selection, care and maintenance of equip- 
ment are included in this course. Open to majors only. Required of 
majors. 




211 



X. GOVERNING BOARD, 

ADMINISTRATION, 
FACULTY, AND STAFF 

MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF REGENTS 

MILTON JONES, Chairman Columbus 

ERWIN A. FRIEDMAN, Vice Chairman Savannah 

SCOTT CANDLER, JR Decatur 

RUFUS B. COODY Vienna 

MARIE WALTER DODD Atlanta 

THOMAS H. FRIER Douglas 

JESSE HILL, JR Atlanta 

O. TORBITT IVEY, JR Augusta 

JAMES D. MADDOX Rome 

ELRIDGE W. McMILLAN Atlanta 

CHARLES T. OXFORD .Albany 

LAMAR R. PLUNKETT Bowden 

JOHN H. ROBINSON, III Americus 

P. R. SMITH Winter 

CAREY WILLIAMS Greensboro 



STAFF OF THE BOARD OF REGENTS 

GEORGE L. SIMPSON, JR Chancellor 

JOHN W. HOOPER Vice Chancellor 

HENRY G. NEAL Executive Secretary 

SHEALY E. McCOY Vice Chancellor 

Fiscal Affairs and Treasurer 

FRANK C. DUNHAM Vice Chancellor-Construction 

and Physical Plant 

MARIO J. GOGLIA Vice Chancellor-Research 

HOWARD JORDAN, JR Vice Chancellor-Services 

HARRY B. O'REAR Vice Chancellor-Health Affairs 

W. COYE WILLIAMS, JR Vice Chancellor- 
Academic Development 

HASKIN R. POUNDS Assistant Vice Chancellor 

JAMES L. CARMON Assistant Vice Chancellor 

Computing Systems 

MARY ANN HICKMAN Assistant Vice Chancellor-Personnel 

ROBERT M. JOINER Assistant Vice Chancellor- 
Communications 



212 



OFFICES OF ADMINISTRATION 

HENRY L. ASHMORE President 

H. DEAN PROPST Vice President and Dean of Faculty 

ROBERT A. BURNETT Dean for Arts and Sciences 

JOSEPH V. ADAMS Dean for Graduate Studies 

JAMES A. EATON Dean for Graduate Studies, 

Savannah State College 

JAMES F. REPELLA Dean for Professional Studies 

DONALD D. ANDERSON Dean for College and 

Community Services 

JOSEPH A. BUCK Dean for Student Affairs 

JULE R. STANFIELD Comptroller 

GEORGE S. HUNNICUTT Registrar 

ARTHUR O. PROSSER Associate Comptroller 

MARSHALL K. KINDS Director, Computer Serivces 

JAMES WINTERS Director of Student Financial Aid 

and Veterans Affairs 
J. PHILLIP COOK Director of Program Development- 
Continuing Education 

TOM MILLER Director of Admissions and Recruitment 

MAUREEN GROACH Director of Finance 

ERICH F. STOCKER Director of Development and 

Assistant to the President 

THOMAS E. HAMILTON Director, Residence Center, 

Ft. Stewart 

AL HARRIS Director of Student Activities 

PAULA TOMPKINS Personnel Officer 

LYNN BENSON Counselor and Psychometrist 

KAREN PAYNE Career Development Counselor 

VICKI G. NORWICH Coordinator, Short Courses-Conferences 

MARY HLADKEY Information' Specialist 



HEADS OF DEPARTMENTS 

JOHN R. HANSEN Academic Skills Laboratory 

LESLIE B. DAVENPORT, JR Biology 

THOMAS R. EASON Business Administration 

HENRY E. HARRIS Chemistry and Physics 

WILLIAM L. MEGATHLIN Criminal Justice 

JAMES M. BELL Dental Hygiene 

WILLIAM W. STOKES Education 

J. HARRY PERSSE Fine Arts 

ROGER K. WARLICK History and Political Science 

HUGH PENDEXTER, III Languages and Literature 



213 



*GERALD C. SANDY Library 

ETHEL J. MILLER (Acting) Library 

RICHARD M. SUMMERVILLE .Mathematics and Computer Science 

JAMES F. REPELLA '. . . . (Acting) Nursing 

ROY J. SIMS Physical Education and Athletics 

CLARKE S. WORTHINGTON Psychology and Sociology 



FACULTY 

JOSEPH V. ADAMS, B.A., Tennessee Temple College; M.A., Baylor 
University; Ph.D., University of Alabama; Dean for Graduate 
Studies, Professor of Psychology 

EDWARD ALBAN, A.B., Ph.D., University of Georgia; Assistant 
Professor of Economics 

REBECCA H. ALMAND, B.S., M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia; 
Temporary Instructor in Nursing 

JAMES E. AMBROSE, B.M., Oberlin Conservatory; M.M., University 
of South Florida; Assistant Professor of Music 

M. LORRAINE ANCHORS, A.B., M.A., Baylor University; Professor 
of English 

DONALD D. ANDERSON, B.S., Georgia Southern College; M.A., 
Peabody College; Ed.D., Auburn University; Dean for College and 
Community Services, Associate Professor of Education 

OLAVI ARENS, A.B., Harvard University; M.A., Certificate (Russian 
Studies), Ph.D., Columbia University; Assistant Professor of 
History 

HENRY L. ASHMORE, B.A.E., M.A.E., D.Ed., University of 
Florida; President 

MICHAEL W. BACKUS, B.A., Hampton Institute; Temporary 
Instructor in Physical Education 

ARDELLA PATRICIA BALL, A.B., Fisk University; M.S.L.S., 
Atlanta University; Assistant Professor of Library Science 



*Leave-of-Absence, 1978-1979 

214 



ADELINE Z. BARBER, A.B., Tift College; M.R.E., Southern 
Seminary; Ed.D., University of Georgia; Associate Professor of 
Education 

GEORGE H. BEDWELL, B.S., Samford University; M.S., University 
of Alabama; Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

W. ORSON BEECHER, A.B., M.A., Emory University; M.A., 
University of Georgia; Professor of History 

DORTHY G. BELL, B.S.N.Ed., University of Georgia; M.N., Emory 
University; Assistant Professor of Nursing 

JAMES M. BELL, D.D.S., Marquette University School of Dentistry; 
Head, Department of Dental Hygiene, Assistant Professor of 
Dental Hygiene 

LYNN BENSON, A.B., M.Ed., University of Georgia; Counselor and 
Psychometrist 

RONALD J. BEUMER, B.S., University of Dayton; Ph.D., University 
of Arkansas; Assistant Professor of Biology 

SARVAN K. BHATIA, B.A., M.A., Punjab University; Ph.D., Ohio 
State University; Professor of Economics 

GEORGE L. BIANCHI, B.S., Wittenburg University; M.A., Ball State 
University; Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

NANCY V. BLAND, B.A., Coker College; M.Ed., Clemson Univer- 
sity; Ph.D., University of Georgia; Assistant Professor of 
Education 

MADALINE P. BONEY, A.B., Winthrop College; M.Ed., Georgia 
Southern College; Ed.S., University of Georgia; Assistant Professor 
of History 

STEPHEN P. BRANDON, B.M.E., University of Kansas, Lawrence; 
M.A., University of Iowa; D.M.A., Catholic University; Associate 
Professor of Music 

JOHN G. BREWER, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia; 
Professor of Chemistry 

S. KENT BROOKS, B.A., M.A., University of Tesas; M.Phil., Ph.D., 
George Washington University; Associate Professor of English 



215 



MOONYEAN S. BROWER, B.S., M.A., University of Massachusetts; 
Assistant Professor of Biology 

GEORGE E. BROWN, B.A., Armstrong State College; M S.S.W., 
Atlanta University; Assistant Professor of Social Work 

HUGH R. BROWN, B.S., Xavier University; M.A.T., St. Michael's 
College; Ph.D., University of South Carolina; Associate Professor 
of English (Academic Skills Laboratory ) 

JOSEPH A. BUCK, B.A., Auburn University; M.S., Florida State 
University; Ed.D., University of Georgia; Dean for Student Affairs 

MARILYN M. BUCK, B.S., Boston University; M.S.N., Medical 
College of Georgia; Assistant Professor of Nursing 

ROBERT A. BURNETT, B.A., Wofford College; M.A., Ph.D., 
University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill; Dean for Arts and 
Sciences and Professor of History 

ROBYN C. BURNS, B.A., Armstrong State College; M.S., University 
of Georgia; Assistant Professor of Psychology 

MARGARET A. CALLAWAY, B.S., Medical College of Georgia; 
Temporary Instructor in Nursing 

FRANK L. CAPOBIANCO, A.B., College of the Holy Cross; Ph.D., 
University of Virginia; Temporary Assistant Professor of Mathe- 
matics and Computer Science 

RUBYEN M. CHAMBLESS, B.B.A., University of Georgia; M.B.A., 
Ohio State University; Assistant Professor of Business Adminis- 
tration 

ROSS L. CLARK, B.A., Ph.D., Tulane University; Professor of 
Political Science 

GLORIA M. CLAYTON, B.S., Armstrong State College; M.S.N., 
Medical College of Georgia; Instructor in Nursing 

ANITA F. COLLINS, B.B.A., Armstrong State College; M.A.T., 
M.Ed., University of South Carolina; Assistant Professor of 
Business Administration 

BERNARD J. COMASKEY, B.A., Fordham College; M.A., New 
York University; Assistant Professor of History 



216 



PEGGY A. CONE, B.M.E., University of Southern Mississippi; 
M.M.E., Florida State University; Assistant Professor of Music 

J. PHILLIP COOK, B.S., University of Georgia; M.Ed., Ed.S., West 
Georgia College; Director of Program Development-Continuing 
Education 

ELLEN A. COTTRELL, B.A., Agnes Scott College; M.Ed., Georgia 
Southern College; Assistant Professor of English (Academic Skills 
Laboratory ) 

TERESA ANN COURSEY, B.S., West Liberty State College; 
Assistant Professor of Dental Hygiene 

WILLIAM E. COYLE, A.B., Emory University; M.A., Georgetown 
University; Ph.D., Florida State University; Professor of Political 
Science 

EVELYN M. DANDY, B.S., Millersville State College; M.Ed., Temple 
University; Assistant Professor of Reading (Academic Skills 
Laboratory ) 

LESLIE B. DAVENPORT, JR., B.S., College of Charleston; M.S., 
Virginia Polytechnic Institute; Ph.D., University of Georgia; Head, 
Department of Biology, Professor of Biology 

LAMAR W. DAVIS, B.S., M.S., University of South Carolina; 
Certified Public Accountant; Professor Emeritus of Business 
Administration 

WILLIAM R. DeCASTRO, B.S., Florida Southern College; M.B.A., 
University of Oklahoma; Assistant Professor of Business Adminis- 
tration 

DIANE DIXON, B.S., Armstrong State College; Teaching Associate 
in Biology 

WILLIAM KEITH DOUGLASS, B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; 
M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University; Associate Professor of Psy- 
chology 

JOHN DONALD DUNCAN, B.S., College of Charleston; M.A.. 
University of South Carolina; Ph.D., Emory University; Professor 
of History 



217 



THOMAS R. EASON, B.S., Union University; M.B.A., Ph.D., 
University of Mississippi; Head, Department of Business Adminis- 
tration, Professor of Economics 

WILLIAM L. EASTERLING, B.S., Western Carolina College; M.A., 
Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Georgia; Diploma, 
Sorbonne, France; Professor of French and Spanish 

JAMES A. EATON, A.B., Virginia State College; B.D., Howard 
University; M.A., Boston University; Ed.D., Columbia University: 
Dean for Graduate Studies, Savannah State College 

VICTOR C. EISSLER, JR., B.A., University of Texas at Austin; 
M.A., Sam Houston State University; Assistant Professor of 
Criminal Justice (Joint Appointment — Armstrong State College/ 
Brunswick Junior College) 

JOHN FINDEIS, B.S., M.S., University of Illinois; Assistant Professor 
of Mathematics and Computer Science 

BETTY J. FORD, B.S., Winthrop College; Temporary Instructor in 
Physical Education 

SHIRLEY FRASIER, B.S., Albany State College; M.S.N., Medical 
College of Georgia; Instructor in Nursing 

DENNIS P. GEOFFROY, B.A., Westfield State College; M.A., Ph.D., 
University of South Carolina; Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
and Computer Science 

PATRICIA M. GIORGIO, A.S., Loyolo University; Clinical Instruc- 
tor in Dental Hygiene 

MARY B. GOETTE, A.B., Georgia State College for Women; 
Temporary Instructor in Chemistry 

JIMMIE F. GROSS, B.A., Baylor University; B.D., Southern Baptist 
Seminary; M.A., Auburn University; Ph.D., University of Georgia; 
Professor of History 

LAURENT J. GUILLOU, JR., B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Louisiana State 
University; Associate Professor of Biology 

ETHEL P. HALL, B.S.N. , M.S.N. , Georgia Medical College; Associate 
Professor of Nursing 



218 



ORANGE W. HALL, B.S., Air Force Institute of Technology; 
M.B.A., Hofstra College; Ph.D., University of Florida; Pro fessor of 
Business Administration 

THOMAS E. HAMILTON, B.B.A., Armstrong State College; M.B.A., 
Armstrong State College-Savannah State College Joint Graduate 
Studies Program ; Director, Residence Center, Ft. Stewart (Arm- 
strong State College, Georgia Southern College, Savannah State 
College) 

JOHN R. HANSEN, B.S., Troy State College; M.Ed., Ed.D., 
University of Georgia; Head, Academic Skills Laboratory; Asso- 
ciate Professor of Mathematics 

CLIFFORD E. HARDWICK, III, B.S., Savannah State College; 
M.Litt. University of Pittsburgh; Director, Neighborhood Con- 
tinuing Education Program, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Education 

JO C. HARPER, B.A., M.A., Texas Technological University; 
Assistant Professor of English 

AL HARRIS, B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University; Director of 
Student Activities 

HENRY E. HARRIS, B.S., Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology; 
Head, Department of Chemistry and Physics, Professor of 
Chemistry 

KARL D. HARRIS, B.A., Carson Newman College; M.A., University 
of Tennessee; Assistant Professor of English and Reading 
(Academic Skills Laboratory ) 

MARSHALL K. HINDS, B.S., Armstrong State College; M.S., 
Georgia Institute of Technology; Director of Computer Services 

JOHN S. HINKEL, M.S., University of Florida; Ph.D., University of 
South Carolina; Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science 

ANNE L. HUDSON, B.A., Hollins College; M.S., Ph.D., Tulane 
University; Professor of Mathematics 

ALPHIA MILLS HUGHES, B.S.E., State College of Arkansas; M.S., 
Louisiana State University; Catalog Librarian, Assistant Professor 
of Library Science 



219 



GEORGE S. HUNNICUTT, B.S., M.S., East Tennessee State Univer- 
sity; Registrar 

W. JAN JANKOWSKI, B.B.A., Armstrong State College; J.D., Emory 
University School of Law; Assistant Professor of Business Admin- 
istration 

MICHAEL L. JAYNES, B.A., Appalachian State University; M.S., 
University of North Carolina-Greensboro; Instructor in Physics 

MARVIN V. JENKINS, B.S., M.A., University of Georgia; Assistant 
Professor of English 

ROBERT E. JENSEN, B.A., Atlantic Christian College; M.B.A., East 
Carolina University; Assistant Professor of Business Adminis- 
tration 

JAMES LAND JONES, B.A., University of Tulsa; M.A., Vanderbilt 
University; Ph.D., Tulane University; Professor of English 

OTIS S. JOHNSON, A.B., University of Georgia; M.S.W., Atlanta 
University; Assistant Professor of Sociology, Savannah State 
College 

CAROLA W. KELLER, B.S.N. , University of Virginia; M.S.N. , 
Medical College of Georgia; Assistant Professor of Nursing 

DALE Z. KILHEFNER, B.S., Elizabethtown College; M.S., Purdue 
University; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University; Associate 
Professor of Mathematics 

JOSEPH I. KILLORIN, A.B., St. John's College; M.A., Ph.D., 
Columbia University; Calloway Professor of Literature and Phil- 
osophy 

THOMAS M. KINDER, A.B., Morris Harvey College; M.S., Marshall 
University; Ed.D., Peabody College; Associate Professor of Phys- 
ical Education 

VIRGINIA S. KNORR, B.S., University of Tennessee (Chattanooga); 
M.S., University of Tennessee (Knoxville); Assistant Professor of 
Physical Education 

MICHAEL A. LaBURTIS, B.B.A., University of Cincinnati; M.B.A., 
Bowling Green State University; Ph.D., University of Arkansas; 
Associate Professor of Business Administration 



220 



MARY LOU LAMB, B.S.Ed., M.Ed., University of Missouri, Ed.D., 
Indiana University; Assistant Professor of Business Education 

JOSEPH M. LANE, JR., B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia; 
Associate Professor of Psychology 

OSMOS LANIER, JR., B.A., LaGrange College; M.A., Auburn 
University; Ph.D., University of Georgia; Professor of History 

MICHAEL L. LARISCY, B.S., Armstrong State College; Temporary 
Instructor in Physical Education 

♦MARGARET L. LAWSON, B.A., University of Tennessee; M.A., 
Ph.D., University of North Carolina; Assistant Professor of English 

CHARLES J. LESKA, B.A., LeMoyne College; M.A., University of 
Vermont: Ph.D., Syracuse University; Assistant Professor of 
Mathematics 

MARGARET S. LUBS, B.Mus., Converse College; B.A., University of 
Georgia; M.A., Columbia University; Professor Emeritus of English 
and French 

C. STUART MACLEAN, B.S., East Tennessee State University; 
M.A., Presbyterian School of Christian Education; M.S.W., Vir- 
ginia Commonwealth University; Instructor in Social Work and 
Field Work Coordinator (Joint Appointment — Armstrong State 
College /Savannah State College) 

JOHN C. MCCARTHY, JR., B.B.A., University of Miami; M.B.A., 
Ph.D., University of Georgia; Professor of Political Science 

WILLIAM D. MCCARTHY, B.B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., University of 
Georgia; Associate Professor of Business Administration 

THOMAS C. McCRACKEN, B.S., Florida State University; M.A.L.S., 
University of Denver; Media Coordinator and Instructional Devel- 
opment Librarian, Assistant Professor of Library Science 

♦KENNETH P. McKINNELL, B.F.A., M.F.A., University of Georgia; 
Assistant Professor of Art 

ROBERT E. MAGNUS, B.G.E., University of Omaha; M.Ed., D.Ed., 
Mississippi State University; Associate Professor of Criminal 
Justice 



*Leave-of-Absence, 1978-1979 

221 



CAROLE M. MASSEY, B.S., M.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia; 
Assistant Professor of Nursing 

WILLIAM L. MEGATHLIN, B.A., Presbyterian College; M.Ed., 
Ed.D., University of Georgia; Head, Department of Criminal 
Justice, Associate Professor of Criminal Justice 

GEORGE H. MENZEL, A.B., Franklin and Marshall College; J.D., 
Georgetown University; Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice 

ETHEL J. MILLER, B.S., North Carolina A & T State University; 
B.S.L.S., Hampton Institute; Coordinator of Reader Services, 
Assistant Professor of Library Science; Acting Head Librarian 

MARY M. MILLER, B.S.N., Medical College of Virginia; M.S.N. , 
Georgia Medical College; Assistant Professor of Nursing 

THOMAS P. MILLER, B.A., Armstrong State College; M.Ed., 
Georgia Southern College; Director of Admissions and Recruit- 
ment 

ROBERT E. L. MORGAN, B.B.A., M.A., Memphis State University; 
Certified Public Accountant; Associate Professor of Business 
Administration 

RICHARD E. MUNSON, B.A., Houghton College; M.A., Ph.D., 
Rugters University; Associate Professor of Mathematics 

LYNDA P. NAURIGHT, B.S.N., Louisiana State University; M.S.N. , 
Medical College of Georgia; Ed.D., University of Georgia; Assistant 
Professor of Nursing 

JAMES S. NETHERTON, B.S., University of Mississippi; Ph.D., 
University of Virginia; Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

SAMUEL L. NEWBERRY, JR., B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of 
Georgia; Associate Professor of Education 

JOHN F. NEWMAN, B.A., University of Maryland; M.A., George- 
town University; Ph.D., University of Florida; Associate Professor 
of Political Science 

DAVID A. NOBLE, A.B., A.M., Boston University; Ph.D., McGill 
University, Associate Professor of German 

VICKI G. NORWICH, B.S., Middle Tennessee State University; 
Coordinator, Short Courses and Conferences 

222 



*JOAN T. OLSEN, A.A.S., State University of New York at 
Farmingdale; Clinical Teaching Associate in Dental Hygiene 

TIMOTHY A. O'HIGGINS, Diploma, B.A., University College, 
Dublin, Ireland; Ph.D., University of Tennessee; Temporary 
Assistant Professor of Psychology 

JACK H. PADGETT, A.B., Wofford College; M.A., University of 
North Carolina; Assistant Professor of Mathematics (Academic 
Skills Laboratory) 

ELLIOT H. PALEFSKY, B.S., University of Georgia; Ed.M., Temple 
University; Ed.S., Georgia Southern College; Assistant Professor of 
Mental Health Work 

CLARENCE B. PARKER, B.S., Armstrong State College; M.S., West 
Virginia University; Instructor in Mathematics and Computer 
Science 

JANE A. PATCHAK, B.A., Central Michigan University; M.A., 
Western Michigan University; Assistant Professor of Sociology 

ROBERT M. PATTERSON, B.A., Kentucky Wesleyan College; M.A., 
University of Kentucky; Ph.D., Vanderbilt University; Associate 
Professor of History 

KAREN PAYNE, B.S., M.Ed., Auburn University; Career Develop- 
ment Counselor 

HUGH PENDEXTER, III, A.B., Bowdoin College; M.A., North- 
western University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania; Head, 
Department of Languages and Literature, Professor of English 

J. HARRY PERSSE, B.F.A., University of Georgia; M.M., D.Mus., 
Florida State University; Head, Department of Fine Arts, Pro- 
fessor of Music 

BEVERLY C. PESTEL, B.A., Cedarville College; M.S., Wright State 
University; Instructor in Chemistry 

ALLEN L. PINGEL, B.A., M.A.T., University of North Carolina; 
Ph.D., University of South Carolina; Associate Professor of 
Biology 



♦Part-time Instructor 

223 



H. DEAN PROPST, B.A., Wake Forest College; M. A., Ph.D., Peabody 
College; Vice President and Dean of Faculty, Professor of English 

ARTHUR O. PROSSER, B.S., University of Maryland; Associate 
Comptroller 

DAN H. RADEBAUGH, B.A., M.M., University of South Florida; 
Assistant Professor of Music 

MARY MARGARET RALSTON, A.B., Florida State University; 
M.S.W., Tulane University; Assistant Professor of Sociology 

VIRGINIA RAMSEY, A.B., Vanderbilt University; M.A.T., Emory 
University; Assistant Professor of English 

JAMES F. REPELLA, Diploma, Pennsylvania Hospital School of 
Nursing for Men; B.S.Ed., Temple University; M.S.N. , University 
of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh; Dean for Pro- 
fessional Studies, Professor of Nursing 

JOE H. RESTIVO, B.S., Central State University; M.S., Stephen F. 
Austin State University; Instructor in Biology 

STEVE YOUNG RHEE, B.A., M.A., University of Oregon; Ph.D., 
University of Missouri-Columbia; Assistant Professor of Political 
Science 

EMORY H. RICHARDS, A.B., Denison University; M.B.A., Harvard 
University; Ph.D., Ohio State University; Professor of Business 
Administration 

PAUL E. ROBBINS, B.S., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Goergia 
Institute of Technology; Professor of Chemistry 

*GERALD C. SANDY, B.A., Youngstown State University; M.S.L.S., 
Florida State University; Head Librarian, Assistant Professor of 
Library Science 

NEIL B. SATTERFIELD, A.B., University of North Carolina; 
M.S.S.W., University of Tennessee; Director, Social Work Program, 
Assistant Professor of Sociology 



*Leave-of- Absence, 1978-1979 



224 



CHARLES T. SHIPLEY, B.A., University of North Dakota; M.A., 
Ph.D., University of Nebraska; Associate Professor of Mathematics 

ELAINE SILCOX, B.S., M.Ed., University of Florida; Assistant 
Professor of Nursing 

ROY J. SIMS, B.S., David Lipscomb College; M.S., University of 
Tennessee; Ed.D., Louisiana State University; Head, Department 
of Physical Education, Professor of Physical Education 

NETTIE M. SLEE, B.S.N. , Florida A & M University; M.S.N. , 
Medical College of Georgia; Assistant Professor of Nursing 

DeLARRIS A. SMITH, B.S., University of Alabama; M.S., University 
of Alabama (Birmingham); Assistant Professor of Nursing 

PATRICIA M. SMITH, B.S.N., Catholic University; Instructor in 
Nursing 

JULE R. STANFIELD, A.A., Armstrong State College; Comptroller 

ERICH F. STOCKER, B.A., M.A., Ohio State University; Director of 
Development and Assistant to the President 

WILLIAM W. STOKES, B.A.Ed., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of 
Florida; Head, Department of Education, Professor of Education 

JANET D. STONE, A.B., Randolph-Macon Woman's College; M.A., 
Purdue University; Ph.D., Emory University; Assistant Professor of 
History 

CEDRIC STRATTON, B.Sc, Nottingham University, England; 
Ph.D., University of London; Professor of Chemistry 

ROBERT I. STROZIER, A.B., University of Georgia; M.A., Ph.D., 
Florida State University ; Professor of English 

JOHN SUCHOWER, B.A., Fairfield University; M.A., University of 
Detroit; Assistant Professor of English and Speech, Director of the 
"Masquers" 

JOAN M. SULLIVAN, B.S.N. , Armstrong State College; M.S.N. , 
Medical College of Georgia; Assistant Professor of Nursing 



225 



CAROLE E. SUMMERVILLE, B.S., Clarion State College; M.S., 
Syracuse University; Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
(Academic Skills Laboratory ) 

RICHARD M. SUMMERVILLE, B.S., Clarion State College; A.M., 
Washington University; Ph.D., Syracuse University; Head, Depart- 
ment of Mathematics and Computer Science, Professor of Mathe- 
matics 

CAROL HELEN SUTTON, B.S.N. , University of South Carolina; 
M.Ed., Armstrong State College-Savannah State College Joint 
Graduate Studies Program; Assistant Professor of Nursing 

RUTHE. SWINSON, B.S.Ed., Georgia Southern College; M.A.L.S., 
Peabody College; Reference Librarian, Assistant Professor of 
Library Science 

BARBARA G. TANENBAUM, B.S., Medical College of Georgia; 
Assistant Professor of Dental Hygiene 

*ZELDA TENENBAUM, B.A., University of Georgia; Instructor in 
Mental Health Work 

LAWRENCE M. TAPP, B.S., M.S., Ed.D., University of Tennessee; 
Associate Professor of Physical Education 

CLAUDIA A. THOMAS, B.A., Furman University; M.Ed., Ed.D., 
University of Georgia; Assistant Professor of Education 

EMMA ANN THERESA THOMSON, A.S., B.S. in D.H. Ed., 
Armstrong State College; M.H.Ed., Medical College of Georgia; 
Assistan t Professor of Dental Hygiene 

FRANCIS M. THORNE, III, B.S., Stetson University; Ph.D., Univer- 
sity of Georgia; Professor of Biology 

PAUL E. WARD, B.S., Georgia Teachers College; M.Ed., Ed.D., 
University of Georgia; Professor of Education, Director of 
Professional Laboratory Experiences 

ROGER K. WARLICK, B.A., Arizona State University; Ph.D., 
Boston University; Head, Department of History and Political 
Science, Professor of History 



♦Part-time Instructor 

226 



JOHN A. WELSH, II, A.B., Davidson College; M.A., Vanderbilt 
University; Assistant Professor of English 

SUSAN S. WHITE, B.S., Winthrop College; M.Ed., University of 
South Carolina; Assistant Professor of Speech Correction 

CHARLES C. WHITE, B.S., East Carolina College; M.A., Southern 
Illinois University; Assistant Professor of English 

MORRIS L. WHITEN, B.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia; Associate 
Professor of Physics 

JANE B. WILLIAMSON, Diploma, Georgia Baptist School of 
Nursing; B.S.N.E., University of Georgia; M.Ed., Georgia Southern 
College; Assistant Professor of Nursing 

WILLIAM S. WINN, B.D., A.B., Emory University; M.A., University 
of North Carolina; Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 

JAMES WINTERS, B.B.A., Armstrong State College; Director of 
Student Financial Aid and Veterans Affairs 

CLARKE S. WORTHINGTON, B.A., University of Arizona; M.A., 
Northern Illinois University; Ph.D., Emory University; Head, 
Department of Psychology and Sociology; Professor of Psychology 



ADJUNCT ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Criminal Justice - 
Walter B. Biondi, Elwyn M. Burnett, Clinton C. Covell, Jack G. 
Dunlap, Charles L. Eggleston, Gerard F. Finnegan, Charles T. 
Franssen, Franklin R. Graves, C. H. Harris, Jr., Thomas W. Hicks, 
Richard C. Krueger, George A. La Cas, Jr., Frank K. Littrell, Jr., 
Paul E. Mathis, Donald L. Newton, David M. Rudman, Timothy H. 
Walker; Dental Hygiene — Earl C. Hewett, Alston J. McCaslin, 
William R. Massey, Harvey E. Matheny, William Weichselbaum, 
Harold West; Nursing — Mary Elizabeth Faircloth. 



227 



ARMSTRONG COLLEGE COMMISSION 

The Commission controls certain endowment and scholarship 
funds. 

DR. IRVING VICTOR, Chairman 

MR. EDWARD BARTLETT 

MR. Y. A. BEALL, JR. 

MRS. KAY KOLE 

MR. JOHN RANITZ, JR. 

MR. JOSEPH BELL 

Ex-Officio 

DR. DENNIS HARRISON 

SHELBY MYRICK, JR., The Honorable 

JOHN P. ROUSAKIS, The Honorable 

DR. DONALD E. KNAPP 

Mr. DAVID A. YOUNG 



ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 

Office of the President 
Evelyn Harrington 

Office of the Vice President 
Elizabeth H. Carter 

Office of the Dean for Graduate Studies 
Carolynn R. New 

Office of the Dean for College and Community Services 

Mary Chambers 

Terri Ferreria 

Office of the Dean for Student Affairs 
Alva Aliffi Naomi Lantz 

Doris Cole Susan Thrash 

Belinda Gnann Jo Weeks 

Office of the Comptroller 

Rosemary Anglin Thomas Nease 

Richard R. Baker Cleo Olsen 

Joseph Franklin Dorothy Olsen 

Cindy Ciebner Gladys Patton 

Edward Goodbar Cynthia Perm enter 

Sandra Grimes Janice Shaloski 

Jane Holland Augustus M. Stalnaker 

Launa Q. Johns Edward Urbanz 



228 



Virginia D. Barry 
Hannelore Collins 
Alethia Gadsden 
Joyanne Harden 

Deborah Anderson 
Nora E. Carter 
Anna Chidester 
Loretta Liersch 
Frances McGlohon 

Jan Bisque 
Martha Brown 
Susie Chirbas 
Thomas Johnson 
Jean E. Meyers 

Harriet Charlotte 
Katherine Etersque 
Miriam Fulton 
Bertice Jones 



Academic Skills Laboratory 
Patricia Alexander 

School of Arts and Sciences 

Alice Sheplar 
Dianne A. Wagner 
Roxanne Watkins 
Lois Wheeler 

School of Professional Studies 



Elizabeth H. Molpus 
Gerry Price 
Lorraine Warlick 
Nancy Yocco 



Library 

Elizabeth Smith 
Norman Spencer 
Beatrice Taylor 
Hazel P. Thompson 
Ida Williams 

Office of the Registrar 

Sally Long 
Marian Malac 
Joyce Weldy 



Office of Director of Development 
Norma Bennett 
Betty Hunnicutt 

Office of Computer Services 
Janice Christy 



229 



INDEX 

Academic Advisement 60 

Academic Regulations .' 60 

Academic Skills Laboratory 17, 83 

Accelerated Program, High School 46 

Accounting Concentration Requirements, 

B.B.A. Degree 167 

Administration, Officers 213 

Admissions 39 

Advanced Placement 42 

Alumni Office 24 

American Civilization Course 132 

Anthropology Courses 154 

Application Form 39 

Application Requirements 40 

Armstrong Summer Theatre 25 

Art Courses 109 

Art Degree, A.A. Concentration 103 

Associate in Arts 87 

Astronomy Course 100 

Athletics 24 

Attendance Regulations 65 

Auditing 67 

Bachelor of Arts Requirements 82 

Bachelor of Business Administration Degree 162 

Bachelor of Music Education Degree 102 

Bachelor of Science in Education Degree, 

Physical Education 205 

Bachelor of Science Requirements 82 

Biology Courses 91 

Biology Department 87 

Biology Requirements 87 

Botany Courses 92 

Business Administration Courses 169 

Business Education, Program for Teachers 164 

Business Education Courses (See Secretarial Studies) 

Calendar, Academic 7 

Chemistry, Courses 96 

Chemistry Degree Requirements 95 

Chemistry and Physics Department 95 

Clubs 22 

Commission, Armstrong State College 228 

Community, Services/Continuing Education 15 

Comparative Literature Courses 132 



230 



Computer Science, Courses in 148 

Computer Science, Program Concentration 143 

Computer Services, Office of 17 

Conditional Admission 41 

Conduct 21 

Continuing Education Students 45 

Core Curriculum, Associate Degrees 82 

Core Curriculum, Baccalaureate Degrees 75 

Core Curriculum, University System 75 

Counseling 20 

Course Load 62 

Course Offerings 83 

Credit by Examination 42 

Criminal Justice, A.S. and B.S. Degrees 177 

Criminal Justice Courses 179 

Criminal Justice Department 176 

Dean's List 64 

Degree Requirements, Regulations 60, 75 

Degrees Offered 13, 86, 162 

Dental Hygiene, A.S. Degree 54, 183 

Dental Hygiene Courses 184 

Dental Hygiene Department 182 

Dental Hygiene Education, B.S. Degree 186 

Dental Hygiene Services 24 

Dentistry, B.S. Degree Program in 13 

Development, Office of 16 

Diagnostic Tests, English and Mathematics 81 

Drama/Speech Courses 135 

Dropping Courses 67 

Dual-Degree Programs, Georgia Tech 12 

Early Admission Program 47 

Economics, B.A. Degree Program 166 

Economics Concentration Requirements, 

B.B.A. Degree 167 

Education Courses 194 

Education Degree Requirements 188, 192 

Education Department 188 

English Courses 133 

English Degree Requirements 130 

Entomology Course 93 

Evening Classes 14 

Exemption Examinations (See Advanced Placement) 

Exit Examinations 80 



231 



Faculty 214 

Fees 26 

Finance Concentration Requirements, 

B.B.A. Degree 168 

Financial Aid 30 

Fine Arts Department 101 

Foreign Students 47 

French Courses 138 

Geography Course 124 

Geology Course 100 

German Courses 139 

Government Benefits 35 

Graduate Program 14 

Heads of Departments 213 

Health 23 

History of College 11 

History Courses 117 

History Degree Requirements Ill 

History and Political Science Department Ill 

Honor System 67 

Honors 64 

Housing 24 

Information Systems Concentration Requirements, 

B.B.A. Degree 168 

Intern Programs 14 

Intramurals 24 

Joint Enrollment Program 47 

Journalism Course 138 

Languages and Literature Department 129 

Latin Courses 140 

Library 19 

Library Science Courses 197 

Management Concentration Requirements, 

B.B.A. Degree 168 

Marine Officer Programs 18 

Marine Science Center, Skidaway Island 94, 101 

Mathematics Major Requirements 142 

Mathematics Courses 144 

Mathematics and Computer Science Department 142 

Mathematics Education, Degree Concentration 143 

Medical Technology 90 

232 



Medicine, B.S. Degree Program in 13 

Mental Health Work, Courses 155 

Mental Health Work, Degree Concentration 152 

Meteorology Course 100 

Music Courses 105 

Music Degree Requirements 102 

Neighborhood Continuing Education Center 16 

NROTC Program 18 

Nursing, A.S. Degree 48, 200 

Nursing, B.S. Degree in 52, 203 

Nursing Courses 201 

Nursing Degree Requirements 200 

Nursing Department 199 

Oceanography Course 100 

Organizations, Student 22 

Orientation 21 

Out-of-State Tuition 26 

Philosophy Courses 137 

Physical Education Courses 206 

Physical Education, Degree Requirements 205 

Physical Education Department 205 

Physical Education Requirements, All Students 80 

Physical Science Courses 99 

Physics Courses 100 

Placement, Office of 21 

Political Science Courses 124 

Political Science Degree Requirements 114 

Pre-Professional Programs 12 

Probation and Dismissal 65 

Psychology Courses 156 

Psychology Degree Requirements 151 

Public Administration, Degree Concentration 115 

Publications, Student 23 

Purpose of College 12 

Reading Courses 84 

Readmission of Former Students 45 

Refunds of Fees 28 

Regents Examination 80 

Regents, University System 212 

Regents, Staff 212 

Registration 57 

Repeating Courses 67 

Reports and Grades 63 

233 



Residency Requirements 58 

Russian Courses 140 

Scholarships 34 

School of Arts and Sciences 86 

School of Professional Studies 162 

Secretarial Studies 164, 175 

Senior Citizens, Policy 15 

Short Courses, Fees 29 

Social Work Courses 159 

Social Work Degree 154 

Sociology Courses 158 

Spanish Courses 141 

Special Education (Speech Correction) Courses 199 

Speech Correction, Program in 193 

Speech Courses (See Drama/Speech Courses) 

Staff, Administrative 228 

State Requirements, History and Government 81 

Student Activity Fee 26 

Student Conduct 21 

Student Exchange Program, Savannah State College 17 

Student Government 23 

Student Services and Activities 20 

Student Teaching 191 

Teacher Education, Requirements 188 

Testing Services 20 

Two-year Degrees 13 

Transfer Applicants, Requirements 43 

Transient Students 45 

Veterans 20, 35, 48 

Vocational Rehabilitation 35, 48 

Withdrawal 67 

Zoology Courses 93 



234 



NOTES 






NOTES 



>t $12,137.00 
antity 10,000 



1. Administration Building 

2. Victor Hall 

3. Gamble Hall 

4. Science Hall 

5. Solms Hall 

6. Jenkins Hall 

7. Student Services 

8. Memorial College Center 

9. Lane Library 

10. Fine Arts Building 

11. Health Professions Education Center 

12. Maintenance Building 

13. Gymnasium and Pool 

14. Parking Area 

15. Tennis Courts 

16. Baseball and Intramural Field 




3g^Z3»3B e #!^fe^a^ 



ABERCORN STREET 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE CAMPUS 



< I- 

3 1 

?! 

g - 

do "■ 
05